Jaguar Automobile 2000 Users Manual X300 00/E COVER

2000 to the manual 0d179286-ebf7-405d-ab86-031d16ad3c29

2015-02-09

: Jaguar Jaguar-Jaguar-Automobile-2000-Users-Manual-566662 jaguar-jaguar-automobile-2000-users-manual-566662 jaguar pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 155 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

BY APPOINTMENT TO
HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
BY APPOINTMENT TO
HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
BY APPOINTMENT TO
HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH
THE QUEEN MOTHER
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
Jaguar Cars Limited
XJ Series Sedan 2000
Electrical Guide
Published by Parts and Service Communications
Publication Part Number – JTP 720
1
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Electrical Guide Format
This Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general information
for and about the use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the XJ Series electrical / elec-
tronic systems, as well as the location and identification of components.
The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number
(i.e. Fig. 01.1) and Title, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure.
It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the
book and with the system of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents on the following pages should help
to guide the user.
Standard Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Electrical Guide:
B+ Battery Voltage
CAN Controller Area Network
DI Direction Indicator
LH Left-Hand
LHD Left-Hand Drive
LWB Long Wheelbase
N/A Normally Aspirated
NAS North American Specification
RH Right-Hand
RHD Right-Hand Drive
ROW Rest of World
SC Supercharged
SCP Standard Corporate Protocol Network
VIN Vehicle Identification Number
Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)
VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner:
➞ VIN 123456 indicates “up to VIN 123456”; VIN 123456 ➞ indicates “from VIN 123456 on”.
XJ Series Electrical System Architecture
The XJ Series system “architecture” incorporates two data networks: a controller area network (CAN) for the engine, drive
train and related systems, and a standard corporate protocol network (SCP) for the body systems. Any vehicle subsystem
depicted on the figures with the CAN or SCP included uses data derived from the network or transmits data via the net-
work to achieve control. Messages for both networks are cataloged in the Appendix of this book. When appropriate, the
user will be referred to the Appendix by a note on the Data page. In addition to the two networks, the XJ Series uses two serial
data buses (ISO) for diagnostics, for the security system and for the programming of certain control modules.
The XJ Series uses both power and logic grounds; however, it does not use a common logic ground stud connection as in
previous Sedan vehicles.
Introduction
2
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Table of Contents
Table of Contents: Figures ........................................................................................... 3 – 4
Component Index ........................................................................................................ 5 – 11
User Instructions........................................................................................................ 12 – 13
Symbols and Codes ................................................................................................... 14 – 17
Connectors ................................................................................................................ 18 – 19
Main Power Distribution............................................................................................. 20
Ground Point Location................................................................................................ 21
Harness Layout .......................................................................................................... 22 – 23
Control Module Location ............................................................................................ 24 – 25
Control Module Pin Identification ............................................................................... 26 – 34
Relay and Fuse Box Location ..................................................................................... 35
Electrical Guide Figures and Data .................................................. follows after page 35
(pages are numbered by Figure number)
Appendix (CAN and SCP messages) ........................................follows Figures and Data
3
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Table of Contents: Figures
FIGURES
Fig. Description Variant
01 Power Distribution
01.1 ...... Main Power Distribution ................................................................All Vehicles
01.2 ...... Battery Power Distribution: LH and RH Heelboard Fuse Boxes ...... All Vehicles
01.3 ...... Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment
and EMS Fuse Boxes.....................................................................All Vehicles
01.4 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution .............................................All Vehicles
01.5 ...... Engine Management Switched Power Distribution ........................ All Vehicles
02 Ground Distribution
02.1 ...... Ignition Switched Ground Distribution ............................................ All Vehicles
03 Battery; Starter; Generator
03.1 ...... Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ27 N/A ............................................ AJ27 N/A Vehicles
03.2 ...... Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ27 SC..............................................AJ27 SC Vehicles
04 Engine Management
04.1 ...... AJ27 4.0 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1 ............................. AJ27 4.0 N/A NAS Vehicles
04.2 ...... AJ27 4.0 and 3.2 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1 ............... AJ27 4.0 and 3.2 N/A ROW Vehicles
04.3 ...... AJ27 4.0 and 3.2 N/A Engine Management: Part 2......................... AJ27 4.0 and 3.2 N/A Vehicles
04.4 ...... AJ27 4.0 SC NAS Engine Management: Part 1 .............................. AJ27 4.0 SC NAS Vehicles
04.5 ...... AJ27 4.0 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1............................. AJ27 4.0 SC ROW Vehicles
04.6 ...... AJ27 4.0 SC Engine Management: Part 2 ...................................... AJ27 4.0 SC Vehicles
05 Transmission
05.1 ...... AJ27 N/A Automatic Transmission................................................. AJ27 N/A Vehicles
05.2 ...... AJ27 SC Automatic Transmission ..................................................AJ27 SC Vehicles
05.3 ...... Gearshift Interlock..........................................................................All Vehicles
06 Chassis
06.1 ...... Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control ................................................ All Vehicles
06.2 ...... Power Assisted Steering................................................................All Vehicles
06.3 ...... Suspension Adaptive Damping ......................................................Adaptive Damping Vehicles
07 Climate Control
07.1 ...... Climate Control: Part 1 ...................................................................All Vehicles
07.2 ...... Climate Control: Part 2 ...................................................................All Vehicles
08 Instrumentation; Audible Warnings
08.1 ...... Instrument Pack; Clock ..................................................................All Vehicles
08.2 ...... Audible Warnings...........................................................................All Vehicles
09 Exterior Lighting
09.1 ...... Exterior Lighting: Front................................................................... All Vehicles
09.2 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear.................................................................... All Vehicles
09.3 ...... Headlamp Leveling ........................................................................ Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
10 Interior Lighting
10.1 ...... Interior Lighting; Garage Door Opener............................................ All Vehicles
10.2 ...... Dimmer Controlled Lighting ...........................................................All Vehicles
4
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Table of Contents: Figures
FIGURES
Fig. Description Variant
11 Steering Column; Mirrors
11.1......Steering Column Movement..........................................................Powered Column Vehicles
11.2......Mirror Movement: Memory...........................................................Memory Vehicles
11.3......Mirror Movement: Non-Memory....................................................Non-Memory Vehicles
11.4......Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors..............................All Vehicles
12 Seat Systems
12.1......Driver Seat: Memory......................................................................Driver Memory Seat Vehicles
12.2......Driver Seat: 5-Way Powered..........................................................Driver 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
12.3......Driver Seat: Raise / Lower..............................................................Driver Raise / Lower Seat Vehicles
12.4......Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered...................................................Passenger 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
12.5......Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered / LWB........................................LWB Powered Rear Seat Vehicles
12.6......Heaters Only Front Passenger Seat...............................................Heaters Only Front Seat Vehicles
12.7......Rear Seats: Powered.....................................................................LWB Powered Rear Seat Vehicles
12.8......Rear Seat Heaters: Powered Rear Seats........................................Powered Heated Rear Seat Vehicles
12.9......Rear Seat Heaters..........................................................................Heaters Only Rear Seat Vehicles
13 Door Locking
13.1......Central Door Locking: ROW...........................................................ROW Vehicles
13.2......Central Door Locking: NAS.............................................................NAS Vehicles
14 Wash / Wipe System
14.1......Wash / Wipe System.....................................................................All Vehicles
15 Window Lifts; Sliding Roof
15.1......Window Lifts, Sliding Roof.............................................................All Vehicles
16 In-Car Entertainment (ICE)
16.1......Standard In-Car Entertainment.......................................................Standard ICE Vehicles
16.2......Premium In-Car Entertainment.......................................................Premium ICE Vehicles
17 Communications; Navigation
17.1......Telephone......................................................................................All Vehicles
17.2......Navigation System.........................................................................Navigation Vehicles
18 Supplementary Restraint System
18.1......Airbags / Seat Belt Pre-tensioners..................................................All Vehicles
19 Driver Assist
19.1......Reverse Parking Aid System..........................................................All Vehicles
20 Ancillaries
20.1......Ancillaries: Horns; Accessory Connectors; Cigar Lighters...............All Vehicles
21 Vehicle Multiplex Systems
21.1......CAN and SCP Networks: AJ27 N/A................................................AJ27 N/A Vehicles
21.2......CAN and SCP Networks: AJ27 SC.................................................AJ27 SC Vehicles
21.3......Serial Data Links............................................................................All Vehicles
5
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Component Index
A/CCM: Air Conditioning Control Module................................. Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
ABS / Traction Control Control Module .................................... Fig. 06.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
Accelerometers ....................................................................... Fig. 06.3
Active Security Sounder .......................................................... Fig. 13.3
Adaptive Damping Control Module .......................................... Fig. 06.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.3
Air Assist Close Valve .............................................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch ........................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
Air Conditioning Control Module .............................................. Fig. 07.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.3
Air Conditioning Control Panel ................................................. Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.3
Airbag / SRS Single Point Sensor ............................................. Fig. 18.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.3
Airbags .................................................................................... Fig. 18.1
Ambient Temperature Sensor.................................................. Fig. 07.1
Analog Clock............................................................................ Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
Antenna Motor ........................................................................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
Aspirator Assembly ................................................................. Fig. 07.1
Audible Warning Speaker (Column Switchgear)....................... Fig. 08.2
Auto Tilt Switch (Column Switchgear)...................................... Fig. 11.1
Battery..................................................................................... Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
Blower Air Intake ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1
Blower Motors ........................................................................ Fig. 07.2
Body Processor Module .......................................................... Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 08.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.3
Brake Cancel Switch................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
Brake Fluid Reservoir............................................................... Fig. 06.1
Brake Switch ........................................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 06.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 06.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
CCV: Canister Close Valve ....................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
CD Auto-Changer..................................................................... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 17.2
Cellular Telephone Control Module.......................................... Fig. 17.1
Center Console Switch Pack.................................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
Central Locking Switch (Center Console Switch Pack)............. Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
Cigar Lighter – Front & Rear .................................................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
CKPS: Crankshaft Position Sensor ........................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
6
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Component Index
CMPS: Camshaft Position Sensors.......................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
Column Joystick (Column Switchgear) .................................... Fig. 11.1
Coolant Level Switch ............................................................... Fig. 08.1
Cruise Control On / Off Switch ................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
Cruise Control Switches (Steering Wheel) ............................... Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
D – 4 Switch ............................................................................ Fig. 05.1
Damper Solenoids ................................................................... Fig. 06.3
Data Link Connector ................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.3
Dimmer Control ....................................................................... Fig. 10.2
Dimmer Module ...................................................................... Fig. 10.2
Direction Indicator Lamps ........................................................ Fig. 09.1
Door Control Module – Driver .................................................. Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
Door Control Module – Driver Rear .......................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
Door Control Module – Passenger ........................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
Door Control Module – Passenger Rear................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
Door Lock Actuators ................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
Door Lock Switches – Driver ................................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
Door Mirror Motors ................................................................. Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
Door Mirrors ............................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
Door Switch – Driver................................................................ Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
Door Switch – Driver Rear ....................................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
Door Switch – Passenger ........................................................ Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
Door Switch – Passenger Rear ................................................ Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
Dual Linear Switch................................................................... Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
‘E’ Post Lamps ........................................................................ Fig. 10.1
ECM and TCM Cooling Fan ..................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
ECTS: Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor............................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
EGR Valve................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
Engine Compartment Security Switch ..................................... Fig. 13.3
7
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Component Index
Engine Control Module ............................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.3
EOTS: Engine Oil Temperature Sensor .................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
Evaporator / Heater Matrix Assembly ...................................... Fig. 07.1
EVAPP: EVAP Canister Purge Valve......................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
Fascia Switch Pack .................................................................. Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
Fog Lamp Switches ................................................................. Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
Fog Lamps – Front................................................................... Fig. 09.1
FTPS: Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor ............................................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
Fuel Filler Flap Lock Actuator ................................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
Fuel Injectors ........................................................................... Fig. 04.3
Fuel Level Sensor .................................................................... Fig. 08.1
Fuel Pump 1 ............................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
Fuel Pump 2 ............................................................................ Fig. 04.6
Fuse Box – Engine Compartment ............................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
Fuse Box – Engine Management ............................................. Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.5
Fuse Box – LH Heelboard ........................................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
Fuse Box – RH Heelboard........................................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
Fuse Box – Trunk..................................................................... Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
Garage Door Opener ............................................................... Fig. 10.1
Gear Selector Illumination Module ........................................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
Gearshift Interlock Solenoid ..................................................... Fig. 05.3
Generator ................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
Glove Box Lamp ...................................................................... Fig. 10.1
Headlamp Leveling Actuators .................................................. Fig. 09.3
Headlamp Leveling Switch (Fascia Switch Pack) ..................... Fig. 09.3
Heated Backlight ..................................................................... Fig. 07.2
Heater Pump ........................................................................... Fig. 07.2
Heater Valve ............................................................................ Fig. 07.2
High Mounted Stop Lamp ....................................................... Fig. 09.2
High Power Protection Module................................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
HO2S: Heated Oxygen Sensors .............................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
Horn Switches (Steering Wheel).............................................. Fig. 19.1
Horns....................................................................................... Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
IATS 2: Intake Air Temperature Sensor 2 ................................. Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
Ignition Coils ............................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
Ignition Switch......................................................................... Fig. 02.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
Ignition Switch (Key-In Switch) ................................................ Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
Impact Sensors........................................................................ Fig. 18.1
Inclination Sensor .................................................................... Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
Inertia Switch........................................................................... Fig. 02.1
8
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Component Index
Instrument Pack ...................................................................... Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
Intercooler Pump ..................................................................... Fig. 04.6
Interior Rear View Mirror ......................................................... Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
Intrusion Sensors..................................................................... Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
Key Fob Antenna ..................................................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
Key Transponder Module......................................................... Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.3
Keylock Solenoid (Column Switchgear).................................... Fig. 05.3
Kickdown Switch ..................................................................... Fig. 05.2
KS: Knock Sensors .................................................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
Lamp Unit s – Rear .................................................................. Fig. 09.2
Lamp Units – Front .................................................................. Fig. 09.1
Lighting Stalk (Column Switchgear) ......................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
MAFS: Mass Air Flow Sensor.................................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
MAPS: Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor............................. Fig. 04.4
Memory Switches (Driver Door Switch Pack) .......................... Fig. 11.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
Mirror Joystick (Driver Door Switch Pack)................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
Mirror Select Switch (Driver Door Switch Pack) ....................... Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
Mode Switch (Transmission) ................................................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
Navigation Control Module ...................................................... Fig. 17.2
Navigation GPS Antenna.......................................................... Fig. 17.2
Neutral Switch ......................................................................... Fig. 03.1
Not-In-Park Microswitch .......................................................... Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
Number Plate Lamps ............................................................... Fig. 09.2
Oil Pressure Switch ................................................................. Fig. 08.1
Parking Aid Sensors................................................................. Fig. 19.1
Parking Aid Sounder ................................................................ Fig. 19.1
Parking Brake Switch............................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
Passenger Compartment Accessory Connector ...................... Fig. 19.1
Passive Security Sounder ........................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
Power Amplifier....................................................................... Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 17.2
Power Assisted Steering Control Module ................................ Fig. 06.2
Power Wash Pump.................................................................. Fig. 14.1
PPS: Pedal Position Sensors .................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
Puddle Lamps.......................................................................... Fig. 10.1
Radiator Fan Control Relay Module.......................................... Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
Radiator Fans........................................................................... Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
Radio / Cassette Head Unit...................................................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 17.2
Radio Antenna ......................................................................... Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.1
Radio Control Switches (Steering Wheel) ................................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
Radio Telephone Connector .................................................... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
Rain Sensing Module............................................................... Fig. 14.1
Rain Sensor ............................................................................. Fig. 14.1
Reader / Exciter Coil ................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
9
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Component Index
Rear Side Markers (NAS Only) ................................................. Fig. 09.2
Rear Window Inhibit Switch (Driver Door Switch Pack) ........... Fig. 15.1
Recline Switch – Passenger Rear ............................................ Fig. 12.5
Refrigerant 4-Way Pressure Switch ......................................... Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
Regulator (Generator) .............................................................. Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
Relay – Accessory Connector .................................................. Fig. 20.1
Relay – Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch............................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
Relay – Air Conditioning Isolate................................................ Fig. 07.1
Relay – Auxiliary Positive ......................................................... Fig. 01.1
Relay – Dip Beam .................................................................... Fig. 09.1
Relay – Door Locking ............................................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
Relay – Door Mirror Heater ...................................................... Fig. 07.2
Relay – Driver Seat Heater....................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
Relay – EMS Control................................................................ Fig. 01.1
Relay – Fold-Back .................................................................... Fig. 11.4
Relay – Fold-Out ...................................................................... Fig. 11.4
Relay – Front Fog..................................................................... Fig. 09.1
Relay – Fuel Filler Flap Lock ..................................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
Relay – Fuel Filler Flap Unlock.................................................. Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
Relay – Fuel Injection ............................................................... Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
Relay – Fuel Pump 1 ................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
Relay – Fuel Pump 2 ................................................................ Fig. 04.6
Relay – Heated Backlight (#2) .................................................. Fig. 07.2
Relay – Heater Pump (#1) ........................................................ Fig. 07.2
Relay – Horn ............................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
Relay – Ignition Coil ................................................................. Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
Relay – Intercooler Pump......................................................... Fig. 04.6
Relay – LH Lumbar Deflate ...................................................... Fig. 12.7
Relay – Main Beam.................................................................. Fig. 09.1
Relay – O2S Heaters ............................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
Relay – Passenger Seat Heater................................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
Relay – Powerwash ................................................................. Fig. 14.1
Relay – Seat Lower.................................................................. Fig. 12.3
Relay – Seat Raise ................................................................... Fig. 12.3
Relay – Side Marker and Number Plate Lamp.......................... Fig. 09.2
Relay – Starter ......................................................................... Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
Relay – Stop Lamp................................................................... Fig. 09.2
Relay – Throttle Motor Power .................................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
Relay – Wiper Fast / Slow ........................................................ Fig. 14.1
Relay – Wiper Run / Stop ......................................................... Fig. 14.1
Relays – Blower Motor ............................................................ Fig. 07.2
Relays – Ignition Positive ......................................................... Fig. 01.1
Relays – Windshield Heater ..................................................... Fig. 07.2
Reverse Parking Aid Control Module ....................................... Fig. 19.1
Roof Console ........................................................................... Fig. 10.2
Seat Belt Pretensioners ........................................................... Fig. 18.1
Seat Belt Switch ...................................................................... Fig. 08.2
Seat Control Module – Driver................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
Seat Control Module – Passenger............................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
Seat Control Module – Rear..................................................... Fig. 12.7
Seat Cushion Heater – LH Rear & RH Rear.............................. Fig. 12.8
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.9
Seat Cushion Heaters – Driver ................................................. Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
Seat Cushion Heaters – Passenger.......................................... Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
Seat Fore / Aft Motors – Rear .................................................. Fig. 12.7
Seat Fore / Aft Switches – Rear ............................................... Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
Seat Headrest Motors –Rear ................................................... Fig. 12.7
Seat Headrest Switches –Rear ................................................ Fig. 12.7
10
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Component Index
Seat Heater Switches (Center Console Switch Pack)............... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
Seat Heater Switches – Rear (LWB Vehicles) .......................... Fig. 12.8
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.9
Seat Heater Timers – Rear....................................................... Fig. 12.8
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.9
Seat Lumbar Pump – Driver..................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
Seat Lumbar Pump – Passenger.............................................. Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
Seat Lumbar Pumps – Rear ..................................................... Fig. 12.7
Seat Lumbar Switches – Rear.................................................. Fig. 12.7
Seat Motors – Driver................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
Seat Motors – Passenger ........................................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
Seat Squab Heaters – Driver.................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
Seat Squab Heaters – Passenger............................................. Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
Seat Squab Heaters – Rear ...................................................... Fig. 12.8
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.9
Security Active Indicator (Gear Selector Illumination Module) .. Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
Security and Locking Control Module ...................................... Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
Side Airbags ............................................................................ Fig. 18.1
Side DI Repeaters (ROW Only) ................................................ Fig. 09.1
Side Markers –Front (NAS Only) .............................................. Fig. 09.1
Sliding Roof Control Module .................................................... Fig. 15.1
Sliding Roof Motor................................................................... Fig. 15.1
Sliding Roof Switch (Roof Console) ......................................... Fig. 15.1
Solar Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 07.1
Speakers – ‘A’ Post Tweeter ................................................... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
Speakers – Front Door Mid-Bass ............................................. Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
Speakers – Front Door Tweeter ............................................... Fig. 16.1
Speakers – Rear Door Mid-Bass .............................................. Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
Speakers – Rear Door Tweeter ................................................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
Stability / Traction Control Switch ............................................ Fig. 06.1
Starter Motor ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
Steering Column Motors ......................................................... Fig. 11.1
Subwoofer............................................................................... Fig. 16.2
Suppression Module................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
Switch Pack – Driver Door ....................................................... Fig. 10.2
Switch Pack – Driver Rear Door ............................................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
Switch Pack – Driver Seat........................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
Switch Pack – Driver Seat (Raise / Lower Only) ....................... Fig. 12.3
Switch Pack – Passenger Door ................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
Switch Pack – Passenger Rear Door ........................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
Switch Pack – Passenger Seat................................................. Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
Telephone Antenna ................................................................. Fig. 17.1
Telephone Handsets................................................................ Fig. 17.1
Telephone Microphone............................................................ Fig. 17.1
Throttle Motor ......................................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
TPS: Throttle Position Sensors................................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
Trailer Connector ..................................................................... Fig. 09.2
Transit Isolation Device............................................................ Fig. 01.1
Transmission Control Module: AJ27 N/A ................................. Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
Transmission Control Module: AJ27 SC................................... Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
Transmission Rotary Switch .................................................... Fig. 05.1
Transmission: AJ27 N/A .......................................................... Fig. 05.1
Transmission: AJ27 SC............................................................ Fig. 05.2
Trip Computer Switch Pack ..................................................... Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
Trip Cycle Switch (Column Switchgear) ................................... Fig. 08.1
Trunk Accessory Connector..................................................... Fig. 19.1
Trunk Lamps............................................................................ Fig. 10.1
11
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Component Index
Trunk Release Actuator ........................................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
Trunk Release Switches .......................................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
Trunk Switch ........................................................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
Valet Switch (Center Console Switch Pack) ............................. Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
Vanity Lamps ........................................................................... Fig. 10.1
Variable Steering Converter ..................................................... Fig. 06.2
Variable Valve Timing Solenoid Valves (VVT Solenoid Valves) .. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
Vehicle Speed Interface Module .............................................. Fig. 17.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 20.2
Wash / Wipe Stalk (Column Switchgear).................................. Fig. 14.1
Wheel Speed Sensors ............................................................. Fig. 06.1
Window Lift Motors ................................................................ Fig. 15.1
Window Lift Switches (Driver Door Switch Pack) .................... Fig. 15.1
Windshield Heaters ................................................................. Fig. 07.2
Windshield Wash Pump and Fluid Level Sensor ...................... Fig. 14.1
Wiper Motor ............................................................................ Fig. 14.1
12
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
User Instructions
Figure and Data Page Layout
Figure Pages
Each Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system
(01 – Power Distribution, 02 – Ground Distribution, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral following
a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.). Refer to the Table of Contents for a complete list of the Figures.
The Figures 01 – Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols
refer the user to a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates
the need to include detailed Power Distribution information on each of the Figures. Similarly, the Figure 02 – Ground Distri-
bution details the ignition switched ground distribution. The reference symbols are defined on page 14.
Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are fold-
ing pages. The user must fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided.
Data Pages
The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds.
This information is supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book.
When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix.
Where circuits include a Control Module, Pin Out information is provided with values for “active” and “inactive” states.
The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit con-
nections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. This information is provided to assist the user in understanding circuit
operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
13
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
FC15-39
FC15-73
FC15-7
O
I
FC15-41
I
RW
FC15-80
N
13
III
II
I
FC4-1
FC4-3
FC4-2
WU
RW
WR
1
FC4-5
BK
FCS7
FC17L
BK
250A x 2
BT65
B
BT67 BT66 BT60 BT63
BT61
BT62
R
R
R
250A
R
ST6
R
ST5
01.1
01.1
CC21-3 CC21-1
EM82-2
I
02.1
02.1
BK
BK CCS5
CC3R
RU
GO
EM2-8
GO
EMS28
GO
GO
WRNW
W
76
44
II
WR
EM60-2
ST2
ST3
R
B
6
ST4
AN2
B
AN1
AN3-1
AN3-2
B
R
PI50-2
PI50-1
Y
37
II
WG
Y Y
PI1-11EM3-7
08.1
WR
R
ST1
GO
W
FC22-16EM82-15
W
Y
EM82-16
Y
FC22-17
D D
D
Y
D
EM2-15
EM2-13
Y
FCS30
D
B+
YB
FC22-9
D
FC15-92
YB D
YR
FC22-11
D
FC15-21
YR D
EM50
3
1
5
2
WU
PI2-12
FC7-3
RU
EM81-12
RU
05.1 I
Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ27 N/A
Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ27 N/A Fig 03.1
BATTERY HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
IGNITION SWITCH
(III)
NEUTRAL
SWITCH
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ENGINE
START
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
AND
IGNITION
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
O.K. TO START
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SUPPRESSION
MODULE
ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
O.K. TO START
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
REGULATOR
GENERATOR
STARTER MOTOR
STARTER RELAY
AJ27 N/A Vehicles
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 03.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BATTERY BT66 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP TRUNK / BATTERY COVER
BT67 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
GENERATOR AN1 / EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
AN2 / EYELET
ST4 / EYELET
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 / EYELET TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BT61 / EYELET
BT62 / EYELET
BT63 / EYELET
IGNITION SWITCH FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK
NEUTRAL SWITCH CC21 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY / CENTER CONSOLE
REGULATOR (GENERATOR) PI50 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO 92 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
STARTER MOTOR ST1 / EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK / RH SIDE
ST2 / EYELET
ST3 / EYELET
SUPPRESSION MODULE AN3 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / RED ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONT
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
STARTER RELAY BROWN EM50 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM3 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM60 2-WAY ECONOSEAL J2 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT RH TO FALSE BULKHEAD
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ST5 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD
ST6 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT65 EYELET (SINGLE) – BATTERY GROUND STUD
CC3R EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-7 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS GROUND (N) B+ (P, R, D, 4, 3, 2)
D FC15-21 SERIAL COMMUNICATION – KEY TRANSPONDER ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D FC15-39 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
O FC15-73 STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND (CRANKING) B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
D FC15-92 ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I EM81-12 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)
I EM82-2 ENGINE CRANK GROUND (CRANKING)
D EM82-15 OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D EM82-16 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
D FC22-9 SERIAL COMMUNICATION ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D FC22-11 SERIAL COMMUNICATION – BPM ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D FC22-16 OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D FC22-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
User Instructions
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION FIGURE NUMBER COMPONENT, RELAY, CONNECTOR AND
GROUND INFORMATION
DATE OF ISSUE
DATA PAGE
FIGURE MODEL RANGE AND YEAR TITLE FIGURE NUMBER
KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS VARIANT, VIN RANGE AND DATE OF ISSUE
FIGURE PAGE
14
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Symbols and Codes
NOTE: In the examples shown on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.
Reference Symbols
Reference symbols are used for three purposes:
• to allow the user to complete the individual system circuit to power supply or ground
• to refer the user to a related circuit
• to identify control module inputs, outputs and signal grounds
Battery Power Supply
This symbol represents a direct battery power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.2 or 01.3.
Ignition Switched Power Supply
This symbol represents ignition switched power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.4 or 01.5.
The suffix I indicates auxiliary power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).
The suffix II indicates ignition power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK).
The suffix E indicates engine management switched power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION)
and III (ENGINE CRANK) under ECM control.
Ignition Switched Ground
This symbol represents an ignition switched ground and refers the user to Figure 02.1.
This symbol without a suffix indicates CRANK. Ground is completed in ignition switch key position III (ENGINE CRANK).
The suffix I indicates auxiliary ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).
The suffix II indicates ignition ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III
(ENGINE CRANK).
Figure Number Reference Flag
This symbol refers the reader to a figure number only. It does not refer to a flag with the same number on a different figure.
As used in Figures 01.1 through 02.1, the reference flag refers the user to a continuation of the circuit. In this in-
stance, the user matches the number to a Power Supply or Ground symbol to trace the circuit.
In most other cases, it is not necessary to refer to another figure for completion of a circuit, as the reference flags are
used to indicate parallel circuits and circuits that share components. Most of the circuits where this situation occurs
are overlapped to avoid the necessity for cross-referencing to another figure. Exceptions to this rule are instances
where signals are transmitted to or received from other system circuits. When circuits are not overlapped, they are
noted by (CIRCUIT CONTINUED).
BPM Because the Body Processor Module appears numerous times, the abbreviation BPM is used in the reference
flags on Figures 01.2 and 02.1 in order to conserve space.
Control Module Input, Output, Data Link, Signal Ground and Network(s)
Input Output Serial and Encoded Signal Ground (SG) CAN (Network) SCP Network
Communications
These six symbols are employed to assist the user in visualizing the ‘logic’ of circuits containing control modules.
The symbols identify control module input, output, data link, signal ground and network pins. These symbols are also
employed on the corresponding data page.
X
X
II
X
E
X
I
XXX
I
XX
II
BPMXX.X
DI O SC
15
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
XXXXX
-XX
-XX
-XX
XX1
XX1-X XX1-X
Symbols and Codes
Wiring Symbols Wiring Color Codes
N Brown O Orange
B Black S Slate
W White L Light
K Pink U Blue
G Green P Purple
R Red BRD Braid
Y Yellow
When a wire has two color code letters, the first letter indi-
cates the main color and the subsequent letter indicates
the tracer color.
Wiring Harness Codes
Code Description
AN Generator link harness
BB Rear seat motors and heaters harness
BC Rear seat center console harness
BL Bumper harness – LH front
BR Bumper harness – RH front
BS Rear seat link harness
BT Trunk harness
CA Cabin harness
CC Center console harness
CF Radiator cooling fan harness
DD Driver door harness
EM Engine management harness
FC Fascia harness
FL Axle harness – LH front
FP Fuel tank pressure sensor link harness
FR Axle harness – RH front
GB Transmission harness
HP Steering wheel horn switch harness
IC In-car entertainment harness
IJ Fuel injector harness – supercharged
LA Axle harness – LH rear
LF Forward harness
LL Power steering link harness
PD Passenger door harness
PI Engine harness
RA Axle harness – RH rear
RD Rear driver door harness
RP Rear passenger door harness
RT Radio telephone harness
SC Steering column switchgear harness
SD Driver seat harness
SH Windshield heater link harness
SP Passenger seat harness
SR Sliding roof motor link harness
ST Main power harness
SW Steering wheel harness
Code Numbering
When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar
Engineering uses a three-position format: CA001, CA002,
etc. Because space is limited in this Electrical Guide, the
codes have been shortened. Thus CA001-001 becomes
CA1-1, CA002-001 becomes CA2-1, etc.
SPLICE
SIMPLIFIED SPLICE
BULB
CAPACITOR
CONNECTOR
DIODE
DIODE (IN HARNESS)
EYELET AND STUD
FUSE
LOGIC GROUND
POWER GROUND
LED
MOTOR
POTENTIOMETER
PRESSURE TRANSDUCER
RESISTOR
SOLENOID
SPLICE HEADER
SUPPRESSION DIODE
SUPPRESSION RESISTOR
THERMISTOR
TRANSISTOR
WIRE CONTINUED
ZENER DIODE
16
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
RHS3 RHS3
FC7-24 FC7-24 (LHD)
FC7-15 (RHD)
Symbols and Codes
Harness Component Numbers
Connectors
HARNESS CODE + CONNECTOR NUMBER + PIN NUMBER
EXAMPLE: FC7-24 (pin number is separated by a dash)
Where the pin number differs from LHD to RHD, the connector number will be further identified by (LHD) or (RHD).
BT29
BT29-1 BT29-2
CA20
3
1
5
2
4
CA20
8
6
10
7
9
Harness code Pin number
Connector number
Splices
HARNESS CODE + S (SPLICE) + SPLICE NUMBER
EXAMPLE: RHS3 (no dash is used)
NOTE: In order to avoid unnecessary circuit complication, multiple splices (more than two wires) within components,
in wires leading from input components to multiple circuits and in harness ‘ground’ sides, are simplified so as not to
show wires from other circuits.
Harness code
Splice
Splice number SIMPLIFIED SPLICE
Splice Headers
Three non-serviceable splice headers are used in the system harness. Splice headers are depicted as components
and identified by a connector number within the component. The splice header number appears at the upper left
hand corner; pin numbers appear adjacent to each pin.
EXAMPLE:
Diodes
Harness diodes occur at connectors and are depicted as components and identified by a connector number.
EXAMPLE:
CA223
-4
-5
-6
Relay Connectors
Relay connector numbers are shown within the relay. The connector number is shown in the upper portion of the re-
lay; the pin (terminal) number is shown adjacent to the pin. Certain relays are paired and share a modular connector.
In this instance, the connector number remains the same for both relays while the pin numbers of the second relay
are identified by numbers 6 – 10. EXAMPLE:
17
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
EM2R
(EM1R) BT2L
CC2( ) LS2R BT2L
Symbols and Codes
LR
Grounds
HARNESS CODE + GROUND EYELET NUMBER + EYELET DESIGNATION (L or R where applicable)
Eyelet designation
Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single ‘leg’ and can be iden-
tified by the absence of a suffix. The eyelet pair has two ‘legs’, identified by the suffix L (left) or R (right).
SINGLE EYELET EYELET PAIR
EXAMPLES:
Harness code
Ground eyelet number
Single leg eyelet
Harness code
Ground eyelet number
RH eyelet leg
Harness code
Ground eyelet number
LH eyelet leg
Where the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is shown in parentheses. If the ground
designation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used.
EXAMPLES:
LHD Vehicles
RHD Vehicles Same for LHD & RHD Vehicles
NOTE: The XJ Series ground studs are not identified by code. Therefore, multiple eyelets with different harness
codes may be connected to a ground stud.
SCP Network
Due to circuit complexity and because space is limited, the SCP Network is, in most cases, shown as a broken grey
line indicating that there is network communication between the depicted control modules. Refer to Fig. 19.1 for cir-
cuit details.
EXAMPLE:
S
S
DD10-16
DD10-9
Y
U
–
+
S
S
PD10-16
PD10-9
–
+
21.2
21.2
Y
U
21.2
21.2
Y
U
–
+
21.2
21.2
RD10-9
RD10-16
S
S
Y
U
–
+
21.2
21.2
RP10-9
RP10-16
S
S
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
18
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Connectors
The following connectors are the common harness-to-harness connectors used throughout the vehicle.
Multilock 040
Low current (harness and ‘direct’ connection connector).
Multilock 070
High current (harness and ‘direct’ connection connector).
Econoseal III LC
Low current sealed connector. Econoseal III HC
High current sealed connector.
Ford Card
Used for SRS only. Through Panel
54-way connector.
19
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Augat 1.6
2-way connector. Augat 1.6
3-way connector.
Augat 1.6
4-way connector. Augat 1.6
6-way connector.
Augat 1.6
8-way connector.
Connectors
20
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Main Power Distribution
BT61
ST1
ST4
ST2
ST5
ST6
ST19
ST21
ST20
BT60
ST15 ST14 ST13
BT64
BT65
BT67
BT66
BT62
BT63
+
–
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX STARTER
MOTOR
GENERATOR
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
LH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX RH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
BATTERY
TRUNK FUSE BOX
21
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
LF10, LF18
LF19, LF20
EM16, EM17, EM18
CC3, FC17
CA33
IC8
CA31, CA47
CA48
BT22, BT28
BT65
BT20, BT21
CA26
LF29
EM8
FC29
CA30, CA36
CA25
CC2
CA38, CA110
BT34
IC6, IC20
Ground Point Location
LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
ABS GROUND STUD
ENGINE GROUND SCREW
EMS LH GROUND STUD
LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD:
CABIN SIDE
LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD (LHD)
PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD (RHD)
LH DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL
GROUND STUD
LH HEELBOARD GROUND SCREW
KEYFOB ANTENNA GROUND
LH FORWARD TRUNK GROUND STUD
RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
RH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD:
CABIN SIDE (QUIET GROUND)
RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
RADIO GROUND STUD
PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD (LHD)
DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD (RHD)
RH DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL
GROUND STUD
RH HEELBOARD GROUND SCREW
(AIRBAG ONLY GROUND)
RH FORWARD TRUNK GROUND STUD
RADIO ANTENNA GROUND
RH CENTER TRUNK GROUND STUD
BATTERY GROUND STUD
RH REAR TRUNK GROUND STUD
22
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
LHD
SC1
SC2
SC3
SC4
BL1 LF32
EM1
EM51
LL2
EM42 EM44
BR1
LF2
PI1
PI2
EM53EM63 EM2
EM3
LF3
FC5
CA19
FC1
CA20
SW10
CA23
CA66
SW1
SW2
IC1
IC3
CA29
BT4
CA9
CA109
CA16
CA45
CA72
CA27
RT2
FC7
FC11
LF1
CA8
CA10
CA13
CA14
CA46
CA11
CA12
BT71
RB1
Harness Layout
FRONT OF VEHICLE
RADIATOR COOLING FAN
HARNESS (CF)
BUMPER HARNESS –
LH FRONT (BL)
POWER STEERING
LINK HARNESS (LL)
AXLE HARNESS – LH FRONT (FL)
FORWARD HARNESS (LF)
WINDSHIELD HEATER
HARNESS (SH)
FASCIA HARNESS (FC)
STEERING COLUMN
SWITCHGEAR HARNESS (SC)
STEERING WHEEL HARNESS (SW)
DRIVER DOOR HARNESS (DD)
SIDE AIRBAG LINK – LH
DRIVER SEAT HARNESS (SD)
CABIN HARNESS (CA)
DRIVER REAR
DOOR HARNESS (RD)
AXLE HARNESS – LH REAR (LA)
IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT
HARNESS (IC)
BUMPER HARNESS –
RH FRONT (BR)
ENGINE HARNESS (PI)
AXLE HARNESS – RH FRONT (FR)
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
HARNESS (EM)
TRANSMISSION HARNESS (GB)
CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS (CC)
RADIO TELEPHONE HARNESS (RT)
PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS (PD)
SIDE AIRBAG LINK – RH
PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS (SP)
REAR SEAT HARNESS (BB)
PASSENGER REAR
DOOR HARNESS (RP)
AXLE HARNESS – RH REAR (RA)
TRUNK HARNESS (BT)
REAR BUMPER HARNESS (RB)
23
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
RHD
EM53
EM63
SC1
SC2
SC3
SC4
BL1 LF32
EM1
EM51
LL2
EM42 EM44
BR1
LF2
PI1
PI2
EM2
EM3
LF3
FC1
CA19
FC5
CA20
SW10
CA27
CA66
SW1
SW2
IC1
IC3
CA29
BT4
CA9
CA109
CA13
CA14
CA46
CA8
CA10
CA72
CA23
RT2
FC7
FC11
LF1
CA11
CA12
CA16
CA45
BT71
RB1
Harness Layout
FRONT OF VEHICLE
RADIATOR COOLING FAN
HARNESS (CF)
BUMPER HARNESS –
LH FRONT (BL)
POWER STEERING
LINK HARNESS (LL)
AXLE HARNESS – LH FRONT (FL)
FORWARD HARNESS (LF)
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
HARNESS (EM)
WINDSHIELD HEATER
HARNESS (SH)
CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS (CC)
RADIO TELEPHONE HARNESS (RT)
PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS (PD)
SIDE AIRBAG LINK – LH
PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS (SP)
CABIN HARNESS (CA)
PASSENGER REAR
DOOR HARNESS (RP)
AXLE HARNESS – LH REAR (LA)
IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT
HARNESS (IC)
BUMPER HARNESS –
RH FRONT (BR)
ENGINE HARNESS (PI)
AXLE HARNESS – RH FRONT (FR)
TRANSMISSION HARNESS (GB)
FASCIA HARNESS (FC)
STEERING COLUMN
SWITCHGEAR HARNESS (SC)
STEERING WHEEL HARNESS (SW)
DRIVER DOOR HARNESS (DD)
SIDE AIRBAG LINK – RH
DRIVER SEAT HARNESS (SD)
REAR SEAT HARNESS (BB)
DRIVER REAR
DOOR HARNESS (RD)
AXLE HARNESS – RH REAR (RA)
TRUNK HARNESS (BT)
REAR BUMPER HARNESS (RB)
24
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Control Module Location
LHD
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
DIMMER MODULE
KEY TRANSPONDER
MODULE
INSTRUMENT PACK
SLIDING ROOF
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
REAR SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
VEHICLE SPEED INTERFACE
MODULE (UNDER)
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
REVERSE PARKING AID
CONTROL MODULE
25
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
RHD
Control Module Location
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
VEHICLE SPEED INTERFACE
MODULE (UNDER)
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
SLIDING ROOF
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
REAR SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
DIMMER MODULE
KEY TRANSPONDER
MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT PACK
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
REVERSE PARKING AID
CONTROL MODULE
26
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Control Module Pin Identification
9
GW 8
GW 7
R6
R5
G4
G3
B2
GU* 1
UY
21
B20
U19
W18
W17
O16
YU 15
YG 14
RW 13
—12
U11
UY 10
WU
31
B30
—29
BK 28
BW* 27
U26
—25
RW 24
—23
UY 22
RW
12
GU 11
W10
Y9
W8
OG 7
BG
6
GR 5
G4
R3
WB 2
GO 1
OY
17
O16
Y15
W14
UY 13
WR
19
G18
B17
O16
G15
G14
S13
BG 12
BR 11
YG 10
YG
9
N8
Y7
P6
BG 5
OY 4
WR 3
—2
—1
—
28
GW 27
BW 26
BW 25
Y24
Y23
N22
N21
U20
NR
15
UY 14
BG 13
BR 12
GU 11
GR 10
GO 9
GW 8
—
7
U6
BW 5
BW 4
BW 3
BO 2
BG 1
B
22
B21
BO 20
GB 19
GW 18
GO 17
GU 16
B
7
—6
—5
W4
WU 3
U2
—1
—
16
RG* 15
YG 14
YR 13
WU 12
RU 11
—10
U9
K8
B
24
BG 23
O22
OY 21
BK 20
—19
G18
R17
WR
5
U4
YG* 3
YU* 2
UY 1
RU
12
—11
—10
YR* 9
YR* 8
WG 7
B6
B
EM80 EM81 EM82 EM83 EM84 EM85
EM80 EM81 EM82 EM83 EM84 EM85
9
GW 8
GW 7
R6
R5
G4
G3
B2
GU* 1
UY
21
B20
U19
W18
W17
O16
YU 15
YG 14
—13
—12
U11
UY 10
WU
31
B30
—29
BK 28
—27
U26
—25
RW 24
—23
UY 22
RW
12
GU 11
W10
Y9
W8
OG 7
BG
6
GR 5
G4
R3
—2
GO 1
OY
17
O16
Y15
W14
UY 13
WR
19
G18
B17
O16
G15
G14
Y13
BG 12
BR 11
YG 10
YG
9
N8
Y7
U6
BG 5
OY 4
WR 3
RU 2
—1
—
28
GW 27
BW 26
BW 25
Y24
Y23
N22
N21
U20
NR
15
UY 14
BG 13
BR 12
GU 11
GR 10
GO 9
GW 8
—
7
U6
BW 5
BW 4
BW 3
BO 2
BG 1
B
22
B21
BO 20
GB 19
GW 18
GO 17
GU 16
B
7
RG 6
OG 5
W4
WU 3
U2
RW 1
OY
16
RG* 15
YG 14
YR 13
WU 12
RU 11
—10
U9
W8
B
24
BG 23
—22
OY 21
BK 20
—19
G18
R17
WR
5
U4
—3
—2
UY 1
RU
12
—11
—10
—9
—8
WG 7
B6
B
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 N/A
EM80 / 31-WAY / NATURAL EM81 / 24-WAY / NATURAL EM82 / 17-WAY / NATURAL EM83 / 28-WAY / NATURAL EM84 / 22-WAY / NATURAL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 SC
* Not used – ROW vehicles.
EM85 / 12-WAY / WHITE
EM80 / 31-WAY / NATURAL EM81 / 24-WAY / NATURAL EM82 / 17-WAY / NATURAL EM83 / 28-WAY / NATURAL EM84 / 22-WAY / NATURAL
* Not used – ROW vehicles.
EM85 / 12-WAY / WHITE
* Not used – ROW vehicles.
27
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Control Module Pin Identification
EM7
1
OY 2
RU 3
—4
O5
OG 6
B7
—8
R9
W10
—11
—12
RU 13
OG 14
N15
BRD 16
U17
—
29
O30
YB 31
—32
YU 33
YU 34
B35
—36
Y37
Y38
—39
—40
—41
—42
G43
—44
R45
RG
56
—57
—58
—59
—60
—61
—62
—63
—64
—65
—66
—67
—68
—69
—70
—71
—72
—
18
—19
—20
—21
BG 22
UY 23
BRD 24
—25
—26
NR 27
—28
BW
46
—47
—48
—49
—50
—51
O52
RU 53
RW 54
WB 55
WB
73
—74
—75
—76
—77
—78
—79
—80
—81
—82
G83
Y84
—85
G86
Y87
—88
—
1
—2
BW 3
U4
—5
—6
—7
—8
—9
—10
—
23
—24
—25
GB 26
GU 27
GU 28
GR 29
WB 30
B12
BG 13
BW 14
BK 15
BG 16
BR 17
BW
33
B34
BW 35
BG 36
BO 37
BO 38
BR L
GH
Y
EM61 EM62
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 N/A
EM7 / 88-WAY / BLACK
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 SC
EM61 / 18-WAY / BLACK EM62 / 14-WAY / BLACK
28
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Control Module Pin Identification
EM68
19
—20
—21
—22
—23
—24
—25
—26
—27
—28
—29
—30
—31
—32
—33
—34
—35
—
1
YR 2
—3
Y4
—5
—6
—7
—8
—9
—10
O11
W12
—13
O14
OG 15
OG 16
—17
—18
B
LS27
17
W
18
R
19
O
20
WU
21
U
22
U
23
—
24
B
25
NW
10
—
11
—
12
—
13
U
14
R
15
G
16
RW
1
UY
2
OG
3
Y
4
G
5
Y
6
Y
7
O
8
B
9
NR
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
LS27 / 25-WAY / BLACK
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
EM68 / 35-WAY / BLACK
29
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Control Module Pin Identification
12
WR 13
B
14
B15
GW 16
OY 17
U18
GW 19
BW 20
BK 21
O22
—
1
WU 2
GW
3
WR 4
WU 5
NW 6
RW 7
U8
U9
UY 10
W11
—
7
Y8
YR 9
—10
—11
U12
WU
1
UY 2
Y3
YG 4
—5
OY 6
U
14
—15
—
16
GR 17
RW 18
GU 19
RU 20
YR 21
Y22
NR 23
—24
—25
O26
GU
1
RG 2
U
3
UY 4
UY 5
W6
RW 7
UY 8
RW
9
—10
O11
YG 12
—13
UY 14
—15
U16
GU
1
OG 2
RG 3
Y4
—5
YB 6
YG 7
OG 8
GO 9
R10
—11
—12
OY 13
UY
CC31 CC30 CC29 CC28
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
CC31 / 22-WAY / GREY CC30 / 12-WAY / GREY CC29 / 16-WAY / GREY CC28 / 26-WAY / GREY
30
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Control Module Pin Identification
INSTRUMENT PACK
FC24 / 26-WAY / BLACK FC25 / 26-WAY / YELLOW
31
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Control Module Pin Identification
FC15
79
NG 80
N81
GR 82
GR 83
GB 84
U85
Y86
OG 87
YU 88
YG 89
Y90
BK 91
BK
53
R54
R55
YU 56
OY* 57
GR 58
YB 59
RW 60
RW 61
WG 62
—63
YG 64
—65
—
27
Y28
G29
Y30
U31
GB 32
WR 33
W34
GO 35
OY 36
—37
GR 38
O39
Y
1
W2
GW 3
GO 4
GU 5
YR 6
Y7
RU 8
—9
GU 10
RW 11
YB 12
OG 13
G*
92
YB 93
Y94
GW 95
RU 96
GU 97
WU 98
—99
UY 100
BR 101
RW 102
N103
—104
NW
66
RU 67
O68
OG 69
O70
GW 71
YR 72
YU 73
GO 74
RW 75
GR 76
GO 77
RG 78
U
40
WU 41
RW 42
UY 43
WG 44
OY 45
U46
YB 47
YG 48
OG 49
GO 50
GW 51
RW 52
BW
14
U15
WU 16
RW 17
OY 18
YB 19
BG 20
OG 21
YR 22
WB 23
WU 24
NW 25
B26
YG
13
—12
—11
—10
—9
—8
GW* 7
YU 6
GW 5
RW 4
—3
RG 2
—1
OG
26
YR* 25
—24
—23
—22
—21
—20
—19
YR 18
—17
—16
—15
—14
—
8
Y7
RU 6
NR 5
Y4
OG 3
OY 2
OY 1
O
16
U15
NW 14
BK 13
BK 12
—11
—10
O9
U
BT2 BT1
FC22
10
R* 9
YB 8
OG 7
O6
O5
U* 4
NR 3
BRD*
2
BRD*
1
—
20
R* 19
RW* 18
OY* 17
Y16
W15
U* 14
WU 13
WR 12
BK 11
YR
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
FC15 / 104-WAY / GREY
* Not used – NAS vehicles.
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
FC22 / 20-WAY / GREEN
* Not used – NAS vehicles.
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
BT2 / 26-WAY / BLACK BT1 / 16-WAY / BLACK
* Not used – NAS vehicles.
32
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Control Module Pin Identification
DD11 DD10
7
BR 6
BW 5
GB 4
OY 3
O2
U1
BK
15
YG 14
—13
OY 12
GU 11
—10
YR 9
RG 8
—
22
BO 21
BW 20
G19
—18
—17
YR 16
—
7
R6
YB* 5
Y4
OG 3
OG 2
Y1
NR
15
OY 14
GW 13
—12
—11
—10
BG 9
U8
BK
22
O21
OY 20
WU 19
N18
BO 17
B16
Y
PD11 PD10
7
—6
BO 5
—4
—3
—2
—1
—
15
U14
—13
—12
—11
—10
—9
—8
U
22
—21
BG 20
G19
—18
—17
—16
—
7
R6
YB* 5
Y4
UY 3
U2
Y1
NR
15
OY 14
GW 13
—12
—11
—10
—9
U8
BK
22
Y21
RU 20
WU 19
—18
—17
B16
Y
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
DD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK DD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE
* Not used – NAS vehicles.
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK PD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE
* Not used – NAS vehicles.
RD11 RD10
7
BK 6
BO 5
O4
—3
—2
—1
—
15
OG 14
—13
WU 12
—11
—10
—9
—8
—
22
UY 21
BG 20
B19
—18
—17
—16
—
7
R6
YB* 5
Y4
—3
—2
—1
NR
15
OY 14
GW 13
—12
—11
—10
—9
U8
BK
22
—21
—20
—19
BK 18
—17
B16
Y
RP11 RP10
7
—6
BO 5
—4
—3
—2
—1
—
15
U14
—13
—12
—11
—10
—9
—8
U
22
—21
BG 20
G19
—18
—17
—16
—
7
R6
YB* 5
Y4
—3
—2
—1
NR
15
OY 14
GW 13
—12
—11
—10
—9
U8
BK
22
—21
—20
—19
—18
—17
B16
Y
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
RD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK RD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE
* Not used – NAS vehicles.
PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
RP11 / 22-WAY / BLACK RP10 / 22-WAY / BLUE
* Not used – NAS vehicles.
33
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Control Module Pin Identification
14
NG 15
NR 16
—17
—18
GR 19
GB 20
—21
—22
—23
—24
—25
—26
—
1
WB 2
WB 3
—4
—5
W6
GB 7
—8
G9
WU 10
UY 11
WR 12
N13
—
9
RW 10
YR 11
WG 12
W13
OY 14
WB 15
OG 16
N
1
R2
RU 3
OG 4
UY 5
GW 6
GO 7
YB 8
UY
6
GW 7
—8
G9
Y10
U
1
BK 2
B3
WU 4
YG 5
NR
SD1 SD2 SD3
9
RW 10
YR 11
WG 12
W13
OY 14
WB 15
OG 16
N
1
R2
RU 3
OG 4
UY 5
GW 6
GO 7
YB 8
UY
6
GW 7
—8
G9
Y10
U
1
BK 2
B3
WU 4
YG 5
NR
SD1 SD3
9
Y10
N11
WG 12
W13
OY 14
UY 15
G16
RW
1
R2
RU 3
OG 4
UY 5
GW 6
GO 7
YB 8
WU
6
GW 7
—8
GO 9
Y10
U
1
—2
B3
WU 4
WR 5
NR
SP1 SP3
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE: MEMORY
SD1 / 16-WAY / BLACK SD2 / 26-WAY / BLACK SD3 / 10-WAY / BLACK
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE: NON-MEMORY
SD1 / 16-WAY / BLACK SD3 / 10-WAY / BLACK
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
SP1 / 16-WAY / BLACK SP3 / 10-WAY / BLACK
34
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Control Module Pin Identification
11
—10
RW 9
RW 8
RW 7
—6
—5
—4
—3
—
2
—1
—
6
GO 5
GW 4
UY 3
WU 2
OY 1
OY 22
—21
—20
RW 19
OY 18
UY 17
Y16
YG 15
GW 14
GW
13
—12
—
12
GR 11
GW 10
OW 9
B8
PW 7
PR
11
Y10
B9
—8
—7
—6
—5
—4
—3
—
2
—1
—
6
NW 5
B4
NR 3
B2
—1
—22
B21
—20
—19
—18
—17
—16
—15
—14
—
13
—12
B
12
NW 11
—10
—9
—8
—7
—
BS6 BS7 BS2 BS1
CA61
25
R24
R23
Y22
Y21
U20
U19
YR 18
Y17
YU 16
Y15
—14
YR 13
Y12
—11
YU 10
Y8
—
9
OY 7
YR 6
BK 5
W4
RW 3
BW 2
RW 1
BW
50
—49
—48
—47
—46
—45
—44
—43
—42
—41
—40
Y39
—38
—37
—36
—35
—34
—33
—32
—31
—30
—29
—28
—27
—26
—
REAR SEAT CONTROL MODULE
BS6 / 12-WAY / WHITE BS7 / 22-WAY / WHITE BS2 / 12-WAY / BLUE BS1 / 22-WAY / BLUE
AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR
CA61 / 50-WAY / YELLOW
35
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Relay and Fuse Box Location
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FRONT RELAYS
Wiper RUN / STOP relay
Wiper FAST / SLOW relay
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
RELAYS AND FUSE BOX
Ignition positive relay
Horn relay
Dip beam relay
Powerwash relay
Main beam relay
Front fog lamp relay
Heater pump relay
Engine compartment fuse box
CONTROL MODULE
ENCLOSURE RELAYS (RHD)
Intercooler pump relay (AJ27 SC only)
A/C compressor clutch relay
Starter relay
Throttle motor power relay
Ignition coil relay
O2S heater relay
Fuel injection relay
FRONT SEAT RELAYS
Seat lower relay (LHD)
Seat raise relay (LHD)
Seat heater relay
LH HEELBOARD RELAYS
AND FUSE BOX
Ignition positive relay
Mirror fold-out relay
Door locking relay
A/C isolate relay
Mirror fold-back relay
LH heelboard fuse box
ENGINE MANAGEMENT RELAYS
Engine management fuse box
EMS control relay
CONTROL MODULE
ENCLOSURE RELAYS (LHD)
Intercooler pump relay (AJ27 SC only)
Fuel injection relay
O2S heater relay
Ignition coil relay
Throttle motor power relay
Starter relay
A/C compressor clutch relay
FRONT BULKHEAD RELAYS
LH windshield heater relay
RH windshield heater relay
FRONT SEAT RELAYS
Seat heater relay
Seat raise relay (RHD)
Seat lower relay (RHD)
RH HEELBOARD RELAYS
AND FUSE BOX
RH heelboard fuse box
RH rear seat heater timer
LH lumbar deflate relay
LH blower motor relay
Door mirror heater relay
RH blower motor relay
LH rear seat heater timer
TRUNK RELAYS
AND FUSE BOX
Heated backlight relay
Side marker / number plate lamp relay
Fuel filler flap lock relay
Fuel filler flap unlock relay
Trunk fuse box
Auxiliary positive relay
Accessory connector relay
Stop lamp relay
Fuel pump relay 1
Fuel pump relay 2
NOTE: All relays are brown, with the exception of the microrelays, which are black.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 01.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BATTERY BT66 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP TRUNK / BATTERY COVER
BT67 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT
LF6 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
LF7 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
LF8 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
ST19 / EYELET
FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT EM19 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM20 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST20 / EYELET
ST21 / EYELET
FUSE BOX – LH HEELBOARD CA1 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL LH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
CA2 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST15 / EYELET
FUSE BOX – RH HEELBOARD CA41 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
CA42 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST13 / EYELET
ST14 / EYELET
FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
BT64 / EYELET
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 / EYELET TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BT61 / EYELET
BT62 / EYELET
BT63 / EYELET
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE BT37 / 1-WAY LUCAR STRAIGHT / METALLIC ADJACENT TO BATTERY / BATTERY COVER
BT66 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
AUXILIARY POSITIVE RELAY BROWN BUS TRUNK FUSE BOX / HEELBOARD COVER
(RH HEELBOARD FUSE BOX)
EMS CONTROL RELAY BROWN BUS ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
(ENGINE MANAGEMENT FUSE BOX)
IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY BROWN BUS ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
(ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX)
IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY BROWN BUS LH HEELBOARD FUSE BOX / HEELBOARD COVER
(LH HEELBOARD FUSE BOX)
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
ST5 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD
ST6 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT65 EYELET (SINGLE) – BATTERY GROUND STUD
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 01.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
FUSE BOX – LH HEELBOARD CA1 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL LH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
CA2 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST15 / EYELET
FUSE BOX – RH HEELBOARD CA41 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
CA42 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST13 / EYELET
ST14 / EYELET
SPLICE HEADER – CA222 CA222 / 20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER / GREY RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
SPLICE HEADER – CA223 CA223 / 20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER / BLACK RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
SPLICE HEADER – CA224 CA224 / 20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER / GREEN LH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
CA10 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA12 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA14 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA16 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA20 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW RH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA23 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
CA27 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
IC1 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE LH HEELBOARD
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 01.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT
LF6 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
LF7 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
LF8 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
ST19 / EYELET
FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT EM19 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM20 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST20 / EYELET
ST21 / EYELET
FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
BT64 / EYELET
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BS4 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE SEAT SWITCHES
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
CA109 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
EM42 4-WAY YAZAKI / GREY BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
IC2 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE REARWARD OF FUEL TANK / BATTERY COVER
LF32 4-WAY YAZAKI / GREY FORWARD OF LH FRONT SUSPENSION ARM
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 01.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT
LF6 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
LF7 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
LF8 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
ST19 / EYELET
FUSE BOX – LH HEELBOARD CA1 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL LH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
CA2 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST15 / EYELET
FUSE BOX – RH HEELBOARD CA41 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
CA42 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST13 / EYELET
ST14 / EYELET
FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
BT64 / EYELET
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA20 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW RH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA109 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
EM1 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
EM42 4-WAY YAZAKI / GREY BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
EM51 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
IC1 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE LH HEELBOARD
IC2 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE REARWARD OF FUEL TANK / BATTERY COVER
LF3 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 01.5
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT EM19 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM20 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
ST20 / EYELET
ST21 / EYELET
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CV2 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE UNDER REAR SEAT
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM51 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 02.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
IGNITION SWITCH FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
INERTIA SWITCH CA6 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK RH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA20 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW RH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM53 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE RH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC11 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
LF3 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 03.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BATTERY BT66 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP TRUNK / BATTERY COVER
BT67 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
GENERATOR AN1 / EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
AN2 / EYELET
ST4 / EYELET
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 / EYELET TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BT61 / EYELET
BT62 / EYELET
BT63 / EYELET
IGNITION SWITCH FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK
NEUTRAL SWITCH CC21 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY / CENTER CONSOLE
REGULATOR (GENERATOR) PI50 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO 92 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
STARTER MOTOR ST1 / EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK / RH SIDE
ST2 / EYELET
ST3 / EYELET
SUPPRESSION MODULE AN3 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / RED ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONT
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
STARTER RELAY BROWN EM50 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM3 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM60 2-WAY ECONOSEAL J2 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT RH TO FALSE BULKHEAD
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ST5 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD
ST6 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT65 EYELET (SINGLE) – BATTERY GROUND STUD
CC3R EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-7 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS GROUND (N) B+ (P, R, D, 4, 3, 2)
D FC15-21 SERIAL COMMUNICATION – KEY TRANSPONDER ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D FC15-39 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
O FC15-73 STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND (CRANKING) B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
D FC15-92 ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I EM81-12 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)
I EM82-2 ENGINE CRANK GROUND (CRANKING)
D EM82-15 OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D EM82-16 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
D FC22-9 SERIAL COMMUNICATION ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D FC22-11 SERIAL COMMUNICATION – BPM ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D FC22-16 OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D FC22-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 03.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BATTERY BT66 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP TRUNK / BATTERY COVER
BT67 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH CC8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY RIGHT HAND SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR / CENTER CONSOLE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
GENERATOR AN1 / EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
AN2 / EYELET
ST4 / EYELET
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE BT60 / EYELET TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
BT61 / EYELET
BT62 / EYELET
BT63 / EYELET
IGNITION SWITCH FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK
REGULATOR (GENERATOR) PI50 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO 92 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
STARTER MOTOR ST1 / EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK / RH SIDE
ST2 / EYELET
ST3 / EYELET
SUPPRESSION MODULE AN3 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / RED ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONT
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
STARTER RELAY BROWN EM50 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM3 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM60 2-WAY ECONOSEAL J2 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT RH TO FALSE BULKHEAD
EM63 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ST5 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD
ST6 EYELET ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT65 EYELET (SINGLE) – BATTERY GROUND STUD
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM8R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-7 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS GROUND (N) B+ (P, R, D, 4, 3, 2)
D FC15-21 SERIAL COMMUNICATION – KEY TRANSPONDER ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D FC15-39 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
O FC15-73 STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND (CRANKING) B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
D FC15-92 ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I EM81-12 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)
I EM82-2 ENGINE CRANK GROUND (CRANKING)
D EM82-15 OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D EM82-16 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
D FC22-9 SERIAL COMMUNICATION ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D FC22-11 SERIAL COMMUNICATION – BPM ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D FC22-16 OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D FC22-17 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
PPin Description Active Inactive
I CC8-2 TCM / DUAL LINEAR SWITCH COMMON GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
O CC8-4 NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS GROUND (N) B+ (P, R, D, 4, 3, 2)
O CC8-11 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R, D, 4, 3, 2)
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 04.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
AIR ASSIST CLOSE VALVE PI29 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO SS / GREY THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
BRAKE SWITCH CC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
CCV: CANISTER CLOSE VALVE CV1 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 90 / BLACK UNDER VEHICLE / RH REAR
CKPS: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR PI17 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK ENGINE / REAR OF BED PLATE
CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – ‘A’ BANK PI16 / 2-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘A’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – ‘B’ BANK PI15 / 2-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN EM66 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
ECTS: ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR PI4 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL E J2 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
EOTS: ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR PI38 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL EC J2 / GREY ENGINE BLOCK / BELOW GENERATOR
EVAPP: EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE EM39 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL J2+ / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD
FTPS: FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR FP1 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK TOP OF FUEL TANK / TRUNK CARPET
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (DOWNSTREAM) – ‘A’ BANK EM22 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (DOWNSTREAM) – ‘B’ BANK EM24 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (UPSTREAM) – ‘A’ BANK EM21 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (UPSTREAM) – ‘B’ BANK EM23 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
KS: KNOCK SENSOR – ‘A’ BANK PI26 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
KS: KNOCK SENSOR – ‘B’ BANK PI27 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
MAFS: MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR PI35 / 5-WAY YAZAKI 92 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CC11 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
PPS: PEDAL POSITION SENSORS PI42 / 5-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
THROTTLE MOTOR PI33 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO HM250 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
TPS: THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS PI6 / 4-WAY ECONOSEAL J2T / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
VVT SOLENOID VALVE – ‘A’ BANK PI31 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 0902 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘A’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD / FRONT
VVT SOLENOID VALVE – ‘B’ BANK PI32 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 0902 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD / FRONT
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM49 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
O2S HEATERS RELAY BROWN EM75 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
BT5 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TOP OF FUEL TANK / TRUNK CARPET
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CV2 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE UNDER REAR SEAT
EM1 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM3 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM53 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
LF3 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EM8L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
EM16L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM16R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
O EM80-01 EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE GROUND (VALVE OPEN) B+
O EM80-02 CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM80-03 GROUND (POWER) GROUND GROUND
O EM80-04 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O EM80-05 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O EM80-06 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O EM80-07 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I EM80-08 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I EM80-09 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I EM80-15 EOT FEEDBACK 2.5 V @ 34 °C; 0.5 V @ 90 °C; (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
D EM80-17 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
D EM80-18 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
D EM80-19 ECM PROGRAMMING
I EM80-21 GROUND (THROTTLE MOTOR 1) GROUND GROUND
D EM80-27 ECM PROGRAMMING
I EM80-29 GROUND (LOGIC 2) GROUND GROUND
I EM80-31 GROUND (THROTTLE MOTOR 2) GROUND GROUND
O EM81-01 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID + ‘A’ BANK B+ (12% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) (INCREASING WITH ADVANCE) GROUND
O EM81-02 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID – ‘A’ BANK GROUND GROUND
O EM81-03 EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM81-06 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID + ‘B’ BANK B+ (12% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) (INCREASING WITH ADVANCE) GROUND
O EM81-07 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID – ‘B’ BANK GROUND GROUND
I EM81-08 GROUND (POWER) GROUND GROUND
I EM81-09 PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK (PPS/1) 0.6 V = FOOT OFF; 3.8 V = PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
I EM81-10 TPS FEEDBACK (TPS/1) 0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT
I EM81-12 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)
I EM81-16 FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR FEEDBACK 4.9 V = LOW PRESSURE, 0.2 V = HIGH PRESSURE
I EM81-17 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1 B+ 0 V
I EM81-18 PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK (PPS/2) 0.8 V = FOOT OFF; 2.4 V = PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
I EM81-19 TPS FEEDBACK (TPS/2) 0.6 V = IDLE; 4.85 V = WOT
I EM81-21 GROUND (LOGIC 1) GROUND GROUND
I EM81-22 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH GROUND (APPLIED) B+
SG EM81-24 PEDAL POSITION / THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS SHIELD GROUND GROUND
O EM82-01 SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 1 5 V 5 V
I EM82-02 ENGINE CRANK GROUND (CRANKING)
I EM82-04 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA) 3.5 V
I EM82-05 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA) 3.5 V
O EM82-06 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
SG EM82-07 SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 1 GROUND GROUND
I EM82-08 BRAKE SWITCH GROUND B+
I EM82-09 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
SG EM82-10 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – CONSTANT 3.8 V
SG EM82-11 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – CONSTANT 3.8 V
I EM82-12 INERTIA SWITCH ACTIVATED (VEHICLE IMPACT) GROUND B+
I EM82-13 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2 B+ 0 V
I EM82-14 ECT FEEDBACK 0.41 V @ 90 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
D EM82-15 OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D EM82-16 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I EM82-17 IATS FEEDBACK 0.98 V @ 10 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
O EM83-03 AIR ASSIST CLOSE VALVE ACTIVATE 8 V @ IDLE (78% DUTY CYCLE)
O EM83-05 SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 2 5 V 5 V
SG EM83-06 SENSOR SHIELD GROUND GROUND
SG EM83-07 CKPS SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM83-08 CKPS SIGNAL 5 V @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
SG EM83-09 CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
SG EM83-12 HO2S SHIELD GROUND GROUND
SG EM83-13 SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 2 GROUND GROUND
I EM83-14 KNOCK SENSOR, ‘A’ BANK FEEDBACK 0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK
C EM83-15 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
C EM83-16 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
SG EM83-17 CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM83-18 CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL 0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz
I EM83-19 CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL 0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz
I EM83-20 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I EM83-21 HO2S, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM 0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
I EM83-22 HO2S, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM 0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
I EM83-23 KNOCK SENSOR, ‘B’ BANK FEEDBACK 0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK
C EM83-24 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
C EM83-25 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
O EM83-26 MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
O EM83-27 MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM83-28 MAFS FEEDBACK 1.2 V @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE
I EM84-01 GROUND (DOWNSTREAM HO2S HEATERS) GROUND GROUND
O EM84-07 HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE) B+
O EM84-15 HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE) B+
I EM84-16 GROUND (INJECTORS 1A, 2B, 3B, 4A) GROUND GROUND
O EM84-17 IGNITION MODULE 4B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
I EM84-22 GROUND (INJECTORS 1B, 2A, 3A, 4B) GROUND GROUND
O EM85-01 HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE) B+
O EM85-02 HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE) B+
O EM85-05 “COOL BOX” COOLING FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM85-06 GROUND (HO2S A UPSTREAM HEATER) GROUND GROUND
I EM85-07 GROUND (HO2S B UPSTREAM HEATER) GROUND GROUND
I EM85-08 HO2S HEATERS OBD MONITOR HEATERS ACTIVE = B+ V
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 04.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
AIR ASSIST CLOSE VALVE PI29 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO SS / GREY THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
BRAKE SWITCH CC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
CKPS: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR PI17 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK ENGINE / REAR OF BED PLATE
CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – ‘A’ BANK PI16 / 2-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘A’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – ‘B’ BANK PI15 / 2-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN EM66 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
ECTS: ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR PI4 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL E J2 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
EOTS: ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR PI38 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL EC J2 / GREY ENGINE BLOCK / BELOW GENERATOR
EVAPP: EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE EM39 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL J2+ / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (DOWNSTREAM) – ‘A’ BANK EM22 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (DOWNSTREAM) – ‘B’ BANK EM24 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (UPSTREAM) – ‘A’ BANK EM21 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (UPSTREAM) – ‘B’ BANK EM23 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
KS: KNOCK SENSOR – ‘A’ BANK PI26 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
KS: KNOCK SENSOR – ‘B’ BANK PI27 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
MAFS: MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR PI35 / 5-WAY YAZAKI 92 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CC11 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
PPS: PEDAL POSITION SENSORS PI42 / 5-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
THROTTLE MOTOR PI33 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO HM250 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
TPS: THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS PI6 / 4-WAY ECONOSEAL J2T / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
VVT SOLENOID VALVE – ‘A’ BANK PI31 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 0902 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘A’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD / FRONT
VVT SOLENOID VALVE – ‘B’ BANK PI32 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 0902 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD / FRONT
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM49 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
O2S HEATERS RELAY BROWN EM75 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM1 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
EM53 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
LF3 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EM8L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
EM16L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM16R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
O EM80-01 EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE GROUND (VALVE OPEN) B+
I EM80-03 GROUND (POWER) GROUND GROUND
O EM80-04 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O EM80-05 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O EM80-06 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O EM80-07 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I EM80-08 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I EM80-09 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I EM80-15 EOT FEEDBACK 2.5 V @ 34 °C; 0.5 V @ 90 °C; (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
D EM80-17 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
D EM80-18 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
D EM80-19 ECM PROGRAMMING
I EM80-21 GROUND (THROTTLE MOTOR 1) GROUND GROUND
D EM80-27 ECM PROGRAMMING
I EM80-29 GROUND (LOGIC 2) GROUND GROUND
I EM80-31 GROUND (THROTTLE MOTOR 2) GROUND GROUND
O EM81-01 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID + ‘A’ BANK B+ (12% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) (INCREASING WITH ADVANCE) GROUND
O EM81-02 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID – ‘A’ BANK GROUND GROUND
O EM81-03 EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM81-06 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID + ‘B’ BANK B+ (12% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) (INCREASING WITH ADVANCE) GROUND
O EM81-07 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID – ‘B’ BANK GROUND GROUND
I EM81-08 GROUND (POWER) GROUND GROUND
I EM81-09 PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK (PPS/1) 0.6 V = FOOT OFF; 3.8 V = PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
I EM81-10 TPS FEEDBACK (TPS/1) 0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT
I EM81-12 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)
I EM81-17 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1 B+ 0 V
I EM81-18 PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK (PPS/2) 0.8 V = FOOT OFF; 2.4 V = PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
I EM81-19 TPS FEEDBACK (TPS/2) 0.6 V = IDLE; 4.85 V = WOT
I EM81-21 GROUND (LOGIC 1) GROUND GROUND
I EM81-22 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH GROUND (APPLIED) B+
SG EM81-24 PEDAL POSITION / THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS SHIELD GROUND GROUND
O EM82-01 SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 1 5 V 5 V
I EM82-02 ENGINE CRANK GROUND (CRANKING)
I EM82-04 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA) 3.5 V
I EM82-05 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA) 3.5 V
O EM82-06 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
SG EM82-07 SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 1 GROUND GROUND
I EM82-08 BRAKE SWITCH GROUND B+
I EM82-09 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
SG EM82-10 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – CONSTANT 3.8 V
SG EM82-11 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – CONSTANT 3.8 V
I EM82-12 INERTIA SWITCH ACTIVATED (VEHICLE IMPACT) GROUND B+
I EM82-13 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2 B+ 0 V
I EM82-14 ECT FEEDBACK 0.41 V @ 90 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
D EM82-15 OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D EM82-16 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I EM82-17 IATS FEEDBACK 0.98 V @ 10 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
O EM83-03 AIR ASSIST CLOSE VALVE ACTIVATE 8 V @ IDLE (78% DUTY CYCLE)
O EM83-05 SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 2 5 V 5 V
SG EM83-06 SENSOR SHIELD GROUND GROUND
SG EM83-07 CKPS SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM83-08 CKPS SIGNAL 5 V @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
SG EM83-09 CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
SG EM83-12 HO2S SHIELD GROUND GROUND
SG EM83-13 SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 2 GROUND GROUND
I EM83-14 KNOCK SENSOR, ‘A’ BANK FEEDBACK 0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK
C EM83-15 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
C EM83-16 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
SG EM83-17 CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM83-18 CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL 0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz
I EM83-19 CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL 0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz
I EM83-20 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I EM83-21 HO2S, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM 0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
I EM83-22 HO2S, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM 0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
I EM83-23 KNOCK SENSOR, ‘B’ BANK FEEDBACK 0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK
C EM83-24 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
C EM83-25 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
O EM83-26 MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
O EM83-27 MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM83-28 MAFS FEEDBACK 1.2 V @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE
I EM84-01 GROUND (DOWNSTREAM HO2S HEATERS) GROUND GROUND
O EM84-07 HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE) B+
O EM84-15 HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE) B+
I EM84-16 GROUND (INJECTORS 1A, 2B, 3B, 4A) GROUND GROUND
I EM84-22 GROUND (INJECTORS 1B, 2A, 3A, 4B) GROUND GROUND
O EM85-01 HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE) B+
O EM85-02 HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE) B+
O EM85-05 “COOL BOX” COOLING FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM85-06 GROUND (HO2S A UPSTREAM HEATER) GROUND GROUND
I EM85-07 GROUND (HO2S B UPSTREAM HEATER) GROUND GROUND
I EM85-08 HO2S HEATERS OBD MONITOR HEATERS ACTIVE = B+ V
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 04.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH PI36 / 1-WAY SUMITOMO 90 A TYPE / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / A/C COMPRESSOR
A/CCM: AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE CC28 / 26-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
CC29 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC30 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC31 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH CC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
CRUISE CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH CC20 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / NATURAL CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) SW3 / 3-WAY EPC / BLACK CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
FUEL INJECTOR – 1A PI7 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 1B PI11 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 2A PI8 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 2B PI12 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 3A PI9 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 3B PI13 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 4A PI10 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 4B PI14 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL PUMP BT9 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO DL90 / NATURAL TOP OF FUEL TANK / TRUNK CARPET
FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
BT64 / EYELET
IGNITION COIL – 1A PI51 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 1B PI55 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 2A PI52 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 2B PI56 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 3A PI53 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 3B PI57 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 4A PI54 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 4B PI58 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE LF31 / 8-WAY TRW / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO LH CRUSH TUBE
RADIATOR FAN – LH CF1 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW LH FAN
RADIATOR FAN – RH CF2 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW RH FAN
REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH LF26 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO LH SIDE OF RADIATOR
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY BROWN EM52 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUEL INJECTION RELAY BLACK EM25 / BLACK CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUEL PUMP RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #4, TRUNK FUSE BOX / TRUNK
IGNITION COIL RELAY BROWN EM26 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
EM1 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
EM3 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM51 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
EM53 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
LF32 4-WAY YAZAKI / GREY FORWARD OF LH FRONT SUSPENSION ARM
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
SC3 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
SW1 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
SW2 6-WAY JST / BLACK CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT20 EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / RH REAR GROUND STUD
EM8R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
EM16R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM17 EYELET (SINGLE) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC17R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LF10L EYELET (PAIR) – LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LF10R EYELET (PAIR) – LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LF20L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I CC28-1 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS B+ (ON) 0 V
O CC30-1 AIR CONDITIONING ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL B+ 0 V
I CC31-7 LOAD INHIBIT 0 V B+
O CC31-9 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REQUEST B+ 0 V
I CC31-17 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH 0 V (2 – 30 BAR) B+ (OUT OF ACTIVE RANGE)
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I EM80-10 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE GROUND @ 20 BAR (290 PSI)
I EM80-11 A/CCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REQUEST B+ GROUND
O EM80-12 ELECTRICAL LOAD INHIBIT GROUND B+
O EM80-16 CRUISE CONTROL ON STATUS LED GROUND B+
D EM80-17 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
D EM80-18 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
D EM80-19 ECM PROGRAMMING
I EM80-20 CRUISE CONTROL BRAKE CANCEL REQUEST GROUND B+
I EM80-22 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE GROUND @ 12 BAR (174 PSI)
I EM80-23 A/CCM ELECTRICAL LOAD REQUEST (HEATED WINDSHIELD) B+ GROUND
O EM80-25 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM81-04 PARALLEL (HIGH) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM81-05 SERIES (LOW) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM81-13 CRUISE CONTROL ON REQUEST B+ GROUND
I EM81-14 CRUISE CONTROL SET +/- 7.3 V = (+), 8.8 V = (–)B+
I EM81-15 CRUISE CONTROL CANCEL / RESUME 7.3 V = RESUME, 8.8 V = CANCEL B+
I EM83-04 FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM83-10 IGNITION MODULES 1A, 2B, 3B, 4A OBD MONITOR 23 Hz @ IDLE (5 V)
I EM83-11 IGNITION MODULES 1B, 2A, 3A, 4B OBD MONITOR 23 Hz @ IDLE (5 V)
O EM84-02 INJECTOR 1A ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM84-03 INJECTOR 3B ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM84-04 INJECTOR 2B ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM84-05 INJECTOR 4A ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM84-06 INJECTOR 1B ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM84-09 IGNITION MODULE 4A SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-10 IGNITION MODULE 3A SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-11 IGNITION MODULE 2A SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-12 IGNITION MODULE 1A SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
I EM84-13 INJECTOR 4B ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM84-14 INJECTOR 3A ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM84-17 IGNITION MODULE 4B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-18 IGNITION MODULE 3B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-19 IGNITION MODULE 2B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-20 IGNITION MODULE 1B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-21 INJECTOR 2A ACTIVATE GROUND B+
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 04.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BRAKE SWITCH CC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
CCV: CANISTER CLOSE VALVE CV1 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 90 / BLACK UNDER VEHICLE / RH REAR
CKPS: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR PI17 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK ENGINE / REAR OF BED PLATE
CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – ‘A’ BANK PI16 / 2-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘A’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – ‘B’ BANK PI15 / 2-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN EM66 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EGR VALVE PI34 / 6-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REAR OF THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
ECTS: ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR PI4 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL E J2 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
EOTS: ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR PI38 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL EC J2 / GREY ENGINE BLOCK / BELOW GENERATOR
EVAPP: EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE EM39 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL J2+ / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD
FTPS: FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR FP1 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK TOP OF FUEL TANK / TRUNK CARPET
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (DOWNSTREAM) – ‘A’ BANK EM22 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (DOWNSTREAM) – ‘B’ BANK EM24 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (UPSTREAM) – ‘A’ BANK EM21 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (UPSTREAM) – ‘B’ BANK EM23 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
IATS 2: INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 PI3 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘A’ BANK INTERCOOLER / REAR
KS: KNOCK SENSOR – ‘A’ BANK PI26 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
KS: KNOCK SENSOR – ‘B’ BANK PI27 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
MAFS: MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR PI35 / 5-WAY YAZAKI 92 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
MAPS: MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR EM10 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CC11 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
PPS: PEDAL POSITION SENSORS PI42 / 5-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
THROTTLE MOTOR PI33 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO HM250 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
TPS: THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS PI6 / 4-WAY ECONOSEAL J2T / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM49 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
O2S HEATERS RELAY BROWN EM75 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
BT5 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE TOP OF FUEL TANK / TRUNK CARPET
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CV2 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE UNDER REAR SEAT
EM1 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM3 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM53 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
LF3 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EM8L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
EM16L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM16R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
O EM80-01 EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE GROUND (VALVE OPEN) B+
O EM80-02 CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM80-03 GROUND (POWER) GROUND GROUND
O EM80-04 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O EM80-05 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O EM80-06 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O EM80-07 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I EM80-08 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I EM80-09 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I EM80-15 EOT FEEDBACK 2.5 V @ 34 °C; 0.5 V @ 90 °C; (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
D EM80-17 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
D EM80-18 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
D EM80-19 ECM PROGRAMMING
I EM80-21 GROUND (THROTTLE MOTOR 1) GROUND GROUND
D EM80-27 ECM PROGRAMMING
I EM80-28 MAPS FEEDBACK 1.2 V = IDLE; 3.6 V = ENGINE SWITCHED OFF
I EM80-29 GROUND (LOGIC 2) GROUND GROUND
I EM80-31 GROUND (THROTTLE MOTOR 2) GROUND GROUND
O EM81-03 EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM81-08 GROUND (POWER) GROUND GROUND
I EM81-09 PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK (PPS/1) 0.6 V = FOOT OFF; 3.8 V = PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
I EM81-10 TPS FEEDBACK (TPS/1) 0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT
I EM81-12 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)
I EM81-16 FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR FEEDBACK 4.9 V = LOW PRESSURE, 0.2 V = HIGH PRESSURE
I EM81-17 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1 B+ 0 V
I EM81-18 PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK (PPS/2) 0.8 V = FOOT OFF; 2.4 V = PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
I EM81-19 TPS FEEDBACK (TPS/2) 0.6 V = IDLE; 4.85 V = WOT
I EM81-21 GROUND (LOGIC 1) GROUND GROUND
I EM81-22 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH GROUND (APPLIED) B+
I EM81-23 IATS 2 FEEDBACK 2.38 V @ 20 °C, (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
SG EM81-24 PEDAL POSITION / THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS SHIELD GROUND GROUND
O EM82-01 SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 1 5 V 5 V
I EM82-02 ENGINE CRANK GROUND (CRANKING)
I EM82-04 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA) 3.5 V
I EM82-05 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA) 3.5 V
O EM82-06 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
SG EM82-07 SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 1 GROUND GROUND
I EM82-08 BRAKE SWITCH GROUND B+
I EM82-09 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
SG EM82-10 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – CONSTANT 3.8 V
SG EM82-11 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – CONSTANT 3.8 V
I EM82-12 INERTIA SWITCH ACTIVATED (VEHICLE IMPACT) GROUND B+
I EM82-13 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2 B+ 0 V
I EM82-14 ECT FEEDBACK 0.41 V @ 90 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
D EM82-15 OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D EM82-16 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I EM82-17 IATS FEEDBACK 0.98 V @ 10 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
O EM83-05 SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 2 5 V 5 V
SG EM83-06 SENSOR SHIELD GROUND GROUND
SG EM83-07 CKPS SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM83-08 CKPS SIGNAL 5 V @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
SG EM83-09 CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
SG EM83-12 HO2S SHIELD GROUND GROUND
SG EM83-13 SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 2 GROUND GROUND
I EM83-14 KNOCK SENSOR, ‘A’ BANK FEEDBACK 0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK
C EM83-15 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
C EM83-16 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
SG EM83-17 CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM83-18 CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL 0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz
I EM83-19 CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL 0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz
I EM83-20 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I EM83-21 HO2S, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM 0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
I EM83-22 HO2S, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM 0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
I EM83-23 KNOCK SENSOR, ‘B’ BANK FEEDBACK 0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK
C EM83-24 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
C EM83-25 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
O EM83-26 MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
O EM83-27 MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM83-28 MAFS FEEDBACK 1.2 V @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE
I EM84-01 GROUND (DOWNSTREAM HO2S HEATERS) GROUND GROUND
O EM84-07 HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE) B+
O EM84-15 HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE) B+
I EM84-16 GROUND (INJECTORS 1A, 2B, 3B, 4A) GROUND GROUND
I EM84-22 GROUND (INJECTORS 1B, 2A, 3A, 4B) GROUND GROUND
O EM85-01 HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE) B+
O EM85-02 HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE) B+
O EM85-03 EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S1’ WINDING SUPPLY GROUND B+
O EM85-04 EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S2’ WINDING SUPPLY GROUND B+
O EM85-05 “COOL BOX” COOLING FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM85-06 GROUND (HO2S A UPSTREAM HEATER) GROUND GROUND
I EM85-07 GROUND (HO2S B UPSTREAM HEATER) GROUND GROUND
I EM85-08 HO2S HEATERS OBD MONITOR HEATERS ACTIVE = B+ V
O EM85-09 EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S3’ WINDING SUPPLY GROUND B+
O EM85-10 EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S4’ WINDING SUPPLY GROUND B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network Messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 04.5
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BRAKE SWITCH CC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
CKPS: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR PI17 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / BLACK ENGINE / REAR OF BED PLATE
CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – ‘A’ BANK PI16 / 2-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘A’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
CMPS: CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR – ‘B’ BANK PI15 / 2-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘B’ BANK CYLINDER HEAD, REAR
ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN EM66 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
ECTS: ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR PI4 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL E J2 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REAR OF ENGINE TOP HOSE
EOTS: ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR PI38 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL EC J2 / GREY ENGINE BLOCK / BELOW GENERATOR
EVAPP: EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE EM39 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL J2+ / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (DOWNSTREAM) – ‘A’ BANK EM22 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (DOWNSTREAM) – ‘B’ BANK EM24 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (UPSTREAM) – ‘A’ BANK EM21 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HO2S: HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (UPSTREAM) – ‘B’ BANK EM23 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO 0902 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
IATS 2: INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 PI3 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ‘A’ BANK INTERCOOLER / REAR
KS: KNOCK SENSOR – ‘A’ BANK PI26 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
KS: KNOCK SENSOR – ‘B’ BANK PI27 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE VEE / UNDER INTAKE MANIFOLD
MAFS: MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR PI35 / 5-WAY YAZAKI 92 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF AIR CLEANER
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CC11 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
PPS: PEDAL POSITION SENSORS PI42 / 5-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
THROTTLE MOTOR PI33 / 2-WAY SUMITOMO HM250 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
TPS: THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS PI6 / 4-WAY ECONOSEAL J2T / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY BROWN EM49 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
O2S HEATERS RELAY BROWN EM75 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM1 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
EM53 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
LF3 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EM8L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
EM16L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM16R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
O EM80-01 EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE GROUND (VALVE OPEN) B+
I EM80-03 GROUND (POWER) GROUND GROUND
O EM80-04 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O EM80-05 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O EM80-06 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O EM80-07 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I EM80-08 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I EM80-09 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I EM80-15 EOT FEEDBACK 2.5 V @ 34 °C; 0.5 V @ 90 °C; (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
D EM80-17 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
D EM80-18 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
D EM80-19 ECM PROGRAMMING
I EM80-21 GROUND (THROTTLE MOTOR 1) GROUND GROUND
D EM80-27 ECM PROGRAMMING
I EM80-29 GROUND (LOGIC 2) GROUND GROUND
I EM80-31 GROUND (THROTTLE MOTOR 2) GROUND GROUND
O EM81-03 EMS CONTROLLED RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM81-08 GROUND (POWER) GROUND GROUND
I EM81-09 PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK (PPS/1) 0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT
I EM81-10 TPS FEEDBACK (TPS/1) 0.5 V = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT
I EM81-12 PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION B+ (P, N) GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)
I EM81-17 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1 B+ 0 V
I EM81-18 PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK (PPS/2) 0.4 V = IDLE; 3.25 V = WOT
I EM81-19 TPS FEEDBACK (TPS/2) 0.6 V = IDLE; 4.85 V = WOT
I EM81-21 GROUND (LOGIC 1) GROUND GROUND
I EM81-22 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH GROUND (APPLIED) B+
I EM81-23 IATS 2 FEEDBACK 2.38 V @ 20 °C, (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
SG EM81-24 PEDAL POSITION / THROTTLE POSITION SENSORS SHIELD GROUND GROUND
O EM82-01 SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 1 5 V 5 V
I EM82-02 ENGINE CRANK GROUND (CRANKING)
I EM82-04 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA) 3.5 V
I EM82-05 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – VARIABLE CURRENT (µA) 3.5 V
O EM82-06 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
SG EM82-07 SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 1 GROUND GROUND
I EM82-08 BRAKE SWITCH GROUND B+
I EM82-09 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
SG EM82-10 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘A’ BANK – CONSTANT 3.8 V
SG EM82-11 HO2S, UPSTREAM ‘B’ BANK – CONSTANT 3.8 V
I EM82-12 INERTIA SWITCH ACTIVATED (VEHICLE IMPACT) GROUND B+
I EM82-13 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2 B+ 0 V
I EM82-14 ECT FEEDBACK 0.41 V @ 90 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
D EM82-15 OK TO START ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
D EM82-16 SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I EM82-17 IATS FEEDBACK 0.98 V @ 10 °C (DECREASING VOLTAGE WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE)
O EM83-05 SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE 2 5 V 5 V
SG EM83-06 SENSOR SHIELD GROUND GROUND
SG EM83-07 CKPS SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM83-08 CKPS SIGNAL 5 V @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
SG EM83-09 CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
SG EM83-12 HO2S SHIELD GROUND GROUND
SG EM83-13 SENSORS SIGNAL GROUND 2 GROUND GROUND
I EM83-14 KNOCK SENSOR, ‘A’ BANK FEEDBACK 0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK
C EM83-15 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
C EM83-16 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
SG EM83-17 CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM83-18 CMPS, ‘B’ BANK SIGNAL 0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz
I EM83-19 CMPS, ‘A’ BANK SIGNAL 0.7 – 1 VAC @ 1000 RPM = 43 Hz; 2000 RPM = 72 Hz
I EM83-20 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I EM83-21 HO2S, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM 0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
I EM83-22 HO2S, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM 0.1 – 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
I EM83-23 KNOCK SENSOR, ‘B’ BANK FEEDBACK 0 kHz = NO KNOCK, 2 – 20 kHz = KNOCK
C EM83-24 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
C EM83-25 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
O EM83-26 MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
O EM83-27 MAFS REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM83-28 MAFS FEEDBACK 1.2 V @ IDLE, INCREASING WITH RPM INCREASE
I EM84-01 GROUND (DOWNSTREAM HO2S HEATERS) GROUND GROUND
O EM84-07 HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE) B+
O EM84-15 HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK DOWNSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (20 – 60% DUTY CYCLE) B+
I EM84-16 GROUND (INJECTORS 1A, 2B, 3B, 4A) GROUND GROUND
I EM84-22 GROUND (INJECTORS 1B, 2A, 3A, 4B) GROUND GROUND
O EM85-01 HO2S HEATER, ‘A’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE) B+
O EM85-02 HO2S HEATER, ‘B’ BANK UPSTREAM CONTROL GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE AT IDLE) B+
O EM85-05 “COOL BOX” COOLING FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM85-06 GROUND (HO2S A UPSTREAM HEATER) GROUND GROUND
I EM85-07 GROUND (HO2S B UPSTREAM HEATER) GROUND GROUND
I EM85-08 HO2S HEATERS OBD MONITOR HEATERS ACTIVE = B+ V
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 04.6
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH PI36 / 1-WAY SUMITOMO 90 A TYPE / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / A/C COMPRESSOR
A/CCM: AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE CC28 / 26-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
CC29 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC30 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC31 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH CC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
CRUISE CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH CC20 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / NATURAL CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) SW3 / 3-WAY EPC / BLACK CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
FUEL INJECTOR – 1A PI7 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 1B PI11 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 2A PI8 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 2B PI12 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 3A PI9 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 3B PI13 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 4A PI10 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR – 4B PI14 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / INTAKE MANIFOLD / FUEL RAIL
FUEL PUMPS BT9 / 4-WAY SUMITOMO DL90 / NATURAL TOP OF FUEL TANK / TRUNK CARPET
FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
BT64 / EYELET
IGNITION COIL – 1A PI51 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 1B PI55 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 2A PI52 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 2B PI56 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 3A PI53 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 3B PI57 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 4A PI54 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
IGNITION COIL – 4B PI58 / 4-WAY YAZAKI / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CAMSHAFT COVER
INTERCOOLER PUMP LF30 / 2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO RH CRUSH TUBE
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE LF31 / 8-WAY TRW / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO LH CRUSH TUBE
RADIATOR FAN – LH CF1 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW LH FAN
RADIATOR FAN – RH CF2 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW RH FAN
REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH LF26 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO LH SIDE OF RADIATOR
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY BROWN EM52 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUEL INJECTION RELAY BLACK EM25 / BLACK CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUEL PUMP 1 RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #4, TRUNK FUSE BOX / TRUNK
FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #1, TRUNK FUSE BOX / TRUNK
IGNITION COIL RELAY BROWN EM26 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY BLACK EM25 / BLACK CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
EM1 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
EM3 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM51 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
EM53 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
LF32 4-WAY YAZAKI / GREY FORWARD OF LH FRONT SUSPENSION ARM
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
PI2 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
SC3 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
SW1 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
SW2 6-WAY JST / BLACK CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT20 EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / RH REAR GROUND STUD
EM8R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
EM16R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM17 EYELET (SINGLE) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC17R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LF10L EYELET (PAIR) – LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LF10R EYELET (PAIR) – LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LF20L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LF20R EYELET (PAIR) – RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I CC28-1 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS B+ (ON) 0 V
O CC30-1 AIR CONDITIONING ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL B+ 0 V
I CC31-7 LOAD INHIBIT 0 V B+
O CC31-9 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REQUEST B+ 0 V
I CC31-17 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH 0 V (2 – 30 BAR) B+ (OUT OF ACTIVE RANGE)
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I EM80-10 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE GROUND @ 20 BAR (290 PSI)
I EM80-11 A/CCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REQUEST B+ GROUND
O EM80-12 ELECTRICAL LOAD INHIBIT GROUND B+
O EM80-14 INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM80-16 CRUISE CONTROL ON STATUS LED GROUND B+
I EM80-20 CRUISE CONTROL BRAKE CANCEL REQUEST GROUND B+
I EM80-22 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE GROUND @ 12 BAR (174 PSI)
I EM80-23 A/CCM ELECTRICAL LOAD REQUEST (HEATED WINDSHIELD) B+ GROUND
O EM80-25 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM81-04 PARALLEL (HIGH) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM81-05 SERIES (LOW) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM81-13 CRUISE CONTROL ON REQUEST B+ GROUND
I EM81-14 CRUISE CONTROL SET +/- 7.3 V = (+), 8.8 V = (–)B+
I EM81-15 CRUISE CONTROL CANCEL / RESUME 7.3 V = RESUME, 8.8 V = CANCEL B+
O EM82-03 FUEL PUMP RELAY 2 ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM83-04 FUEL PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM83-10 IGNITION MODULES 1A, 2B, 3B, 4A OBD MONITOR 23 Hz @ IDLE (5 V)
I EM83-11 IGNITION MODULES 1B, 2A, 3A, 4B OBD MONITOR 23 Hz @ IDLE (5 V)
O EM84-02 INJECTOR 1A ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM84-03 INJECTOR 3B ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM84-04 INJECTOR 2B ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM84-05 INJECTOR 4A ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM84-06 INJECTOR 1B ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM84-09 IGNITION MODULE 4A SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-10 IGNITION MODULE 3A SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-11 IGNITION MODULE 2A SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-12 IGNITION MODULE 1A SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
I EM84-13 INJECTOR 4B ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I EM84-14 INJECTOR 3A ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM84-17 IGNITION MODULE 4B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-18 IGNITION MODULE 3B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-19 IGNITION MODULE 2B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-20 IGNITION MODULE 1B SWITCHING GROUND (85 – 90% DUTY CYCLE @ IDLE) B+
O EM84-21 INJECTOR 2A ACTIVATE GROUND B+
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 05.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
D – 4 SWITCH CC7 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE CC14 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) CC4 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 N/A EM7 / 88-WAY BOSCH / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
TRANSMISSION ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR: AJ27 N/A EM46 / 16-WAY KOSTAL TRANSMISSION CONNECTOR / BLACK LEFT HAND REAR OF TRANSMISSION
TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH EM47 / 10-WAY METRI-PACK 150 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
EM53 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CC2R EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD – LH SIDE
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
EM8R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I CC14-1 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
C CC14-3 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
C CC14-4 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
I CC14-6 GROUND GROUND GROUND
C CC14-8 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
C CC14-9 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 N/A
PPin Description Active Inactive
O EM7-1 PRESSURE REGULATOR #2 GROUND (MAXIMUM PRESSURE) B+ (NO PRESSURE)
O EM7-2 SPORT MODE SWITCH STATUS LED GROUND = LED ON B+
O EM7-4 PRESSURE REGULATOR #4 GROUND (MAXIMUM PRESSURE) B+ (NO PRESSURE)
O EM7-5 PRESSURE REGULATOR #1 GROUND (MAXIMUM PRESSURE) B+ (NO PRESSURE)
I EM7-6 GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM7-8 ROTARY SWITCH ‘L2’ CONTACTS B+ GROUND
I EM7-9 ROTARY SWITCH ‘L4’ CONTACTS B+ GROUND
I EM7-12 SPORT MODE SWITCH STRATEGY SELECT GROUND = SPORT 9 V = NORMAL
I EM7-13 D – 4 SWITCH GROUND B+
I EM7-14 TURBINE SPEED SENSOR 300 Hz @ IDLE (2.5 V)
SG EM7-15 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SHIELD GROUND GROUND
SG EM7-16 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR GROUND GROUND
SG EM7-21 FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1.31 V
I EM7-22 FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK 1.15 V @ 90°C
I EM7-23 TURBINE SPEED SENSOR SHIELD GROUND GROUND
I EM7-26 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O EM7-28 ROTARY / D – 4 / KICK DOWN SWITCHES COMMON GROUND GROUND GROUND
O EM7-29 PRESSURE REGULATOR #3 GROUND (MAXIMUM PRESSURE) B+ (NO PRESSURE)
O EM7-30 SOLENOID VALVE #1 GROUND B+
O EM7-32 SOLENOID VALVE #3 GROUND B+
O EM7-33 SOLENOID VALVE #2 GROUND B+
I EM7-34 GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM7-36 ROTARY SWITCH ‘L1’ CONTACTS B+ GROUND
I EM7-37 ROTARY SWITCH ‘L3’ CONTACTS B+ GROUND
I EM7-42 TURBINE SPEED SENSOR 1.51 V @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H) = 250 Hz, 20 MPH (32 KM/H) = 500 Hz
I EM7-44 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR 1.51 V @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H) = 223 Hz, 20 MPH (32 KM/H) = 446 Hz
I EM7-45 SPORT MODE SWITCH STRATEGY SELECT 10 v = SPORT GROUND = NORMAL
O EM7-51 PRESSURE REGULATOR #5 GROUND (MAXIMUM PRESSURE) B+ (NO PRESSURE)
O EM7-52 SOLENOID VALVES COMMON SUPPLY B+ B+
O EM7-53 PRESSURE REGULATORS COMMON SUPPLY B+ B+
I EM7-54 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I EM7-55 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
C EM7-82 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
C EM7-83 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
C EM7-85 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
C EM7-86 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 05.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH CC8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY RIGHT HAND SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR / CENTER CONSOLE
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE CC14 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
KICKDOWN SWITCH CC35 / 1-WAY LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE / CLEAR BELOW ACCELERATOR PEDAL
CC36 / 1-WAY LUCAR RIGHT ANGLE / CLEAR
MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) CC4 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 SC EM61 / 18-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM62 / 14-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK
TRANSMISSION ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR: AJ27 SC GB1 / 13-WAY KOSTAL 1.5 / BLACK TRANSMISSION
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
EM44 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
EM53 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM63 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CC2R EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD – LH SIDE
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
CC3R EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
EM8R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I CC14-1 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
C CC14-3 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
C CC14-4 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
I CC14-6 GROUND GROUND GROUND
C CC14-8 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
C CC14-9 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 SC
PPin Description Active Inactive
I EM61-2 KICKDOWN SWITCH GROUND (= WOT) B+ (< WOT)
I EM61-3 SPORT MODE SWITCH 0 V = SPORT; 0 V = NORMAL
I EM61-25 DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNITION GROUND = R, D, 4, 3 B+ = P, N, 2
I EM61-26 DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNITION GROUND = N, D, 4, 2 B+ = P, R, 3
I EM61-27 DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNITION GROUND = N, 4, 3, 2 8 V = R, D B+ = P
I EM61-28 DUAL LINEAR SWITCH VOLTAGE ENCODED GEAR RECOGNITION GROUND = P, D, 3, 2 B+ = R, N, 4
I EM61-29 IGNITION SUPPLIED VOLTAGE B+ GROUND
I EM61-30 TCM / DUAL LINEAR SWITCH COMMON GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
C EM62-L CAN NETWORK 5 – 1500 Hz
C EM62-H CAN NETWORK 5 – 1500 Hz
I EM62-12 n2 SPEED SENSOR FEEDBACK 6V = 900 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KPH); 1800 HZ @ 20 MPH (32 KH) (‘2’ SELECTED – ‘1’ ENGAGED)
O EM62-13 SPEED SENSOR COMMON VOLTAGE SUPPLY 5V
O EM62-14 ‘1-2 / 4-5’ SOLENOID ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM62-15 ‘3-4’ SOLENOID ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM62-16 ‘2-3’ SOLENOID ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM62-17 TCC SOLENOID ACTIVATE GROUND = LOCKED B+ = UNLOCKED
O EM62-33 SPEED SENSOR / FLUID TEMP. SENSOR COMMON GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM62-34 FLUID TEMP. SENSOR FEEDBACK 1.75 V @ 90° C = R, D, 4, 3, 2 5 V = P, N
I EM62-35 n3 SPEED SENSOR FEEDBACK 6 V = 85 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KPH); 170 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KPH) (‘2’ SELECTED – ‘2’ ENGAGED)
O EM62-36 MODULATION PRESSURE REGULATOR ACTIVATE GROUND ( 42% PWM @ IDLE) B+
O EM62-37 SHIFT PRESSURE REGULATOR ACTIVATE GROUND ( 39% PWM @ IDLE) B+
O EM62-38 SOLENOID VALVE / PRESSURE REGULATOR COMMON VOLTAGE SUPPLY B+ GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 05.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
BRAKE SWITCH CC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE CC14 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID CC12 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY / CENTER CONSOLE
INSTRUMENT PACK FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
KEYLOCK SOLENOID (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC5 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLUE COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH CC13 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM1 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
FC11 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
LF3 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
SC1 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CC2R EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD – LH SIDE
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FC29L EYELET (PAIR) – LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD / CABIN SIDE
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
O FC15-48 GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID ACTIVATE B+ (UNLOCKED) GROUND (LOCKED)
O FC15-51 COLUMN SWITCHGEAR KEYLOCK SOLENOID ACTIVATE B+ (LOCKED) GROUND (UNLOCKED)
I FC15-58 NOT IN PARK MICROSWITCH STATUS GROUND (PARK) B+ (NOT IN PARK)
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I FC15-104 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I EM82-08 BRAKE SWITCH GROUND B+
C EM83-16 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
C EM83-25 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
C CC14-3 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
C CC14-4 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
C CC14-8 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
C CC14-9 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz @ 2.5 V
INSTRUMENT PACK
PPin Description Active Inactive
C FC24-11 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
S FC24-13 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC24-14 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 06.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LF27 / 25-WAY AMP / FORD / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR EM37 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR
BRAKE SWITCH CC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH FRONT FL1 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630 / BLACK LH FRONT HUB ASSEMBLY
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR LA2 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630 / BLACK REAR AXLE / LH WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH FRONT FR1 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630 / BLACK RH FRONT HUB ASSEMBLY
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR RA2 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN METRI 630 / BLACK REAR AXLE / RH WHEEL HUB
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA9 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA29 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
EM1 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
LF1 2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / NATURAL BELOW CHASSIS RAIL / LH SIDE
LF2 2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / NATURAL BELOW CHASSIS RAIL / RH SIDE
LF3 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
LF29L EYELET (PAIR) – ABS GROUND STUD
LF29R EYELET (PAIR) – ABS GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
O LF27-1 BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR LEVEL SWITCH REFERENCE B+ B+
I LF27-2 BRAKE SWITCH GROUND B+
I LF27-3 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 2.5 V @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H) = 100 Hz; 20 MPH (32 KM/H) = 200 Hz
SG LF27-4 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 2.5 V @ REST
C LF27-5 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
SG LF27-6 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 2.5 V @ REST
I LF27-7 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 2.5 V @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H) = 100 Hz; 20 MPH (32 KM/H) = 200 Hz
I LF27-8 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I LF27-9 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I LF27-13 BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR LEVEL SWITCH GROUND B+
I LF27-14 STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
C LF27-15 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
O LF27-16 STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH STATE LED GROUND B+
I LF27-17 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 2.5 V @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H) = 100 Hz; 20 MPH (32 KM/H) = 200 Hz
SG LF27-18 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 2.5 V @ REST
LF27-19 NOT USED
I LF27-20 IGNITION SWITCHED SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I LF27-21 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 2.5 V @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H) = 100 Hz; 20 MPH (32 KM/H) = 200 Hz
SG LF27-22 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR 2.5 V @ REST
I LF27-24 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I LF27-25 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 06.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE CA32 / 9-WAY RISTS / BLACK LOWER LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER LL3 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / NATURAL STEERING RACK / CONTROL VALVE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
LL2 2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK BELOW CHASSIS RAIL / LH SIDE
LF3 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA30L EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
O CA32-2 TRANSDUCER NEGATIVE 2 V @ IDLE DECREASING WITH VEHICLE SPEED
I CA32-4 VEHICLE SPEED B+ @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H) = 20 Hz, 20 MPH (32 KM/H) = 40 Hz
O CA32-5 TRANSDUCER POSITIVE 9 V @ IDLE INCREASING WITH VEHICLE SPEED
I CA32-6 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ 0 V
I CA32-8 GROUND 0 V 0 V
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 06.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
ACCELEROMETER – FRONT LATERAL EM28 / 3-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ACCELEROMETER – FRONT VERTICAL EM4 / 3-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
ACCELEROMETER – REAR VERTICAL BT7 / 3-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK BELOW FUEL TANK / TRUNK CARPET
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE EM68 / 35-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ADJACENT TO PASSENGER SIDE BLOWER /
GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
BRAKE SWITCH CC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
DAMPER SOLENOID – LH FRONT EM64 / 2-WAY DELPHI / REINSHAGEN / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT HAND SIDE
DAMPER SOLENOID – LH REAR LA1 / 2-WAY DELPHI / REINSHAGEN / BLACK REAR AXLE / LH REAR DAMPER SOLENOID
DAMPER SOLENOID – RH FRONT EM65 / 2-WAY DELPHI / REINSHAGEN / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT HAND SIDE
DAMPER SOLENOID – RH REAR RA1 / 2-WAY DELPHI / REINSHAGEN / BLACK REAR AXLE / RH REAR DAMPER SOLENOID
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
CA9 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA29 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
EM1 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
LF3 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EM17 EYELET (SINGLE) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
O EM68-1 INSTRUMENT PACK ADAPTIVE DAMPENING MIL GROUND B+
O EM68-3 ACCELEROMETER COMMON GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
D EM68-10 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
I EM68-11 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O EM68-13 LH REAR DAMPER BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O EM68-14 RH FRONT DAMPER BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O EM68-15 RH REAR DAMPER BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I EM68-18 GROUND GROUND GROUND
I EM68-20 FRONT LATERAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK < 0.2 V OR > 4.8 V 2.3 – 2.7 V = HARD
I EM68-21 FRONT VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK < 0.2 V OR > 4.8 V 2.3 – 2.7 V = HARD
I EM68-22 REAR VERTICAL ACCELEROMETER FEEDBACK < 0.2 V OR > 4.8 V 2.3 – 2.7 V = HARD
I EM68-24 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM / H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM / H) @ B+
O EM68-25 ACCELEROMETER COMMON VOLTAGE SUPPLY 5 V 5 V
I EM68-26 BRAKE SWITCH GROUND B+
I EM68-27 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
D EM68-28 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS
O EM68-30 LH FRONT DAMPER BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O EM68-31 LH FRONT DAMPER GROUND B+
O EM68-32 LH REAR DAMPER GROUND B+
O EM68-33 RH FRONT DAMPER GROUND B+
O EM68-34 RH REAR DAMPER GROUND B+
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 07.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE CC28 / 26-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
CC29 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC30 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC31 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL CC27 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLUE CENTER CONSOLE
AIR INTAKE – LH BLOWER CC32 / 15-WAY SUMITOMO 90 HYBRID / GREEN LH SIDE FASCIA GLOVE BOX
AIR INTAKE – RH BLOWER CC33 / 15-WAY SUMITOMO 90 HYBRID / GREEN RH SIDE FASCIA GLOVE BOX
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR LF16 / 2-WAY YAZAKI 92 / BLACK ADJACENT TO RADIATOR / BUMPER UNDER TRAY
ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY FC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER SIDE KNEE BOLSTER
EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY CC34 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK LH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / LH DASH LINER
SOLAR SENSOR FC52 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY WINDSHIELD CENTER VENT
VENT ASSEMBLY FC44 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK FASCIA – CENTER
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDITIONING ISOLATE RELAY BLACK CA50 / BLACK LH HEELBOARD RELAYS / HEELBOARD COVER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA20 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW RH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
FC11 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA31L EYELET (PAIR) – RH DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
CC3R EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FC29L EYELET (PAIR) – LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD / CABIN SIDE
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
O CC28-6 DEFROST VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0 V
O CC28-7 CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0 V
O CC28-8 LH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT MOTOR B+ 0 V
O CC28-9 RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT MOTOR B+ 0 V
O CC28-12 FOOTWELL VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0 V
O CC28-13 COOL AIR BYPASS VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0 V
O CC28-19 DEFROST VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0 V
O CC28-20 CENTER VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0 V
O CC28-21 LH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0 V
O CC28-22 RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT SERVO MOTOR B+ 0 V
O CC28-25 FOOTWELL SERVO MOTOR B+ 0 V
O CC28-26 COOL AIR BYPASS SERVO MOTOR B+ 0 V
I CC29-1 SOLAR SENSOR FEEDBACK 0.75 V – 4.75 V; INCREASING WITH SOLAR LOAD
I CC29-2 CENTER VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.5 V = OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED
I CC29-3 RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.5 V = OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED
I CC29-5 COOL AIR BYPASS VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.5 V = OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED
I CC29-6 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE 2.5 V @ 90° C, VOLTAGE DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE
I CC29-10 DEFROST VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.5 V = OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED
I CC29-11 LH FRESH / RECIRCULATION VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.5 V = OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED
I CC29-13 FOOTWELL VENT POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK > 3.5 V = OPEN < 1 V = CLOSED
O CC30-2 CLOCK B+ (1.45 Hz)
D CC30-3 SERIAL DATA OUTPUT TO CONTROL PANEL
I CC30-5 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK 2.18 V @ 25° C, VOLTAGE DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE
I CC30-6 HEATER MATRIX TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK 2.25 V @ 20° C, VOLTAGE DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE
D CC30-7 SERIAL DATA INPUT FROM CONTROL PANEL
O CC30-8 START B+ (MOMENTARY) 0 V
I CC30-11 IN CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK 3.25 V @ 0° C, VOLTAGE DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE
I CC30-12 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR FEEDBACK 3.25 V @ 0° C, VOLTAGE DECREASING WITH TEMPERATURE INCREASE
I CC31-1 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ 0 V
I CC31-2 ISOLATE RELAY CONTROLLED BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ 0 V
I CC31-3 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND 0 V B+
O CC31-4 CONTROL PANEL BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ 0 V
I CC31-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I CC31-6 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL 5 V @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
O CC31-8 POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE 5 V 5 V
D CC31-10 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS INPUT
O CC31-12 CONTROL PANEL BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I CC31-13 GROUND 0 V 0 V
O CC31-14 CONTROL PANEL GROUND SUPPLY 0 V 0 V
O CC31-15 ISOLATE RELAY ACTIVE B+ 0 V
I CC31-16 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+
O CC31-18 ASPIRATOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY B+ 0 V
O CC31-19 POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE GROUND 0 V 0 V
I CC31-20 GROUND 0 V 0 V
D CC31-21 SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS OUTPUT
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL
PPin Description Active Inactive
I CC27-1 CLOCK B+ (1.45 kHz) B+
I CC27-2 START B+ GROUND
D CC27-3 SERIAL DATA OUTPUT TO A/C CONTROL MODULE
D CC27-4 SERIAL DATA INPUT FROM A/C CONTROL MODULE
I CC27-5 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I CC27-6 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I CC27-7 CONTROL PANEL GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
I CC27-8 LOCATE ILLUMINATION SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I CC27-9 DIMMER OVERRIDE REQUEST GROUND B+
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 07.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH PI36 / 1-WAY SUMITOMO 90 A TYPE / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / A/C COMPRESSOR
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE CC28 / 26-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
CC29 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC30 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC31 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL CC27 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLUE CENTER CONSOLE
BLOWER MOTOR – LH CC32 / 15-WAY SUMITOMO 90 HYBRID / GREEN LH SIDE FASCIA GLOVE BOX
BLOWER MOTOR – RH CC33 / 15-WAY SUMITOMO 90 HYBRID / GREEN RH SIDE FASCIA GLOVE BOX
DOOR MIRROR – DRIVER DD8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DOOR MIRROR – PASSENGER PD8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT
LF6 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
LF7 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
LF8 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
ST19 / EYELET
FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
BT64 / EYELET
HEATED BACKLIGHT CA21 / 1-WAY LUCAR POSILOCK MKI / BLACK INSIDE ‘E’ POST / ‘E’ POST UPPER TRIM
IC18 / LUCAR BEHIND LEFT HAND REAR QUARTER PANEL
HEATER PUMP EM36 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT HAND REAR
HEATER VALVE EM40 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LEFT HAND REAR
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE LF31 / 8-WAY TRW / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO LH CRUSH TUBE
RADIATOR FAN – LH CF1 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW LH FAN
RADIATOR FAN – RH CF2 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BELOW RH FAN
REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH LF26 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO LH SIDE OF RADIATOR
WINDSHIELD HEATER – LH SH4 / 2-WAY AMP SERIES 187C / GREY CONNECTOR ADJACENT TO HOOD LATCH
WINDSHIELD HEATER – RH SH5 / 2-WAY AMP SERIES 187C / GREY CONNECTOR ADJACENT TO HOOD LATCH
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY BROWN EM52 / BROWN CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
BLOWER MOTOR RELAY – LH BLACK CA58 / BLACK RH HEELBOARD RELAYS / HEELBOARD COVER
BLOWER MOTOR RELAY – RH BLACK CA58 / BLACK RH HEELBOARD RELAYS / HEELBOARD COVER
DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY BLACK CA18 / BLACK RH HEELBOARD RELAYS / HEELBOARD COVER
HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY (#2) BROWN BUS RELAY #2, TRUNK FUSE BOX / TRUNK
HEATER PUMP RELAY (#1) BROWN BUS RELAY #1, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY – LH BLACK SH2 / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY – RH BLACK SH3 / BLACK FRONT BULKHEAD RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
CA10 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA12 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA20 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW RH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM1 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
EM42 4-WAY YAZAKI / GREY BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
EM51 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
EM53 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
LF3 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
LF32 4-WAY YAZAKI / GREY FORWARD OF LH FRONT SUSPENSION ARM
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA30R EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33R EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CC2L EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD – LH SIDE
EM8R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
EM18L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM18R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
IC6 EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LF10L EYELET (PAIR) – LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LF10R EYELET (PAIR) – LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LF20L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I CC28-1 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH STATUS B+ (ON) 0 V
O CC28-2 HEATER VALVE ACTIVE B+ 0 V
O CC28-3 RH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY ACTIVE 0 V B+
O CC28-4 LH / RH WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAYS ACTIVATE 0 V B+
O CC28-5 DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY ACTIVATE 0 V B+
O CC28-16 LH BLOWER MOTOR RELAY ACTIVATE B+ 0 V
O CC28-17 HEATER PUMP RELAY ACTIVATE 0 V B+
O CC28-18 HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY ACTIVATE 0 V B+
I CC29-7 RH BLOWER SPEED FEEDBACK 7.6 V = LOW SPEED 0.83 V = HIGH SPEED
O CC29-8 RH BLOWER SPEED CONTROL DRIVE SIGNAL 1.3 V = LOW SPEED 0 V = HIGH SPEED
I CC29-15 LH BLOWER SPEED FEEDBACK 7.6 V = LOW SPEED 0.83 V = HIGH SPEED
O CC29-16 LH BLOWER SPEED CONTROL DRIVE SIGNAL 1.3 V = LOW SPEED 0 V = HIGH SPEED
O CC30-1 AIR CONDITIONING ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL B+ 0 V
I CC31-7 LOAD INHIBIT 0 V B+
O CC31-9 COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ON REQUEST B+ 0 V
I CC31-17 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH 0 V (2 – 30 BAR) B+ (OUT OF ACTIVE RANGE)
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I EM80-10 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE GROUND @ 20 BAR (290 PSI)
I EM80-11 A/CCM COMPRESSOR CLUTCH REQUEST B+ GROUND
O EM80-12 ELECTRICAL LOAD INHIBIT GROUND B+
I EM80-22 REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH PRESSURE GROUND @ 12 BAR (174 PSI)
I EM80-23 A/CCM ELECTRICAL LOAD REQUEST (HEATED WINDSHIELD) B+ GROUND
O EM80-25 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM81-04 PARALLEL (HIGH) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O EM81-05 SERIES (LOW) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE GROUND B+
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 08.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
ANALOG CLOCK FC38 / 6-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK CENTER AIR VENT
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH EM55 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON COOLANT RESERVOIR
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR BT14 / 1-WAY LUCAR POSILOCK MKI / BLACK FUEL TANK SENDER UNIT / TRUNK CARPET
BT15 / 1-WAY LUCAR POSILOCK MKI / BLACK
INSTRUMENT PACK FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH PI40 / 1-WAY ECONOSEAL EC J2 / BLACK ENGINE BLACK / BELOW GENERATOR
TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK FC27 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
TRIP CYCLE SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS /
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
PI1 57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EM8L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC17R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC29R EYELET (PAIR) – LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD / CABIN SIDE
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
INSTRUMENT PACK
PPin Description Active Inactive
I FC24-01 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I FC24-03 ADAPTIVE DAMPING WARNING GROUND B+
I FC24-04 GROUND GROUND GROUND
I FC24-06 ILLUMINATION SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I FC24-07 TRIP CYCLE GROUND (MOMENTARY)
I FC24-08 ‘A/B’ TRIP SELECT GROUND (MOMENTARY)
I FC24-09 ‘ML/KM’ SELECT GROUND (MOMENTARY)
C FC24-10 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
C FC24-11 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
S FC24-13 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC24-14 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I FC24-15 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I FC24-16 GROUND GROUND GROUND
I FC24-18 ‘CLEAR’ SELECT GROUND (MOMENTARY)
I FC24-19 ‘000’ SELECT GROUND (MOMENTARY)
C FC24-23 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
O FC24-25 GROUND REFERENCE GROUND GROUND
O FC25-03 ENGINE SPEED 5 V @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
O FC25-04 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE 6 V = 90˚ C
O FC25-05 VEHICLE SPEED – A/CCM 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+
O FC25-06 VEHICLE SPEED – PAS 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+
O FC25-07 VEHICLE SPEED – ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+
I FC25-13 FUEL LEVEL GAUGE FEEDBACK B+ = EMPTY 0 V = FULL
O FC25-14 FUEL LEVEL GAUGE REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
I FC25-16 AIR BAG MIL GROUND (ON) B+
I FC25-19 LOW OIL PRESSURE WARNING > 3 V = > 3 PSI B+
O FC25-20 VEHICLE SPEED 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+
I FC25-21 DIMMER OVERRIDE GROUND B+
I FC25-22 CHARGE WARNING B+ GROUND
I FC25-23 LOW COOLANT WARNING GROUND B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 08.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC7 / HARDWIRED COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS / ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
SEAT BELT SWITCH SD8 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / BLACK DRIVER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA23 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
SC1 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA25R EYELET (PAIR) – PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
CA26R EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
D FC15-10 SRS AUDIBLE BACKUP ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-31 SEAT BELT SWITCH STATUS GROUND (UNFASTENED) B+ (FASTENED)
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
O FC15-82 AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER AUDIO OUTPUT
O FC15-83 AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER AUDIO OUTPUT
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I FC15-104 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 09.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DIRECTION INDICATOR LAMP – LH FRONT BL2 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / VOLKSWAGEN / BLACK FRONT BUMPER – LH SIDE
DIRECTION INDICATOR LAMP – RH FRONT BR2 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / VOLKSWAGEN / BLACK FRONT BUMPER – RH SIDE
FOG LAMP SWITCHES FC3 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / NATURAL FASCIA / OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN
FOG LAMP – LH FRONT BL4 / 2-WAY DELPHI / PACKARD METRIPACK 280 / GREY FRONT BUMPER – LH SIDE
FOG LAMP – RH FRONT BR4 / 2-WAY DELPHI / PACKARD METRIPACK 280 / GREY FRONT BUMPER – RH SIDE
LAMP UNIT – LH FRONT LF38 / 6-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT
LAMP UNIT – RH FRONT LF40 / 6-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT
LF6 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
LF7 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
LF8 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
ST19 / EYELET
INSTRUMENT PACK FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS /
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
SIDE DI REPEATER – LH (ROW ONLY) LF17 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK BEHIND LEFT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
SIDE DI REPEATER – RH (ROW ONLY) CA80 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK BEHIND RIGHT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
SIDE MARKER – LH FRONT (NAS ONLY) BL5 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / VOLKSWAGEN / BLACK FRONT BUMPER – LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER – RH FRONT (NAS ONLY) BR5 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / VOLKSWAGEN / BLACK FRONT BUMPER – RH SIDE
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
DIP BEAM RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #5, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FRONT FOG RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #2, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
MAIN BEAM RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #3, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BL1 4-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK BEHIND LEFT HAND WHEEL ARCH LINER
BR1 4-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ADJACENT TO BOTTOM OF WASHER FLUID RESERVOIR
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
LF3 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
CC3R EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC17R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LF18L EYELET (PAIR) – LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LF19R EYELET (PAIR) – RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
O FC15-1 RH FRONT SIDE LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O FC15-2 LH FRONT DI LAMP SUPPLY B+ (PULSED) GROUND
O FC15-3 RH FRONT DI LAMP SUPPLY B+ (PULSED) GROUND
I FC15-14 HEADLAMP MAIN BEAM REQUEST GROUND B+
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-16 SIDE LAMP REQUEST GROUND B+
O FC15-20 FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O FC15-27 LH SIDE DI REPEATER LAMP SUPPLY (ROW ONLY) B+ (PULSED) GROUND
I FC15-30 HEADLAMP FLASH REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I FC15-38 FRONT FOG LAMP REQUEST GROUND B+
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
I FC15-42 HEADLAMP DIP REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
O FC15-45 MAIN BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O FC15-53 LH FRONT SIDE LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I FC15-59 HAZARD LAMP REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I FC15-61 RH DI REQUEST GROUND B+
O FC15-68 DIP BEAM RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I FC15-79 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
O FC15-81 RH SIDE DI REPEATER LAMP SUPPLY (ROW ONLY) B+ (PULSED) GROUND
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I FC15-88 LH DI REQUEST GROUND B+
O FC15-96 HAZARD LAMP STATUS GROUND (PULSE) B+
INSTRUMENT PACK
PPin Description Active Inactive
S FC24-13 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC24-14 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 09.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
BRAKE SWITCH CC40 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ADJACENT TO THE BRAKE PEDAL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DIODE (BT40) – NUMBER PLATE BT40 / 2-WAY DIODE MODULE ASSEMBLY ADJACENT TO BATTERY / BATTERY COVER
FOG LAMP SWITCHES FC3 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / NATURAL FASCIA / OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN
FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
BT64 / EYELET
HIGH MOUNTED STOP LAMP CA35 / 2-WAY YAZAKI / NATURAL BACKLIGHT
INSTRUMENT PACK FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS /
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
NUMBER PLATE LAMP – LH BT27 / 2-WAY AMP POSILOCK II / BLACK BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
NUMBER PLATE LAMP – RH BT26 / 2-WAY AMP POSILOCK II / BLACK BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
REAR SIDE MARKER – LH (NAS ONLY) BT29 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / VOLKSWAGEN / BLACK TRUNK LH SIDE / TRUNK CARPET
REAR SIDE MARKER – RH (NAS ONLY) BT31 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / VOLKSWAGEN / BLACK TRUNK RH SIDE / TRUNK CARPET
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT1 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK BELOW TRUNK FUSE BOX
BT2 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
BT6 / 2-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR / BLACK
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH BT51 / 7-WAY FRAM – FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK TRUNK LH SIDE / REAR LAMP COVER
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH BT50 / 7-WAY FRAM – FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK TRUNK RH SIDE / REAR LAMP COVER
TRAILER CONNECTOR BT32 / 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE TRUNK FUSE BOX
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
STOP LAMP RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #5, TRUNK FUSE BOX / TRUNK
SIDE MARKER AND NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #3, TRUNK FUSE BOX / TRUNK
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT20 EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / RH REAR GROUND STUD
BT21L EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH REAR GROUND STUD
BT22L* EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD (*PREMIUM ICE)
BT24* EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD (*STANDARD ICE)
CA31L EYELET (PAIR) – RH DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
CC3R EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC17R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-12 REAR FOG LAMP REQUEST GROUND B+
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-16 SIDE LAMP REQUEST GROUND B+
O FC15-28 RH TAIL LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
O FC15-44 REAR FOG LAMP STATUS GROUND B+
O FC15-49 TRAILER RH DI LAMP SUPPLY B+ (PULSED) GROUND
O FC15-50 LH DI LAMP SUPPLY B+ (PULSED) GROUND
O FC15-54 LH TAIL LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I FC15-59 HAZARD LAMP REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I FC15-61 RH DI REQUEST GROUND B+
O FC15-75 TRAILER LH DI LAMP SUPPLY B+ (PULSED) GROUND
O FC15-76 RH DI LAMP SUPPLY B+ (PULSED) GROUND
I FC15-79 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I FC15-88 LH DI REQUEST GROUND B+
O FC15-95 SIDE MARKER & NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O FC15-96 HAZARD LAMP STATUS GROUND (PULSE) B+
I FC15-104 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
INSTRUMENT PACK
PPin Description Active Inactive
C FC24-11 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
S FC24-13 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC24-14 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
O BT1-3 RH STOP LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O BT1-4 REAR FOG LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O BT1-5 REVERSE LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I BT1-6 BATTERY SUPPLY B+ B+
O BT1-7 SPLIT CHARGE CONTROL
S BT1-8 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
O BT1-9 LH STOP LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I BT1-13 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
I BT1-14 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S BT1-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I BT2-1 BRAKE SWITCH STATUS GROUND (BRAKE ON) B+
I BT2-6 TRAILER CONNECTION STATUS GROUND (TRAILER PRESENT) B+ (NO TRAILER)
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 09.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR – LH LF41 / 3-WAY REINSHAGEN / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATOR – RH LF42 / 3-WAY REINSHAGEN / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP LEVELING SWITCH FC14 / 6-WAY JAE IL-AG5 / GREEN FASCIA SWITCH PACK
(FASCIA SWITCH PACK)
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
LF3 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LF18L EYELET (PAIR) – LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LF19R EYELET (PAIR) – RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 10.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER PD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
PD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER REAR RP10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
RP11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER REAR RD3 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER PD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER REAR RP3 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
‘E’ POST LAMP – LH IC4 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK LH ‘E’ POST / ‘E’ POST TRIM
‘E’ POST LAMP – RH CA5 / 4-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK RH ‘E’ POST / ‘E’ POST TRIM
GARAGE DOOR OPENER CA53 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK ROOF CONSOLE
GLOVE BOX LAMP FC33 / 1-WAY LUCAR 02 / CLEAR GLOVE BOX
FC34 / 1-WAY LUCAR 02 / CLEAR
IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
PUDDLE LAMP – DRIVER REAR DOOR RD14 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR TIMER / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
PUDDLE LAMP – DRIVER DOOR DD14 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR TIMER / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
PUDDLE LAMP – DRIVER PASSENGER PD14 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR TIMER / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
PUDDLE LAMP – PASSENGER REAR DOOR RP14 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR TIMER / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
TRUNK LAMP – LH BT46 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK TRUNK LH SIDE / TRUNK CARPET
TRUNK LAMP – RH BT47 / 2-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK TRUNK RH SIDE / TRUNK CARPET
TRUNK SWITCH BT41 / 2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
VANITY LAMP – LH CA69 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE LH SUN VISOR
VANITY LAMP – RH CA70 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE RH SUN VISOR
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
CA8 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA10 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA11 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA12 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA14 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA16 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
IC1 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE LH HEELBOARD
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT22L* EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD (*PREMIUM ICE)
BT24* EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD (*STANDARD ICE)
CA30L EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA30R EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA31L EYELET (PAIR) – RH DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
CA33L EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33R EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA36L EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA36R EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC29L EYELET (PAIR) – LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD / CABIN SIDE
IC20 EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I DD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
O DD10-14 DRIVER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
S DD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I DD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I DD11-4 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I DD11-12 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I DD11-20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I RD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I RD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S RD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
O RD10-14 PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+ (LIGHT ON) GROUND
S RD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I RD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I RD11-20 DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I PD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I PD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S PD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
O PD10-14 PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+ (LIGHT ON) GROUND
S PD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I PD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I PD11-20 PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+
PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I RP10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I RP10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S RP10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
O RP10-14 PASSENGER DOOR PUDDLE LAMP SUPPLY B+ (LIGHT ON) GROUND
S RP10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I RP10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I RP11-20 PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-24 COURTESY LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
O FC15-57 COURTESY LAMP ACTIVATE REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I FC15-67 KEY IN IGNITION GROUND (KEY IN) B+ (KEY OUT)
O FC15-74 COURTESY LAMP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
O FC15-101 ILLUMINATION BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
I FC15-104 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 10.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL CC27 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLUE CENTER CONSOLE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
CIGAR LIGHTER – FRONT CA74 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
CIGAR LIGHTER – REAR CA75 / 2-WAY AMP / METALLIC REAR CENTER CONSOLE VENT
CA76 / 1-WAY LUCAR POSILOCK MKI / BLACK
ANALOG CLOCK FC38 / 6-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK CENTER AIR VENT
CRUISE CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH CC20 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / NATURAL CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
DIMMER CONTROL SC11 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
DIMMER MODULE FC23 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK
FASCIA SWITCH PACK FC14 / 6-WAY JAE IL-AG5 / GREEN FASCIA SWITCH PACK
FOG LAMP SWITCHES FC3 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / NATURAL FASCIA / OUTBOARD OF STEERING COLUMN
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE CC14 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
INSTRUMENT PACK FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS /
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) CC4 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT CA3 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR CENTER CONSOLE
IC10 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
IC11 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
IC19 / 8-WAY ALPINE / BLACK
ROOF CONSOLE CA53 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK ROOF CONSOLE
SPLICE HEADER – CA224 CA224 / 20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER / GREEN LH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER REAR DOOR RD1 / 5-WAY JAE IL-AG5 / GREEN DOOR TRIM PANEL
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER DOOR PD1 / 5-WAY JAE IL-AG5 / GREEN DOOR TRIM PANEL
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER REAR DOOR RP1 / 5-WAY JAE IL-AG5 / GREEN DOOR TRIM PANEL
TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK FC27 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA8 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA11 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA14 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA16 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA27 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
CA45 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA46 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
SC3 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
SP25 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BEHIND PASSENGER SEAT BACK FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA30L EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33L EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA36L EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA47L EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD – RH SIDE
CA47R EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD – RH SIDE
CC2R EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD – LH SIDE
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
CC3R EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FC17R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC29L EYELET (PAIR) – LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD / CABIN SIDE
FC29R EYELET (PAIR) – LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD / CABIN SIDE
IC8 EYELET (SINGLE) – RADIO GROUND STUD / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / CENTER
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
DIMMER MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
O FC23-1 INSTRUMENT PACK ILLUMINATION BULB SUPPLY B+ (LIGHTS ON) GROUND
O FC23-2 INSTRUMENT PACK ILLUMINATION BULB SUPPLY B+ (LIGHTS ON) GROUND
I FC23-3 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND SUPPLY GROUND
I FC23-4 SIDE LAMPS ON REQUEST GROUND
I FC23-5 DIMMER POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK VOLTAGE 1.3 V = DIM; 4 V = BRIGHT
O FC23-6 DIMMER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
O FC23-7 GENERAL ILLUMINATION BULB SUPPLY B+ (LIGHTS ON) GROUND
O FC23-8 GENERAL ILLUMINATION BULB SUPPLY B+ (LIGHTS ON) GROUND
I FC23-9 GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
I FC23-10 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I FC23-11 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O FC23-12 DIMMER POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE 4 V 0 V
INSTRUMENT PACK
PPin Description Active Inactive
I FC24-16 GROUND GROUND GROUND
I FC24-6 ILLUMINATION SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I FC25-21 DIMMER OVERRIDE GROUND B+
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 11.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
AUTO TILT SWITCH (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC9 / 8-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
COLUMN JOYSTICK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC9 / 8-WAY GROTE AND HARTMAN MDK / BLACK COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
MEMORY SWITCHES DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH CC13 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
STEERING COLUMN MOTORS FC49 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
FC50 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA8 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA10 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA13 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA14 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA33L EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA36L EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC17R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC29L EYELET (PAIR) – LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD / CABIN SIDE
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-11 AUTO TILT REQUEST GROUND B+
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-25 GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
O FC15-40 COLUMN MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE 5V
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
O FC15-52 COLUMN REACH MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I FC15-58 NOT IN PARK MICROSWITCH STATUS GROUND (PARK) B+ (NOT IN PARK)
I FC15-66 COLUMN REACH MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK 0.5 V = OUT, 4 V = IN
I FC15-67 KEY IN IGNITION GROUND (KEY IN) B+ (KEY OUT)
O FC15-78 COLUMN REACH MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I FC15-87 COLUMN MOVEMENT REQUEST UP = 10.1V, DOWN = 12.1V, RETRACT = 8.5V, EXTEND = 6.8V
O FC15-90 COLUMN TILT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
O FC15-91 COLUMN REACH MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
I FC15-93 COLUMN TILT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK UP = 4V, DOWN = 0.5V
O FC15-99 COLUMN TILT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O FC15-100 COLUMN TILT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I FC15-102 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I DD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S DD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
O DD11-2 SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED GROUND (LED ON) B+
I DD11-20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I RD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I RD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S RD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S RD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I RD10-19 MODULE IDENTIFICATION GROUND GROUND
I RD11-5 MEMORY 1 B+ GROUND
I RD11-7 MODULE IDENTIFICATION GROUND GROUND
I RD11-13 MEMORY SET B+ GROUND
I RD11-15 MEMORY 3 B+ GROUND
I RD11-22 MEMORY 2 B+ GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 11.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER PD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
PD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS – DRIVER DD8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS – PASSENGER PD8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
INSTRUMENT PACK FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
MEMORY SWITCHES DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
MIRROR JOYSTICK DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH CC13 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA8 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA10 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA11 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA12 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA13 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA14 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA30R EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33L EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33R EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA36L EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
I FC15-58 NOT IN PARK MICROSWITCH STATUS GROUND (PARK) B+ (NOT IN PARK)
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
O FC15-101 ILLUMINATION BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I DD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O DD10-2 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL / HORIZONTAL MOTOR COMMON SUPPLY B+ = LEFT / DOWN; GROUND = RIGHT / UP
O DD10-3 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = RIGHT GROUND = LEFT
O DD10-4 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = UP GROUND = DOWN
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S DD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I DD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
O DD10-20 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE B+ B+
I DD10-21 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER HORIZONTAL POSITION FEEDBACK 1 V = LEFT; 8 V = RIGHT
I DD10-22 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER VERTICAL POSITION FEEDBACK 1 V = DOWN; 8 V = UP
I DD11-1 MIRROR COMMON GROUND GROUND GROUND
O DD11-2 SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED GROUND (LED ON) B+
I DD11-3 LH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = DOWN GROUND = UP
I DD11-5 PASSENGER MIRROR SELECT B+ GROUND
I DD11-9 RH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = DOWN GROUND = UP
I DD11-10 LH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = LEFT GROUND = RIGHT
I DD11-13 DRIVER MIRROR SELECT B+ GROUND
I DD11-17 RH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = LEFT GROUND = RIGHT
I DD11-20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I RD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I RD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S RD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S RD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I RD10-19 MODULE IDENTIFICATION GROUND GROUND
I RD11-5 MEMORY 1 B+ GROUND
I RD11-7 MODULE IDENTIFICATION GROUND GROUND
I RD11-13 MEMORY SET B+ GROUND
I RD11-15 MEMORY 3 B+ GROUND
I RD11-22 MEMORY 2 B+ GROUND
INSTRUMENT PACK
PPin Description Active Inactive
C FC24-11 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
S FC24-13 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC24-14 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I PD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O PD10-2 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL / HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTORS COMMON B+ = LEFT / DOWN GROUND = RIGHT / UP
O PD10-3 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = RIGHT GROUND
O PD10-4 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = UP GROUND
I PD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S PD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S PD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I PD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
O PD10-20 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER COMMON REFERENCE VOLTAGE B+ B+
I PD10-21 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER HORIZONTAL POSITION FEEDBACK VOLTAGE 1 V = LEFT; 8 V = RIGHT
I PD10-22 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER VERTICAL POSITION FEEDBACK VOLTAGE 1 V = DOWN; 8 V = UP
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 11.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER PD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
PD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS – DRIVER DD8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS – PASSENGER PD8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
MIRROR JOYSTICK DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA8 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA10 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA11 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA12 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA13 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA14 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA30R EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33L EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33R EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA36L EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
O FC15-101 ILLUMINATION BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I DD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O DD10-2 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR B+ = LEFT / DOWN; GROUND = RIGHT / UP
VERTICAL / HORIZONTAL MOTOR COMMON SUPPLY
O DD10-3 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = RIGHT GROUND = LEFT
O DD10-4 DRIVER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = UP GROUND = DOWN
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S DD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I DD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I DD11-1 MIRROR COMMON GROUND GROUND GROUND
I DD11-3 LH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = DOWN GROUND = UP
I DD11-5 PASSENGER MIRROR SELECT B+ GROUND
I DD11-9 RH VERTICAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = DOWN GROUND = UP
I DD11-10 LH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = LEFT GROUND = RIGHT
I DD11-13 DRIVER MIRROR SELECT B+ GROUND
I DD11-17 RH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = LEFT GROUND = RIGHT
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I PD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O PD10-2 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR B+ = LEFT / DOWN GROUND = RIGHT / UP
VERTICAL / HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTORS COMMON
O PD10-3 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = RIGHT GROUND
O PD10-4 PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR VERTICAL MOVEMENT MOTOR B+ = UP GROUND
I PD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S PD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S PD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I PD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 11.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR MIRROR – DRIVER DD8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK DRIVER DOOR
DOOR MIRROR – PASSENGER PD8 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
INSTRUMENT PACK FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR CA55 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW WINDSHIELD / IN FRONT OF ROOF CONSOLE
LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS /
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
MIRROR JOYSTICK (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
SPLICE HEADER – CA224 CA224 / 20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER / GREEN LH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
FOLD-BACK RELAY BLACK CA60 / BLACK LH HEELBOARD RELAYS / HEELBOARD COVER
FOLD-OUT RELAY BLACK CA60 / BLACK LH HEELBOARD RELAYS / HEELBOARD COVER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
CA8 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA10 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA11 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA30R EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33L EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33R EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA36L EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA38R EYELET (PAIR) – LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
FC17R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-16 SIDE LAMP REQUEST GROUND B+
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-42 HEADLAMP DIP REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
O FC15-72 MIRROR FOLDBACK RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O FC15-77 MIRROR FOLD OUT RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
O FC15-101 ILLUMINATION BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I DD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S DD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I DD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I DD11-1 MIRROR COMMON GROUND GROUND GROUND
I DD11-3 FOLD-BACK REQUEST B+ = DOWN GROUND = UP
I DD11-5 PASSENGER MIRROR SELECT B+ GROUND
I DD11-9 FOLD-OUT REQUEST B+ = DOWN GROUND = UP
I DD11-10 LH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = LEFT GROUND = RIGHT
I DD11-13 DRIVER MIRROR SELECT B+ GROUND
I DD11-17 RH HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ = LEFT GROUND = RIGHT
INSTRUMENT PACK
PPin Description Active Inactive
C FC24-11 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
S FC24-13 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC24-14 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 12.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
INSTRUMENT PACK FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
MEMORY SWITCHES (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD1 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK DRIVER SEAT / UNDER
SD2 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
SD3 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – DRIVER SD7 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW DRIVER SEAT
SEAT HEATER SWITCH (CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK) CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER SD10 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW DRIVER SEAT
SEAT MOTORS – DRIVER SD4 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY DRIVER SEAT / UNDER
SD6 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
SD11 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
SD12 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
SD13 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
SEAT SQUAB HEATERS – DRIVER SD9 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY DRIVER SEAT
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT SD5 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK DRIVER SEAT
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
SEAT HEATER RELAY – DRIVER BROWN SD14 / BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS / UNDER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA8 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA10 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA13 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA14 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA23 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA25L EYELET (PAIR) – PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
CA25R EYELET (PAIR) – PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
CA26L EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
CA26R EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
CA33L EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA36L EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
O FC15-17 SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER) GROUND B+
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-35 SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER) GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
O FC15-69 SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER) GROUND B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I FC15-86 SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER) GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I DD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S DD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
O DD11-2 SEAT MEMORY STATUS LED GROUND (LED ON) B+
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I RD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I RD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S RD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S RD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I RD10-19 MODULE IDENTIFICATION GROUND GROUND
I RD11-5 MEMORY 1 B+ GROUND
I RD11-7 MODULE IDENTIFICATION GROUND GROUND
I RD11-13 MEMORY SET B+ GROUND
I RD11-15 MEMORY 3 B+ GROUND
I RD11-22 MEMORY 2 B+ GROUND
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
O SD1-1 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE / AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD1-2 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE / AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD1-3 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE / LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD1-4 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE / LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD1-5 DRIVER HEADREST RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD1-6 DRIVER HEADREST RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD1-7 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD1-8 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I SD1-9 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD1-10 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD1-11 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION LOWER REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD1-12 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD1-13 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD1-14 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION LOWER FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD1-15 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD1-16 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
O SD2-1 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR / SQUAB RECLINE MOTOR POT. REF. GROUND GROUND GROUND
O SD2-2 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE / AFT MOTOR POT. REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
O SD2-5 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR / SQUAB RECLINE MOTOR POT. REF. VOLTAGE 5V
O SD2-6 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR POT. REFERENCE VOLTAGE 5V
I SD2-8 DRIVER SEAT HEADREST MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK 10 V = UP, 1 V = DOWN
I SD2-9 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK 10 V = UP, 1 V = DOWN
I SD2-10 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK 10 V = UP, 1 V = DOWN
I SD2-11 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB RECLINE MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK 9 V = FORE, 2 V = AFT
I SD2-12 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE / AFT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER FEEDBACK 2 V = FORE, 10 V = AFT
O SD2-14 DRIVER SEAT HEADREST MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
O SD2-15 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FRONT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE GROUND GROUND GROUND
O SD2-18 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE / AFT MOTOR POT. REFERENCE VOLTAGE 5V
O SD2-19 DRIVER SEAT HEADREST MOTOR POTENTIOMETER REFERENCE VOLTAGE 5V
I SD3-1 MODULE IDENTIFICATION GROUND (DRIVER)
I SD3-2 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
O SD3-3 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD3-4 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I SD3-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I SD3-6 DRIVER SEAT HEADREST RAISE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD3-8 DRIVER SEAT HEADREST LOWER MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
S SD3-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S SD3-10 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
INSTRUMENT PACK
PPin Description Active Inactive
C FC24-11 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
S FC24-13 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC24-14 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 12.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD1 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK DRIVER SEAT / UNDER
SD2 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
SD3 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – DRIVER SD7 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW DRIVER SEAT
SEAT HEATER SWITCH CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER SD10 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW DRIVER SEAT
SEAT MOTORS – DRIVER SD4 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY DRIVER SEAT / UNDER
SD6 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
SD11 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
SD12 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
SD13 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
SEAT SQUAB HEATERS – DRIVER SD9 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY DRIVER SEAT
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT SD5 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK DRIVER SEAT
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
SEAT HEATER RELAY – DRIVER BROWN SD14 / BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS / UNDER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA8 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA13 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA23 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA25L EYELET (PAIR) – PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
CA25R EYELET (PAIR) – PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
CA26L EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
CA26R EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
O FC15-17 SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER) GROUND B+
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-35 SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER) GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
O FC15-69 SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER) GROUND B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I FC15-86 SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER) GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
O SD1-1 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE / AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD1-2 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE / AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD1-3 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE / LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD1-4 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE / LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD1-5 DRIVER HEADREST RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD1-6 DRIVER HEADREST RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD1-7 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD1-8 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I SD1-9 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD1-10 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD1-11 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION LOWER REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD1-12 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD1-13 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION RAISE FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD1-14 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION LOWER FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD1-15 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD1-16 DRIVER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD3-1 MODULE IDENTIFICATION GROUND (DRIVER)
I SD3-2 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
O SD3-3 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD3-4 DRIVER SEAT RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I SD3-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I SD3-6 DRIVER SEAT HEADREST RAISE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD3-8 DRIVER SEAT HEADREST LOWER MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
S SD3-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S SD3-10 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 12.3
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – DRIVER SD7 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW DRIVER SEAT
SEAT HEATER SWITCH CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
SEAT MOTOR – DRIVER (RAISE / LOWER ONLY) SD16 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY DRIVER SEAT / UNDER
SEAT SQUAB HEATERS – DRIVER SD9 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY DRIVER SEAT
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT (RAISE / LOWER ONLY) SD17 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK DRIVER SEAT / UNDER
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
SEAT HEATER RELAY – DRIVER BROWN SD14 / BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS / UNDER SEAT
SEAT RAISE RELAY BLACK SD18 / BLACK FRONT SEAT RELAYS / UNDER SEAT
SEAT LOWER RELAY BLACK SD18 / BLACK FRONT SEAT RELAYS / UNDER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA8 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA13 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA23 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA25L EYELET (PAIR) – PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
CA26L EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
O FC15-17 SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER) GROUND B+
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-35 SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER) GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
O FC15-69 SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER) GROUND B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
I FC15-86 SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER) GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 12.4
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP1 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT / UNDER
SP3 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – PASSENGER SP7 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW PASSENGER SEAT
SEAT HEATER SWITCH CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER SP10 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW PASSENGER SEAT
SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER SP4 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER SEAT / UNDER
SP6 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
SP11 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
SP12 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
SP13 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
SEAT SQUAB HEATERS – PASSENGER SP9 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER SEAT
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SEAT SP5 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
SEAT HEATER RELAY – PASSENGER BROWN SP14 / BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS / UNDER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA27 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA25L EYELET (PAIR) – PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
CA26L EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
O FC15-17 SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER) GROUND B+
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-35 SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER) GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
O FC15-69 SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER) GROUND B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I FC15-86 SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER) GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
O SD1-1 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE / AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD1-2 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE / AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD1-3 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE / LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD1-4 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE / LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD1-5 PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD1-6 PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD1-7 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD1-8 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I SD1-9 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD1-10 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD1-11 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION LOWER REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD1-12 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD1-13 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD1-14 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION LOWER FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD1-15 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD1-16 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD3-2 COMMON GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
O SD3-3 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE / LOWER REAR MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SD3-4 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE / LOWER REAR MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I SD3-5 BATTERY SUPPLY B+ B+
I SD3-6 PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SD3-8 PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST LOWER MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
S SD3-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S SD3-10 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 12.5
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
FORE / AFT SWITCH – PASSENGER REAR SP19 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT / REAR
RECLINE SWITCH – PASSENGER REAR SP20 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT / REAR
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP1 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT / UNDER
SP3 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – PASSENGER SP7 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW PASSENGER SEAT
SEAT HEATER SWITCH CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER SP10 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW PASSENGER SEAT
SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER SP4 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER SEAT / UNDER
SP6 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
SP11 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
SP12 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
SP13 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW
SEAT SQUAB HEATERS – PASSENGER SP9 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER SEAT
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SEAT SP5 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
SEAT HEATER RELAY – PASSENGER BROWN SP14 / BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS / UNDER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA27 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
SP25 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BEHIND PASSENGER SEAT BACK FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA25L EYELET (PAIR) – PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
CA26L EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
O FC15-17 SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER) GROUND B+
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-35 SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = PASSENGER, RHD = DRIVER) GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
O FC15-69 SEAT HEATER STATUS (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER) GROUND B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I FC15-86 SEAT HEATER REQUEST (LHD = DRIVER, RHD = PASSENGER) GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
O SP1-1 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE / AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SP1-2 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE / AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SP1-3 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE / LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SP1-4 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE / LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SP1-5 PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SP1-6 PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE / LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SP1-7 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SP1-8 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE / AFT MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I SP1-9 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FORE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SP1-10 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION AFT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SP1-11 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION LOWER REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SP1-12 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE REAR MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SP1-13 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SP1-14 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION LOWER FRONT MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SP1-15 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB AFT RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SP1-16 PASSENGER SEAT SQUAB FORE RECLINE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SP3-2 COMMON GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
O SP3-3 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE / LOWER REAR MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SP3-4 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION RAISE / LOWER REAR MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I SP3-5 BATTERY SUPPLY B+ B+
I SP3-6 PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST RAISE MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
I SP3-8 PASSENGER SEAT HEADREST LOWER MOVEMENT REQUEST B+ GROUND
S SP3-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S SP3-10 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 12.6
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – PASSENGER SP7 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW PASSENGER SEAT
SEAT HEATER SWITCHES CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
SEAT SQUAB HEATERS – PASSENGER SP9 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER SEAT
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
SEAT HEATER RELAY – PASSENGER BROWN SP14 / BROWN FRONT SEAT RELAYS / UNDER SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA27 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
CA25L EYELET (PAIR) – PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD
CA26L EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
O FC15-17 RH SEAT HEATER STATUS GROUND B+
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-35 RH SEAT HEATER REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
O FC15-69 LH SEAT HEATER STATUS GROUND B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
I FC15-86 LH SEAT HEATER REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 12.7
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – REAR BS1 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / BLUE BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE
BS2 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / BLUE
BS6 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / WHITE
BS7 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / WHITE
SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR – LH REAR BS21 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR – RH REAR BS22 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW SEAT CUSHION
SEAT FORE / AFT SWITCH – LH REAR BC3 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT FORE / AFT SWITCH – RH REAR BC5 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT HEADREST MOTOR – LH REAR BX3 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW REAR SEAT
SEAT HEADREST MOTOR – RH REAR BB3 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW REAR SEAT
SEAT HEADREST SWITCH – LH REAR BC4 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT HEADREST SWITCH – RH REAR BC7 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – LH REAR BX4 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW REAR SEAT
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – RH REAR BB4 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW REAR SEAT
SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH – LH REAR BC8 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH – RH REAR BC6 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
LUMBAR DEFLATE RELAY – LH BLACK BS10 / BLACK RH HEELBOARD RELAYS / HEELBOARD COVER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BS3 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
BS4 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE SEAT SWITCHES
BS5 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA109 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA38L EYELET (PAIR) – LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
CA39L EYELET (PAIR) – LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
CA39R EYELET (PAIR) – LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
REAR SEAT CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I BS1-11 LH LUMBAR SWITCH INFLATE B+ 0 V
I BS2-3 GROUND GROUND GROUND
I BS2-4 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I BS2-5 GROUND GROUND GROUND
I BS2-6 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
I BS2-12 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O BS6-1 RH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP FEED B+ B+
O BS6-2 RH REAR SEAT LUMBER DEFLATE SOLENOID VALVE B+ 0 V
O BS6-3 LH REAR SEAT MOTOR – FORE / AFT MOTOR B+ 0 V
O BS6-4 LH REAR SEAT MOTOR – FORE / AFT MOTOR B+ 0 V
O BS6-5 LH REAR SEAT – HEADREST MOTOR B+ 0 V
O BS6-6 LH REAR SEAT – HEADREST MOTOR B+ 0 V
O BS6-7 RH REAR SEAT MOTOR – FORE / AFT MOTOR B+ 0 V
O BS6-8 RH REAR SEAT MOTOR – FORE / AFT MOTOR B+ 0 V
O BS6-10 LH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP FEED B+ B+
O BS6-11 RH REAR SEAT – HEADREST MOTOR B+ 0 V
O BS6-12 RH REAR SEAT – HEADREST MOTOR B+ 0 V
I BS7-8 RH LUMBAR SWITCH – INFLATE REQUEST B+ 0 V
I BS7-9 RH FORE / AFT SWITCH – AFT REQUEST B+ 0 V
I BS7-10 RH FORE / AFT SWITCH – FORE REQUEST B+ 0 V
I BS7-14 RH HEADREST SWITCH – LOWER REQUEST B+ 0 V
I BS7-15 RH HEADREST SWITCH – RAISE REQUEST B+ 0 V
I BS7-16 LH HEADREST SWITCH – LOWER REQUEST B+ 0 V
I BS7-17 LH HEADREST SWITCH – RAISE REQUEST B+ 0 V
I BS7-18 LH FORE / AFT SWITCH – AFT REQUEST B+ 0 V
I BS7-19 LH FORE / AFT SWITCH – FORE REQUEST B+ 0 V
I BS7-20 RH LUMBAR SWITCH – DEFLATE REQUEST B+ 0 V
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 12.8
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
SEAT CUSHION HEATER – LH REAR BX1 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW REAR SEAT
SEAT CUSHION HEATER – RH REAR BB1 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW REAR SEAT
SEAT HEATER SWITCH – LH REAR (LWB VEHICLES) BC1 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT HEATER SWITCH – RH REAR (LWB VEHICLES) BC2 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT HEATER TIMER – LH REAR BS8 / 5-WAY RELAY BASE / BROWN RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
SEAT HEATER TIMER – RH REAR BS9 / 5-WAY RELAY BASE / BROWN RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
SQUAB HEATER – LH REAR BX5 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY REAR SEAT
SQUAB HEATER – RH REAR BB5 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY REAR SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BS3 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
BS4 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW REAR CENTER CONSOLE SEAT SWITCHES
BS5 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA109 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA38L EYELET (PAIR) – LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 12.9
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
SEAT CUSHION HEATER – LH REAR BX1 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW REAR SEAT
SEAT CUSHION HEATER – RH REAR BB1 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW REAR SEAT
SEAT HEATER SWITCH – LH REAR (LWB VEHICLES) BC1 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT HEATER SWITCH – RH REAR (LWB VEHICLES) BC2 / 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
SEAT HEATER TIMER – LH REAR BS8 / 5-WAY RELAY BASE / BROWN RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
SEAT HEATER TIMER – RH REAR BS9 / 5-WAY RELAY BASE / BROWN RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
SQUAB HEATER – LH REAR BX5 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY REAR SEAT
SQUAB HEATER – RH REAR BB5 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY REAR SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BS11 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK BEHIND REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
BS12 10-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / NATURAL BEHIND REAR CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
BS13 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
BS15 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA109 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW REAR SEAT CUSHION
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA38L EYELET (PAIR) – LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 13.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER PD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
PD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER REAR RP10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
RP11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR – DRIVER DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR – DRIVER REAR RD3 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR – PASSENGER PD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR – PASSENGER REAR RP3 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER REAR RD3 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER PD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER REAR RP3 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK ACTUATOR BT16 / 2-WAY LABINAL / NATURAL TRUNK / LH FRONT
IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
KEY FOB ANTENNA BT33 / 1-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR / BLACK TOP OF BACKLIGHT
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH CC13 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT1 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK BELOW TRUNK FUSE BOX
BT2 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
BT6 / 2-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR / BLACK
SPLICE HEADER – CA223 CA223 / 20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER / BLACK RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR BT43 / 2-WAY LABINAL / BROWN BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH BT42 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH FC14 / 6-WAY JAE IL-AG5 / GREEN FASCIA SWITCH PACK
(FASCIA SWITCH PACK)
TRUNK SWITCH BT41 / 2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
VALET SWITCH CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
DOOR LOCKING RELAY BLACK CA50 / BLACK LH HEELBOARD RELAYS / HEELBOARD COVER
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY BLACK BT23 / BLACK TRUNK RELAYS / TRUNK
FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY BLACK BT23 / BLACK TRUNK RELAYS / TRUNK
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
CA8 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA10 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA11 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA11 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA12 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA14 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA16 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA45 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA46 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT22L* EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD (*PREMIUM ICE)
BT24* EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD (*STANDARD ICE)
BT28L EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD
BT34 EYELET (SINGLE) – KEY FOB ANTENNA GROUND / BACKLIGHT / CENTER
CA30R EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA31L EYELET (PAIR) – RH DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
CA33L EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33R EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA36L EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA36R EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
CC3R EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-5 TRUNK RELEASE REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-33 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
I FC15-55 VALET REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I FC15-58 NOT IN PARK MICROSWITCH STATUS GROUND (PARK) B+ (NOT IN PARK)
I FC15-63 CENTRAL LOCKING REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I FC15-67 KEY IN IGNITION GROUND (KEY IN) B+ (KEY OUT)
O FC15-71 DOOR LOCKING RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND (PULSE) B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I DD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O DD10-5 DRIVERS DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK B+ GROUND
O DD10-6 DRIVERS DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK B+ GROUND
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S DD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I DD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I DD11-4 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I DD11-12 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I DD11-20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I RD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O RD10-5 DRIVER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK B+ GROUND
O RD10-6 DRIVER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK B+ GROUND
I RD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S RD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S RD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I RD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I RD10-19 MODULE IDENTIFICATION GROUND GROUND
I RD11-7 MODULE IDENTIFICATION GROUND GROUND
I RD11-20 DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I PD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O PD10-5 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK B+ GROUND
O PD10-6 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK B+ GROUND
I PD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S PD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S PD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I PD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I PD11-20 PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+
PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I RP10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O RP10-5 PASSENGER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK B+ GROUND
O RP10-6 PASSENGER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR LOCK B+ GROUND
I RP10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S RP10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S RP10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I RP10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I RP11-20 PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
O BT1-1 TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR ACTIVATE B+ (PULSE) GROUND
O BT1-2 FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY ACTIVATE B+ (PULSE) GROUND
S BT1-8 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
O BT1-10 FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY ACTIVATE B+ GROUND
I BT1-13 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
I BT1-14 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
I BT1-15 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
S BT1-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I BT2-3 TRUNK RELEASE REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I BT2-5 TRUNK SECURITY SWITCH STATUS GROUND (INTRUSION) B+ (SECURE)
I BT2-7 DRIVER DOOR LOCK STATUS
I BT2-19 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK STATUS
I BT6-1 KEY FOB ANTENNA
I BT6-2 KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD GROUND GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 13.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER PD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
PD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER REAR RP10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
RP11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR – DRIVER DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR – DRIVER REAR RD3 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR – PASSENGER PD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR – PASSENGER REAR RP3 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER REAR RD3 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER PD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER REAR RP3 / 6-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK ACTUATOR BT16 / 2-WAY LABINAL / NATURAL TRUNK / LH FRONT
IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE STEERING COLUMN
KEY FOB ANTENNA BT33 / 1-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR / BLACK TOP OF BACKLIGHT
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH CC13 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT1 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK BELOW TRUNK FUSE BOX
BT2 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
BT6 / 2-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR / BLACK
SPLICE HEADER – CA223 CA223 / 20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER / BLACK RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR BT43 / 2-WAY LABINAL / BROWN BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH BT42 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH FC14 / 6-WAY JAE IL-AG5 / GREEN FASCIA SWITCH PACK
(FASCIA SWITCH PACK)
TRUNK SWITCH BT41 / 2-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK BEHIND TRUNK LID LINER
VALET SWITCH CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
DOOR LOCKING RELAY BLACK CA50 / BLACK LH HEELBOARD RELAYS / HEELBOARD COVER
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY BLACK BT23 / BLACK TRUNK RELAYS / TRUNK
FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY BLACK BT23 / BLACK TRUNK RELAYS / TRUNK
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
CONNector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
CA8 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA10 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA11 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA11 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA12 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA14 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA16 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA45 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA46 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT22L* EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD (*PREMIUM ICE)
BT24* EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD (*STANDARD ICE)
BT28L EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD
BT34 EYELET (SINGLE) – KEY FOB ANTENNA GROUND / BACKLIGHT / CENTER
CA30R EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA31L EYELET (PAIR) – RH DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
CA33L EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33R EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA36L EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA36R EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
CC3R EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-5 TRUNK RELEASE REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-32 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-33 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
I FC15-55 VALET REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I FC15-58 NOT IN PARK MICROSWITCH STATUS GROUND (PARK) B+ (NOT IN PARK)
I FC15-63 CENTRAL LOCKING REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I FC15-67 KEY IN IGNITION GROUND (KEY IN) B+ (KEY OUT)
O FC15-71 DOOR LOCKING RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND (PULSE) B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I DD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O DD10-5 DRIVERS DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK B+ GROUND
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S DD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I DD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I DD11-4 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I DD11-12 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I DD11-20 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I RD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O RD10-5 DRIVER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK B+ GROUND
I RD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S RD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S RD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I RD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I RD10-19 MODULE IDENTIFICATION GROUND GROUND
I RD11-7 MODULE IDENTIFICATION GROUND GROUND
I RD11-20 DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I PD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O PD10-5 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK B+ GROUND
I PD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S PD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S PD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I PD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I PD11-20 PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+
PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I RP10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O RP10-5 PASSENGER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR MOTOR UNLOCK B+ GROUND
I RP10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S RP10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S RP10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I RP10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I RP11-20 PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH GROUND (DOOR OPEN) B+
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
O BT1-1 TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR ACTIVATE B+ (PULSE) GROUND
O BT1-2 FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY ACTIVATE B+ (PULSE) GROUND
S BT1-8 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
O BT1-10 FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY ACTIVATE B+ GROUND
I BT1-13 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
I BT1-14 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
I BT1-15 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
S BT1-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I BT2-3 TRUNK RELEASE REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I BT2-5 TRUNK SECURITY SWITCH STATUS GROUND (INTRUSION) B+ (SECURE)
I BT2-7 DRIVER DOOR LOCK STATUS
I BT2-19 PASSENGER DOOR LOCK STATUS
I BT6-1 KEY FOB ANTENNA
I BT6-2 KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD GROUND GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 14.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT
LF6 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
LF7 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
LF8 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
ST19 / EYELET
INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR CA55 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW WINDSHIELD / IN FRONT OF ROOF CONSOLE
LIGHTING STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC2 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS /
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
POWER WASH PUMP LF43 / 2-WAY REINSHAGEN / VOLKSWAGEN / BLACK RIGHT FRONT QUARTER PANEL / WASHER FLUID CONTAINER
RAIN SENSING MODULE EM72 / 12-WAY AMP ML42 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
RAIN SENSOR NO CODES / 3-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK BEHIND INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR
WASH / WIPE STALK (COLUMN SWITCHGEAR) SC1 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE COLUMN SWITCHGEAR HARNESS /
ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR LF44 / 3-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK RIGHT FRONT QUARTER PANEL / WASHER FLUID CONTAINER
WIPER MOTOR EM33 / 4-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
WIPER RUN / STOP RELAY BLACK LF11 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT FRONT RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY BLACK LF11 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT FRONT RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
POWERWASH RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #4, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
EM3 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM51 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / GREY ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
LF3 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY LH ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
EM8L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS LH GROUND STUD
EM17 EYELET (SINGLE) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
FC17R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LF18R EYELET (PAIR) – LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LF19L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-6 WASHER FLUID LEVEL SENSOR GROUND (FULL) B+ (EMPTY)
I FC15-9 VARIABLE INTERMITTENT WIPE REQUEST
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-16 SIDE LAMP REQUEST GROUND B+
O FC15-18 POWER WASH RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
O FC15-19 WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND (FAST) B+ (SLOW)
O FC15-26 WINDSHIELD WASHER PUMP ACTIVATE B+ GROUND
I FC15-34 FAST WIPE SPEED REQUEST GROUND B+
I FC15-37 PROGRAMMED WASH REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
O FC15-43 WIPER RUN / STOP RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND B+
I FC15-60 WIPER MOTOR PARK SWITCH STATUS GROUND (PARKED) B+ (NOT PARKED)
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
I FC15-94 SLOW / FLICK WIPE REQUEST GROUND B+
I FC15-104 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 15.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH CC1 / 16-WAY FORD IDC S.U. / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK)
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER PD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
PD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER REAR RP10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
RP11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER DD3 / 13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
INSTRUMENT PACK FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
KEY FOB ANTENNA BT33 / 1-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR / BLACK TOP OF BACKLIGHT
REAR WINDOW INHIBIT SWITCH DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE BT1 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK BELOW TRUNK FUSE BOX
BT2 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
BT6 / 2-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR / BLACK
SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MODULE CA64 / 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ROOF CONSOLE
SLIDING ROOF MOTOR SR2 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ROOF CONSOLE
SLIDING ROOF SWITCH CA53 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK ROOF CONSOLE
(ROOF CONSOLE)
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER REAR DOOR RD1 / 5-WAY JAE IL-AG5 / GREEN DOOR TRIM PANEL
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER DOOR PD1 / 5-WAY JAE IL-AG5 / GREEN DOOR TRIM PANEL
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER REAR DOOR RP1 / 5-WAY JAE IL-AG5 / GREEN DOOR TRIM PANEL
WINDOW LIFT MOTOR – DRIVER DD16 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
WINDOW LIFT MOTOR – DRIVER REAR RD16 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
WINDOW LIFT MOTOR – PASSENGER PD16 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
WINDOW LIFT MOTOR – PASSENGER REAR RP16 / 2-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
WINDOW LIFT SWITCH DD1 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW DOOR TRIM PANEL
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA8 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA10 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA11 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA12 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA14 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA16 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT22L* EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD (*PREMIUM ICE)
BT24* EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD (*STANDARD ICE)
BT34 EYELET (SINGLE) – KEY FOB ANTENNA GROUND / BACKLIGHT / CENTER
CA30L EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA30R EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33L EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33R EYELET (PAIR) – RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA36L EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA36R EYELET (PAIR) – LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CC3R EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-15 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-33 IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND GROUND B+
I FC15-41 STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST GROUND (CRANKING) B+
O FC15-46 DRIVER DOOR – SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
O FC15-47 CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH – SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL OPEN REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I FC15-63 CENTRAL LOCKING REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
S FC15-84 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
S FC15-85 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I FC15-89 REAR WINDOW INHIBIT REQUEST GROUND B+
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I DD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O DD10-7 WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I DD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S DD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I DD10-10 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER WINDOW DOWN REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
O DD10-15 DRIVER DOOR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
S DD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I DD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I DD10-18 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER WINDOW UP REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I DD10-19 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER WINDOW UP REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I DD11-4 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL UNLOCK REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I DD11-6 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER REAR WINDOW UP REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I DD11-7 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER WINDOW DOWN REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I DD11-12 DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL LOCK REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I DD11-15 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER REAR WINDOW DOWN REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I DD11-21 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK PASSENGER REAR WINDOW DOWN REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I DD11-22 DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER REAR WINDOW UP REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) GROUND
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I RD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O RD10-7 DRIVER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I RD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S RD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
O RD10-15 DRIVER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
S RD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I RD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I RD10-19 MODULE IDENTIFICATION GROUND GROUND
I RD11-6 DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW UP REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I RD11-7 MODULE IDENTIFICATION GROUND GROUND
I RD11-21 DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW DOWN REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I PD10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O PD10-7 PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I PD10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S PD10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
O PD10-15 PASSENGER WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
S PD10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I PD10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I PD11-6 PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW UP REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I PD11-21 PASSENGER DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW DOWN REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I RP10-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
O RP10-7 PASSENGER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN SUPPLY B+ GROUND
I RP10-8 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
S RP10-9 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
O RP10-15 PASSENGER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR UP SUPPLY B+ GROUND
S RP10-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I RP10-17 POWER GROUND GROUND GROUND
I RP11-6 PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW UP REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I RP11-21 PASSENGER REAR DOOR SWITCH PACK WINDOW DOWN REQUEST B+ (MOMENTARY) GROUND
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
S BT1-8 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I BT1-13 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
I BT1-14 LOGIC GROUND GROUND GROUND
I BT1-15 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY B+ B+
S BT1-16 SCP NETWORK 2 – 1600 Hz
I BT6-1 KEY FOB ANTENNA
I BT6-2 KEY FOB ANTENNA SHIELD GROUND GROUND
SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I CA64-1 BATTERY SUPPLY B+ B+
I CA64-2 CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH – SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I CA64-3 GROUND SUPPLY GROUND (MOMENTARY) GROUND
I CA64-4 DRIVER DOOR – SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST GROUND B+
I CA64-5 SLIDING ROOF SWITCH OPEN REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I CA64-6 SLIDING ROOF SWITCH CLOSE REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
O SR2-1 SLIDING ROOF MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
O SR2-3 SLIDING ROOF MOTOR SUPPLY B+ GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 16.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
ANTENNA MOTOR BT19 / 6-WAY YAZAKI TYPE C / WHITE ANTENNA MOTOR ASSEMBLY / BATTERY COVER
CD AUTO-CHANGER IC5 / 8-WAY ALPINE / BLACK TRUNK LH SIDE / TRUNK CARPET
INSTRUMENT PACK FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT CA3 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR CENTER CONSOLE
IC10 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
IC11 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
IC19 / 8-WAY ALPINE / BLACK
RADIO ANTENNA CA7 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR ANTENNA MOTOR ASSEMBLY / BATTERY COVER
RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) SW4 / 3-WAY EPC / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
RADIO TELEPHONE CONNECTOR RT2 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
SPEAKER, ‘A’ POST TWEETER – LH CA56 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK LH ‘A’ POST / UPPER ‘A’ POST TRIM
SPEAKER, ‘A’ POST TWEETER – RH CA54 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK RH ‘A’ POST / UPPER ‘A’ POST TRIM
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR MID-BASS – DRIVER SIDE RD6 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR MID-BASS – PASSENGER SIDE RP6 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER – DRIVER SIDE RD5 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER – PASSENGER SIDE RP5 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MID-BASS – DRIVER SIDE DD6 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MID-BASS – PASSENGER SIDE PD6 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR TWEETER – DRIVER SIDE DD5 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR TWEETER – PASSENGER SIDE PD5 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
CA10 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA12 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA14 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA16 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
IC1 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE LH HEELBOARD
IC3 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE LH HEELBOARD
SC3 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT28L EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD
FC17R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
IC8 EYELET (SINGLE) – RADIO GROUND STUD / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / CENTER
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
INSTRUMENT PACK
PPin Description Active Inactive
C FC24-11 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
O FC25-20 VEHICLE SPEED 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT
PPin Description Active Inactive
I IC11-1 VEHICLE SPEED 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+
I IC11-2 STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROLS 0 V = MODE, 1.2 V = SEEK, 2.4 V = VOLUME ‘+’, 3.7 V = VOLUME ‘-’ 5V
O IC11-18 ANTENNA UP B+ GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 16.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
ANTENNA MOTOR BT19 / 6-WAY YAZAKI TYPE C / WHITE ANTENNA MOTOR ASSEMBLY / BATTERY COVER
CD AUTO-CHANGER CD AUTOCHANGER DATA CABLE TRUNK LH SIDE / TRUNK CARPET
INSTRUMENT PACK FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
POWER AMPLIFIER IC5 / 8-WAY ALPINE / BLACK TRUNK LH SIDE / TRUNK CARPET
IC21 / CD AUTOCHANGER DATA CABLE
IC30 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
IC31 / 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT CA3 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR CENTER CONSOLE
IC10 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
IC11 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
IC19 / 8-WAY ALPINE / BLACK
RADIO ANTENNA CA7 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR ANTENNA MOTOR ASSEMBLY / BATTERY COVER
RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) SW4 / 3-WAY EPC / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
RADIO TELEPHONE CONNECTOR RT2 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
SPEAKER, ‘A’ POST TWEETER – LH CA56 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK LH ‘A’ POST / UPPER ‘A’ POST TRIM
SPEAKER, ‘A’ POST TWEETER – RH CA54 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK RH ‘A’ POST / UPPER ‘A’ POST TRIM
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR MID-BASS – DRIVER SIDE RD6 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR MID-BASS – PASSENGER SIDE RP6 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER – DRIVER SIDE RD5 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER – PASSENGER SIDE RP5 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MID-BASS – DRIVER SIDE DD6 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MID-BASS – PASSENGER SIDE PD6 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
SUBWOOFER BT52 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK ABOVE FUEL TANK / TRUNK CARPET
BT53 / 2-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN MDK / BLACK
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
CA10 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA12 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA14 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA16 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
IC1 14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE LH HEELBOARD
IC3 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE LH HEELBOARD
SC3 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT22R EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD
BT28L EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD
FC17R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
IC8 EYELET (SINGLE) – RADIO GROUND STUD / TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / CENTER
IC20 EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
INSTRUMENT PACK
PPin Description Active Inactive
C FC24-11 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
C FC24-24 CAN NETWORK 15 – 1500 Hz
O FC25-20 VEHICLE SPEED 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT
PPin Description Active Inactive
I IC11-1 VEHICLE SPEED 22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM/H); 44 Hz @ 20 MPH (32 KM/H) @ B+
I IC11-2 STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROLS 0 V = MODE, 1.2 V = SEEK, 2.4 V = VOLUME ‘+’, 3.7 V = VOLUME ‘-’ 5V
O IC11-18 ANTENNA UP B+ GROUND
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 17.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
TELEPHONE ANTENNA RT64 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
RT65 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR HEATED BACKLIGHT / HEADLINING / REAR
RT66 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR CENTER CONSOLE
TELEPHONE HANDSET – FRONT RT5 / TELEPHONE / PROPRIETARY CENTER CONSOLE
TELEPHONE HANDSET – REAR RT10 / TELEPHONE / PROPRIETARY CENTER CONSOLE
TELEPHONE MICROPHONE CA67 / 2-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLUE ROOF CONSOLE
CELLULAR TELEPHONE CONTROL MODULE RT3 / TELEPHONE / PROPRIETARY CENTER CONSOLE
RT4 / TELEPHONE / PROPRIETARY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
RT1 TELEPHONE / PROPRIETARY CENTER CONSOLE
RT2 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE BOX
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA38R EYELET (PAIR) – LH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 17.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
CD AUTO-CHANGER CD AUTOCHANGER DATA CABLE TRUNK LH SIDE / TRUNK CARPET
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE IC5 / 8-WAY ALPINE / BLACK TRUNK LH SIDE / TRUNK CARPET
IC12 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 42 / BLACK INSIDE LH REAR QUARTER PANEL
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA IC41 / 2-WAY HIROSE COAX GT5 SERIES / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF
POWER AMPLIFIER IC5 / 8-WAY ALPINE / BLACK TRUNK LH SIDE / TRUNK CARPET
IC21 / CD AUTOCHANGER DATA CABLE
IC30 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
IC31 / 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT CA3 / COAXIAL CONNECTOR CENTER CONSOLE
IC10 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
IC11 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
IC19 / 8-WAY ALPINE / BLACK
VEHICLE SPEED INTERFACE MODULE NV1 / 42-WAY SIEMENS / BLUE ABOVE PASSENGER FOOTWELL
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
NV2 2-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
IC2 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE REARWARD OF FUEL TANK / BATTERY COVER
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
FC17L EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
BT22L* EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD (*PREMIUM ICE)
BT24* EYELET (SINGLE) – TRUNK / RH CENTER GROUND STUD (*STANDARD ICE)
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 18.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR CA61 / 50-WAY ELO50 / YELLOW BELOW CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
AIRBAG – DRIVER SIDE SW11 / 3-WAY EPC / BLACK CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
AIRBAG – PASSENGER SIDE CA81 / 3-WAY CARDEL / FORD / GREY PASSENGER AIR BAG
IMPACT SENSOR – LH CA15 / 3-WAY MOLEX C-GRID / BLACK INSIDE ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM
IMPACT SENSOR – RH CA22 / 3-WAY MOLEX C-GRID / BLACK INSIDE ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER – LH CA62 / 2-WAY FORD AIRBAG / YELLOW INSIDE LH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER – RH CA65 / 2-WAY FORD AIRBAG / YELLOW INSIDE RH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM
SIDE AIRBAG – DRIVER SD15 / 2-WAY FORD AIRBAG / YELLOW DRIVER SEAT / SIDE
SIDE AIRBAG – PASSENGER SP15 / 2-WAY FORD AIRBAG / YELLOW PASSENGER SEAT / SIDE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA66 3-WAY EPC AIRBAG / BLACK BELOW SEAT
CA72 3-WAY EPC AIRBAG / CARD / BLACK BELOW SEAT
FC5 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT / COIN TRAY
SW10 3-WAY FORD AIRBAG / BLACK CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CA48 EYELET (SINGLE) – RH HEELBOARD POST GROUND SCREW (AIRBAG ONLY GROUND)
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR
PPin Description Active Inactive
O CA61-1 LH SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER POWER SUPPLY B+ OPEN CIRCUIT
O CA61-2 LH SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER GROUND SUPPLY GROUND OPEN CIRCUIT
O CA61-3 RH SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER POWER SUPPLY B+ OPEN CIRCUIT
O CA61-4 RH SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER GROUND SUPPLY GROUND OPEN CIRCUIT
I CA61-5 IGNITION SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ GROUND
I CA61-6 GROUND SUPPLY GROUND GROUND
O CA61-7 INSTRUMENT PACK ‘SRS’ MIL GROUND (NO FAULT) B+
D CA61-9 DIAGNOSTIC OUTPUT SERIAL OUTPUT ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
O CA61-10 STEERING WHEEL AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY B+ OPEN CIRCUIT
O CA61-11 STEERING WHEEL AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY GROUND OPEN CIRCUIT
O CA61-13 PASSENGER FASCIA AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY B+ OPEN CIRCUIT
O CA61-14 PASSENGER FASCIA AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY GROUND OPEN CIRCUIT
O CA61-16 DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY B+ OPEN CIRCUIT
O CA61-17 DRIVER SIDE AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY GROUND OPEN CIRCUIT
O CA61-18 PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG POWER SUPPLY B+ OPEN CIRCUIT
O CA61-19 PASSENGER SIDE AIRBAG GROUND SUPPLY GROUND OPEN CIRCUIT
I CA61-20 LH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY GROUND B+
I CA61-21 RH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY GROUND B+
I CA61-22 LH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR STATUS GROUND (SHORTED) B+
I CA61-23 RH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR STATUS GROUND (SHORTED) B+
I CA61-24 LH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY STATUS GROUND (NO FAULT) GROUND
I CA61-25 RH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY STATUS GROUND (NO FAULT) GROUND
O CA61-40 SRS AUDIBLE BACKUP ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 19.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE RB1 / 16-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / LH REAR
BT71 / 12-WAY BLACK
PARKING AID SENSOR – LH RB2 / 3-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER
PARKING AID SENSOR – CENTER LH RB3 / 3-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER
PARKING AID SENSOR – RH RB5 / 3-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER
PARKING AID SENSOR – CENTER RH RB4 / 3-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER
PARKING AID SOUNDER BT70 / 2-WAY / GREY PARCEL SHELF
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT21L EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH REAR GROUND STUD
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 20.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
CIGAR LIGHTER – FRONT CA74 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
CIGAR LIGHTER – REAR CA75 / 2-WAY AMP / METALLIC REAR CENTER CONSOLE VENT
CA76 / 1-WAY LUCAR POSILOCK MKI / BLACK
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT LF5 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH FRONT
LF6 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
LF7 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
LF8 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
ST19 / EYELET
FUSE BOX – TRUNK BT10 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / NATURAL TRUNK ELECTRICAL CARRIER
BT11 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLACK
BT12 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / GREEN
BT13 / 10-WAY U.T.A. FUSE BOX / BLUE
BT64 / EYELET
HORN SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) HP1 / 1-WAY BLADE CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
HP2 / 1-WAY BLADE
HORN – LH LF46 / 1-WAY LUCAR POSILOCK MKI / BLACK FORWARD OF RADIATOR – LH SIDE / RADIATOR GRILLE
LF47 / 1-WAY LUCAR POSILOCK MKI / BLACK
HORN – RH LF48 / 1-WAY LUCAR POSILOCK MKI / BLACK FORWARD OF RADIATOR – RH SIDE / RADIATOR GRILLE
LF49 / 1-WAY LUCAR POSILOCK MKI / BLACK
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT ACCESSORY CONNECTOR CA71 / 3-WAY AMP SERIES 250 PIN / BLACK RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR BT25 / 3-WAY AMP SERIES 250 PIN / BLACK ADJACENT TO BATTERY / BATTERY COVER
RELAYS
Relay Case Color Connector / Color Location / Access
HORN RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #6, ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY BROWN BUS RELAY #6, TRUNK FUSE BOX / TRUNK
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
EM1 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
EM3 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
SC2 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
SC3 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY ADJACENT TO STEERING COLUMN MOTOR
SW1 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLACK INSIDE STEERING COLUMN COWL
SW2 6-WAY JST / BLACK CENTER OF STEERING WHEEL
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
BT21R EYELET (PAIR) – TRUNK / RH REAR GROUND STUD
CA31R EYELET (PAIR) – RH DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
CA47L EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD – RH SIDE
CA47R EYELET (PAIR) – DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD – RH SIDE
FC17R EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
LF18R EYELET (PAIR) – LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LF20R EYELET (PAIR) – RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
PPin Description Active Inactive
I FC15-4 HORN ACTIVATE REQUEST GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
O FC15-70 HORN RELAY ACTIVATE GROUND (MOMENTARY) B+
I FC15-80 BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE B+ B+
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 21.1
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LF27 / 25-WAY AMP / FORD / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DATA LINK CONNECTOR CC6 / 16-WAY AMP (OBD2) / BLACK TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER PD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
PD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER REAR RP10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
RP11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE CC14 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
INSTRUMENT PACK FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD1 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK DRIVER SEAT / UNDER
SD2 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
SD3 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP1 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT / UNDER
SP3 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SPLICE HEADER – CA222 CA222 / 20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER / GREY RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
SPLICE HEADER – CA223 CA223 / 20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER / BLACK RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 N/A EM7 / 88-WAY BOSCH / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 SC EM61 / 18-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM62 / 14-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK
VEHICLE SPEED INTERFACE MODULE NV1 / 42-WAY SIEMENS / BLUE ABOVE PASSENGER FOOTWELL
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
CA8 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA11 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA23 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
CA27 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
CA45 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA46 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
EM1 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
FC11 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 21.2
COMPONENTS
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE LF27 / 25-WAY AMP / FORD / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DATA LINK CONNECTOR CC6 / 16-WAY AMP (OBD2) / BLACK TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER DD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
DD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR RD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
RD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER PD10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
PD11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER REAR RP10 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLUE DOOR CASING / TRIM PANEL
RP11 / 22-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE CC14 / 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
INSTRUMENT PACK FC24 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / BLACK FASCIA
FC25 / 26-WAY AMP MICRO QUAD LOCK / YELLOW
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER SD1 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK DRIVER SEAT / UNDER
SD2 / 26-WAY FORD IDC / BLACK
SD3 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER SP1 / 16-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT / UNDER
SP3 / 10-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER / BLACK
SPLICE HEADER – CA222 CA222 / 20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER / GREY RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
SPLICE HEADER – CA223 CA223 / 20-WAY SUMITOMO SPLICE HEADER / BLACK RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 N/A EM7 / 88-WAY BOSCH / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ27 SC EM61 / 18-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM62 / 14-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK
VEHICLE SPEED INTERFACE MODULE NV1 / 42-WAY SIEMENS / BLUE ABOVE PASSENGER FOOTWELL
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
BT4 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / TRUNK / REAR BULKHEAD / RH SIDE
CA8 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA11 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA23 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW DRIVER SEAT
CA27 10-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE BELOW PASSENGER SEAT
CA45 6-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
CA46 4-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST / DOOR HARNESS GAITER
EM1 12-WAY AUGAT 1.6 / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT TO ABS PUMP
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC1 54-WAY THROUGH PANEL CONNECTOR / GREY BELOW PASSENGER SIDE AIR VENT / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
FC7 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
FC11 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for CAN and SCP Network messages.
The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data
I Input D Serial and Encoded Data B+ Battery Voltage kHz Frequency x 1000
O Output C CAN (Network) V Voltage (DC) ms Milliseconds
SG Signal Ground S SCP Network Hz Frequency mV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Fig. 21.3
COMPONENTS1
Component Connector / Type / Color Location / Access
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE EM68 / 35-WAY AMP JUNIOR POWER TIMER / BLACK ADJACENT TO PASSENGER SIDE BLOWER /
GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE CC28 / 26-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY RH SIDE OF TRANSMISSION TUNNEL / GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
CC29 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC30 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
CC31 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / GREY
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL CC27 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / BLUE CENTER CONSOLE
AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR CA61 / 50-WAY ELO50 / YELLOW BELOW CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
DATA LINK CONNECTOR CC6 / 16-WAY AMP (OBD2) / BLACK TRANSMISSION TUNNEL
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE EM80 / 31-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
EM81 / 24-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM82 / 17-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM83 / 28-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM84 / 22-WAY AMP 403 / NATURAL
EM85 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector Type / Color Location / Access
CA19 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / YELLOW LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR MOUNTING BRACKET / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM2 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM3 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM53 20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC11 18-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground Location / Type
CC3L EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
250A x 2
BT65
B
BT37
B+ (BT66)
BT67 BT66 BT60 BT63
BT61
BT62
R
R
R
250A
R
WR R
BT12-9
BT64 ST13
R
ST14
W
CA2-6
9
II
R
ST15
R R
ST19
U
EM20-6
R
04.1
ST6
R
ST5 03.1
W
LF7-9
8
II
6
R
04.3
3
2
5
1
2
1
I
3
2
5
1
4
II
07.2
09.1
09.1
3
2
5
1
5
17
I
2
II
04.3
WU
ST20 ST21
R
4
3
E
U
FC15-97
WU
FC15-32
WR
12
I
2
II
WU
FC15-15
FC1-44
BT4-17
WU
03.2
04.6
07.2
20.1
14.1
09.1
13.3
09.2
09.2
09.2
13.4 20.1
04.2 04.4 04.5
1
2
3
4
5
6
09.3 09.4
09.3 09.4
1
2
3
4
5
6
3
1
5
2
I
I
O
1 3
04.6
Main Power Distribution
Main Power Distribution Fig. 01.1
All Vehicles
BATTERY HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
STARTER
ECM CONTROL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
BATTERY + POST
LOGIC
TRANSIT
ISOLATION DEVICE
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
AUXILIARY POSITIVE
RELAY
RELAYS
IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
TRUNK FUSE BOX
IGNITION POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
RH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
IGNITION POSITIVE
RELAY
IGNITION POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
LH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
EMS CONTROL RELAY
ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX
IGNITION POSITIVE
RELAY
RELAYS
IGNITION POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
GU
3 2
#1 20A CA42
-1
#2 15A CA42
-5
NW
#3 15A CA42
-3
#4 10A CA42
-8
N
#5 5A CA41
-9
NG
#6 10A CA41
-10
NW
#7 20A CA41
-4
#8 5A CA41
-7
NG
#11 20A CA42
-2
#15 25A CA41
-3
NR
#17 15A CA41
-1
NR
#18 25A CA41
-6
NW
#9 20A
#13 25A
GU
NG
NG
N
#1 20A CA2
-1
#2 5A CA2
-5
#3 5A CA2
-3
#4 5A CA2
-8
#5 15A CA1
-9
#6 5A CA1
-10
#7 15A CA1
-4
#8 5A CA1
-7
#11 20A CA2
-2
#15 25A CA1
-3
#17 10A CA1
-1
#18 5A CA1
-6
#9 10A CA1
-2
#13 25A CA2
-4
NW
NG
N
NR
NW
NR
NG
NW
NR
NG
NR
CA41
-2
CA42
-4
BPM
FC1-D
N
NR
NR
GU
CA223
-4
-5
-6
FC5-9
NR
NR
NW
NW
CA222
-9
-10
-20
CA10-7
NW
DDS2
NW
NW
CA23-9
NW NW
NW
CAS60
NR
CA23-2
NR
CA27-9
NW
CA27-1 (LHD)
CA23-1 (RHD)
NR
NR
CA27-2
NR
NW
NR NR
NR NR
FC5-B
N
FC5-C
NW
CAS19
FC5-28
NR
NR
NRNR
FC1-B
NG
NG
NG
CA224
-9
-10
-20
CA12-2
NG
CA16-2
NG
NR
IC1-13
NG
NW
FC5-19
NW
CA19-11
CA19-13 CAS5
N
N
N
N
NG
NW
CAS62
NW
CA20-8
NW
NW
FCS6
NR
NR
NR
FC5-12
NR
NG
NG
NG
BT4-A
NG
N
NG
CAS1
BPM
21.1 21.2
BPM
BPM
BPM
12.4
10.1
11.1
10.2
13.3
09.1
08.1
11.1
12.1
16.1
07.2
10.1
10.1
20.1
20.1
08.1
11.2
09.2
11.1 11.2
12.1
13.1
07.2
11.4
11.4
11.4
11.4
07.1
07.1
15.1
12.4
07.2
10.1 11.1 11.2
10.1 11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4
12.1
12.4
12.5
12.1
12.2 12.3
12.1
11.2 11.3 11.411.1 12.1
12.2 12.3
12.5
12.2 12.3
12.5 12.6
12.1 12.2 12.3
13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1
15.1
15.1
13.4
16.2
13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1
13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1
12.4 12.5
13.2
15.1
12.1 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4
12.1 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1
15.1
NW
CA14-2
CA23-1 (LHD)
CA27-1 (RHD)
20.1
15.1
NR
CA109-2 BSS3
NR
12.8 12.9
ICS2
NG
16.1 16.2
NG
21.3
12.8 12.9
7
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
8
47
46
45
44
43
41
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
40
42
48
49
Battery Power Distribution: LH and RH Heelboard Fuse Boxes
Battery Power Distribution: LH and RH Heelboard Fuse Boxes Fig. 01.2
BATTERY POWER BUS
LH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
BATTERY POWER BUS
RH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
NOTE: Body Processor Module
appears in numerous figures.
All Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
NG
NG
1
#1 10A BT13
-7
#2 5A BT13
-1
#9 10A BT11
-3
#10 10A BT13
-2
#12 30A BT12
-3
#14 5A BT13
-4
#16 20A BT12
-4
#18 20A BT10
-1
#20 20A BT10
-3
#22 5A BT10
-2
NR
NG
NW
NR
NR
NW
5 4
#9 10A LF6
-3
#10 LF8
-2
#12 30A LF7
-3
#14 30A LF8
-4
#16 30A LF7
-4
#18 30A LF5
-1
#20 LF5
-3
#22 30A
NW
NG
NG
NW
NR
LF5
-2
#1 20A EM20
-1
#2 15A EM20
-5
#3 25A EM20
-3
NW
#4 10A EM20
-8
#5 10A EM19
-9
NW
#6 5A EM19
-10
#7 EM19
-4
#8 10A EM19
-7
NG
#9 30A EM19
-2
NG
#11 30A EM20
-2
#13 EM20
-4
#15 30A EM19
-3
NG
#17 30A EM19
-1
NR
#18 10A EM19
-6
NW
NW
NR
NR
NG
IC2-1
NR
NG
LF32-2
NR
EM42-2
NG
EM42-3
NR
NW
NR NR
BT4-E
NW
BT4-B
CA109-7
CAS57 CA109-5
NW
NW
BSS1
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
BS4-19
NW
BCS3
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
BT4-14
NR NR
NR
04.3 04.6
NW 04.6
03.1 03.2
04.1 04.2 04.4 04.5
04.3 04.6
04.3 04.6
04.3 04.6
04.1 04.2 04.4 04.5
NG
09.2
13.1
16.1
13.1
16.2
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
17.1
09.2
13.3
06.1
06.1
14.1
06.3
05.1
07.2
07.2
CA109-6
NR
13.2
16.2
13.2 13.3 13.4 15.1
07.2
04.3 04.6 07.2
07.2
NG 04.1 04.2 04.4
NR
IC2-10
NR 17.2
04.5
66
50
51
52
53
54
55
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
56
67
73
68
69
70
71
72
84
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
74
85
83
Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes
Battery Power Distribution:
Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes Fig. 01.3
BATTERY POWER BUS
RELAYS
Fig. 01.1
TRUNK FUSE BOX
BATTERY POWER BUS
RELAYS
Fig. 01.1
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
BATTERY POWER BUS
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX
All Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
WG WG WG WG
BT4-5
#10 5A CA2
-7
#12 10A CA2
-10
WU
#14 10A CA1
-8
#16 10A CA1
-5
WG
WG
2
II
#10 5A CA42
-7
#12 5A CA42
-10
WU
CA41
-8
CA41
-5
W
#3 5A BT13
-8
#4 5A BT13
-9
WG
#5 25A BT11
-2
WU
W
BT10
-9
WG
LF8
-7
#2 5A LF8
-1
WR
#3 10A LF8
-8
4
II
WB
LF5
-9
WR
#4 5A LF8
-9
WU
#5 10A LF6
-2
W
LFS5
CAS8 WG
WG
WR
WR
WR
WR
WG
WG
WG
CAS10
WG
BT4-2
WG
EMS6
W
W
W
W
EM51-1
W
EM51-2
WB
WG
WG
#1 10A
EM1-2 EMS10 SHS1
EM42-1
WU
WU
WU
WU
WU
CA20-3
WU
WU
WG
WG
WG
CAS47
FC1-31
CAS9
WW
BT4-F
CA109-1
WU
WU
WU
WU
BSS6
CA19-6
WG
WG
WG
CCS16
CA20-15
CAS12
WU
WU
WG
WR
WR WR WR
FCS22
FC5-46
LF3-12
5
II
6
II
7
II
8
II
9
II
10
II
11
II
12
II
13
II
14
II
15
II
16
II
17
II
04.3 04.6
04.6
07.2
04.3 04.6
09.1
07.2
03.1 03.2
03.1 03.2
04.1 04.2 04.4 04.5
04.3 04.6
WG WG
18.1
07.1
07.2
07.2
07.2
06.2
08.1
11.4
05.1 05.2
05.1 05.2
05.2
06.1
10.1
10.1
17.1
16.1
20.1
20.1
12.8
12.8
05.1
07.2
07.2
09.3
09.3
13.3
09.2
09.3
06.1
05.2
06.3
12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 12.6
20
II
16.2
31
II
1
2
1
2
4
47
II
42
II
WG
WG
#14
CA20-10
W18
II 21.1 21.2
1
I
BT4-7 IC1-9
WW
WG 17.2
FCS35
WG
12.9
12.9
21.3
WU
WU
BSS7
21
II
WU
WU
(1)
(2) 22
II
23
II
12.1
WG
IC2-2
WGWG
BTS11
30
I
27
I
28
I
29
I
25
I
26
I
17.2
WG
48
II
33
II
34
II
35
II
36
II
37
II
38
II
39
II
40
II
41
II
43
II
44
II
45
II
46
II
14.1
32
II
W
BTS28
W24
I19.1
CAS83
19
II
WU
Ignition Switched Power Distribution
Ignition Switched Power Distribution Fig. 01.4
IGNITION POWER BUS
LH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
RH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
NOTATION:
1 POWERED REAR SEATS VEHICLES
2 HEATERS ONLY REAR SEATS VEHICLES
IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS
RELAYS
TRUNK FUSE BOX
IGNITION POWER BUS
RELAYS
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
All Vehicles
NOTE: Early production vehicles –
Electrochromic Rear View Mirror power supply from
fuse #16, LH Heelboard Fuse Box (WG wire, splice CAS8).
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
#10 10A EM20
-7
#12 10A EM20
-10
WU
#14 10A EM19
-8
#16 5A EM19
-5
WU
WR
WR WR
EMS7
WU
PIS6 WU
EM2-3
WU
WU
WU
WU
EMS30
W
WU
PI1-28
WU
WUWU
FC1-46
PIS8
WR
WU
WU
PI1-47
WU
WU
EM51-7
WP
04.4
04.1 04.2 04.4 04.5
04.1 04.2
04.4
04.1 04.2 04.4 04.5
04.1 04.2 04.4 04.5
04.1 04.4
04.1 04.2 04.4 04.5
04.5
04.1 04.2 04.4 04.5
04.3 04.6
04.1 04.2 04.4 04.5
04.3 04.6
04.3 04.6
07.2
07.2
E
3
04.1 04.2 04.4
CV2-1
WU
WU
W
E
61
E
62
E
49
E
50
E
51
E
52
E
53
E
54
E
55
E
56
E
57
E
58
E
59
E
60
Engine Management Switched Power Distribution
Engine Management Switched Power Distribution Fig. 01.5
ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX
All Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
FCS21
III
II
I
III
II
I
III
II
I
III
II
I
III
II
I
FC4-1
FC4-3
FC4-2
WU
RW
WR
1
BPM
2
II
3
II
4
II
5
II
CA6-1
CA6-2
CA6-3
17
I
18
I
12
I
13
I
14
I
15
I
16
I
WU
WU
WU
WU
WU
WU
WU
W
W
W
W
W
W
WR
WR
WR
WR
WR
WR
WR
CA20-11
CAS22
LF3-2
FC1-9
FCS20
FC4-5
BK
FCS7
FC17L
BK
BPM
BPM
BPM
CAS82
FC1-14
WU
WU
19
I
WR
FC11-14 CCS17
CA19-19 CAS17 BT4-1
WRWRWR
WRWR
01.1
01.1
01.1
BPM
FC11-11
04.1 04.2 04.4 04.5
21.1 21.2
13.3
14.1
06.3 09.2
10.2
13.3
07.1
21.1
15.1
20.1
13.4
05.3 06.1
13.4
21.2
WU
6
II
7
II
8
II
9
II
W
GUGU
GU
CA20-12 EM53-20
LFS18
10
II
11
II
04.1 04.2 04.4
04.3 04.6 07.2
W
BTS20
WR
21.3
04.5
21.3
Ignition Switched Ground Distribution
Ignition Switched Ground Distribution Fig. 02.1
IGNITION SWITCH
(OFF) IGNITION SWITCH
(I) IGNITION SWITCH
(II) IGNITION SWITCH
(III)
IGNITION SWITCH
INERTIA SWITCH
NOTE: Body Processor Module
appears in numerous figures.
All Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
FC15-39
FC15-73
FC15-7
O
I
FC15-41
I
RW
FC15-80
N
13
III
II
I
FC4-1
FC4-3
FC4-2
WU
RW
WR
1
FC4-5
BK
FCS7
FC17L
BK
250A x 2
BT65
B
BT67 BT66 BT60 BT63
BT61
BT62
R
R
R
250A
R
ST6
R
ST5
01.1
01.1
CC21-3 CC21-1
EM82-2
I
02.1
02.1
BK
BK CCS5
CC3R
RU
GO
EM2-8
GO
EMS28
GO
GO
WRNW
W
76
44
II
WR
EM60-2
ST2
ST3
R
B
6
ST4
AN2
B
AN1
AN3-1
AN3-2
B
R
PI50-2
PI50-1
Y
37
II
WG
YY
PI1-11EM3-7
08.1
WR
R
ST1
GO
W
FC22-16EM82-15
W
Y
EM82-16
Y
FC22-17
D D
D
Y
D
EM2-15
EM2-13
Y
FCS30
D
B+
YB
FC22-9
D
FC15-92
YB D
YR
FC22-11
D
FC15-21
YR D
EM50
3
1
5
2
WU
PI2-12
FC7-3
RU
EM81-12
RU
05.1 I
Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ27 N/A
Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ27 N/A Fig 03.1
BATTERY HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
IGNITION SWITCH
(III)
NEUTRAL
SWITCH
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ENGINE
START
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
AND
IGNITION
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
O.K. TO START
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SUPPRESSION
MODULE
ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
O.K. TO START
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
REGULATOR
GENERATOR
STARTER MOTOR
STARTER RELAY
AJ27 N/A Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
FC15-39
FC15-73
FC15-7
O
I
FC15-41
I
RW
FC15-80
N
13
III
II
I
FC4-1
FC4-3
FC4-2
WU
RW
WR
1
FC4-5
BK
FCS7
FC17L
BK
250A x 2
BT65
B
BT67 BT66 BT60 BT63
BT61
BT62
R
R
R
250A
R
ST6
R
ST5
01.1
01.1
CC8-2
CC8-4
EM82-2
I
02.1
02.1
BB
EM63-12
EM8R
RU
GO
EM2-8
GO
EMS28
GO
GO
WRNW
W
76
44
II
WR
EM60-2
ST2
ST3
R
B
6
ST4
AN2
B
AN1
AN3-1
AN3-2
B
R
PI50-2
PI50-1
Y
37
II
WG
YY
PI1-11EM3-7
08.1
WR
R
ST1
GO
W
FC22-16EM82-15
W
Y
EM82-16
Y
FC22-17
D D
D
Y
D
EM2-15
EM2-13
Y
FCS30
D
B+
YB
FC22-9
D
FC15-92
YB
D
YR
FC22-11
D
FC15-21
YR
D
EM50
3
1
5
2
WU
PI2-12
FC7-3
RU
P, N
EMS17
EMS4
BB
CC8-11 EM63-11
RU
P, N
O
O
RU
EM81-12
I
I
Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ27 SC
Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ27 SC Fig. 03.2
BATTERY HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
IGNITION SWITCH
(III)
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
ENGINE
START
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
AND
IGNITION
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
O.K. TO START
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SUPPRESSION
MODULE
ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
O.K. TO START
REGULATOR
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
GENERATOR
STARTER MOTOR
STARTER RELAY
AJ27 SC Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
BK
EM83-25
Y
EM83-16
B+
EM80-18
EM83-24
EM80-17
EM83-15
EM82-04
BW
BG
BR
UY
Y
G
R
G
RG
R
W
RG
RW
YG
EM81-02
G
Y
G
O
W
EM80-19
W
EM80-27
U
C
C
C
C
D
D
21.3
21.3
21.3
21.3
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
UY
B
BW
EM85-01 UY
RU
EM85-02 WG
EM85-08
EM84-15
EM83-12
EM83-13
EM83-26
EM83-27
EM83-18
EM82-05
EM82-10
EM82-14
EM81-07
EM81-09
EM81-18
EM81-16
EM81-19
EM80-15
PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 EM23-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1
PI35 -2 -3 -1PI17 -2 -1 PI4 -2 -1 -4-5
PI15 -2 -1
EM81-03
U
01.1 O
BW
GW
WU
BG
O
B
O
Y
U
Y
BRD
N
BRD
BW
GW
BG
O
BW
BRD
B
O
BRD
Y
U
BRD
BW
BW
EM83-21 U
EM83-28 GW
UY
BG
υ
UY
Y
BRD
N
BRD
BRD
N
EM83-09
OY
EM81-01
EM81-17
WR
EM82-13
WR
EM83-20
NR
77 B+
B+
WU
R
BRD
RU
WG
G
BRD
UY
WG
BG
EM82-07
O
EM82-17
W
EM82-11
EM80-09
GW
EM82-06
GR
GW
GW
EM80-08
O
NG
WU
81
EM83-06 BG
U
EM81-10
BG
EM81-24
EM84-07 U
PPS/1
W
OY
R
BG
BRD
N
EM83-22
OY
EM83-05
G
EM83-19
EM82-08
OG
EM81-12
RU
EM81-22
OY
11
II
I
OG
OY
OG
WU
05.1
I
I
BA
CAS81
EMS36
EM8L
EMS38 EMS37
BBBK EM16R EM16L
B+
B+
PI42
-4
PI33
-2 PI42
-2 PI42
-1 PI42
-3
PI33
-1
PIS10
EM66-2 EM66-1
CC40-4
CC40-1
LF3-1
EM53-11
CC11-1
CA19-16
EMS20
EM82-16
Y
03.1
EM82-15
W
03.1
EM82-02
GO
03.1 I
D
D
PI1 -54 -56 -52 -57-31
-25 PI1 -26 -24-22 PI1 -23 -21 -17 PI1 -18 -19 PI1 -20 -5 PI1
PIS9
BRD
PI1 -50 -49 -51 PI1
EM82-09
WB+
45
II
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
IATS
υ
D
D
OG
–
+
–
+
-14
FP1 -3 -2CV1 -2 -1
WU
OY
BG
-1
OY
PI16 -1 -2
G
N
BRD
G
N
BRD
-1 PI2 -3 -2
AB
PI38 -1 -2
YG
BG
υ
YG
-9 PI2
EM22 EM24-4 -3 -2-1 -4 -3 -2-1
U
BRD
U
WG
N
BRD
UY
WG
λ
B
λ
A
AB
WG
B
82
NG
WU
EM16L
B
EMS37
GU
EM80-02
UY
EM80-01
OG
EM81-06
R
EM80-07
R
EM80-06
G
EM80-05
G
EM80-04
R
G
EM80-29
BK
EM81-21
B
EM80-03
B
EM80-21
B
EM80-31
B
EM85-07
B
EM81-08
B
EM84-01
B
EM84-16
B
EM84-22
B
EM85-06
EM82-01 OY
Y
W
EM39 -1-2
A B
RW
OG
RG
UY
OY
WU
PI31 -1 -2 PI32 -1 -2
PI2
-10
O
EM83-17
EM83-07 U
EM83-08 Y
EM83-14 Y
EM83-23 N
BG
BG
BG
OY
EMS3
BG
PI2
-8
PPS/2
EM85-05
O
6
II EM82-12
GU I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
EMS9
EMS18
EMS19
EMS46
EMS8
EMS1
EMS2
PIS1
RG
OY
BG
RG
OY
BG
RG
OY
BG
RG
OY
BG
RG
BT5 -3 -2 -1
BT4 -35 -48 -34
FC1 -34 -30 -35
EM3 -9 -12 -8
GU GU GU
CV2-3FC1-45EM2-18
GU
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
BK
EM8L
WU
RU
BK
BK
EMS36
PI2-11
PI29
-3
PI2-13
G
PI1-6
BG
RU
EM83-03
O
PI29
-1 PI29
-2
PI2-7 PI2-6
UU
PI1
-27
PI1
-16
E
55
E
54
R
E
62
E
51
E
52
OGOGOG
LFS1 EMS21
EM1-1
EM49
3
1
5
2
E
58
E
56 E
53
E
61
EM75
3
1
5
2
O
TPS/1
U
OY
BG
G
BRD
-3 -4 -1
PI6 -3-4 -2 -1
TPS/2
I
O
AJ27 4.0 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1
AJ27 4.0 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1 Fig. 04.1
ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN EVAPP VVT
SOLENOID VALVES CKPS CMPS CMPS KS KS ECTS EOTS MAFS UPSTREAM HO2S DOWNSTREAM HO2S
BRAKE SWITCH
NOTE: EMS21: Adaptive Damping
vehicles only.
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
APPLIED ONLY WHEN THE
INERTIA SWITCH IS ACTIVATED
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ENGINE CRANK
O.K. TO START
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
ECM PROGRAMMING
ECM PROGRAMMING
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
(CONTINUED Fig. 04.3)
O2S HEATERS
RELAY
CCV FTPS
AIR ASSIST
CLOSE VALVE THROTTLE
MOTOR
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
AJ27 4.0 N/A NAS Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
BK
EM83-25
Y
EM83-16
B+
EM80-18
EM83-24
EM80-17
EM83-15
EM82-04
BW
BG
BR
UY
Y
G
R
G
R
W
RG
RW
YG
EM81-02
G
Y
G
O
W
EM80-19
W
EM80-27
U
C
C
C
C
D
D
21.3
21.3
21.3
21.3
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
UY
B
BW
EM85-01
UY
RU
EM85-02
WG
EM85-08
EM84-15
EM83-12
EM83-13
EM83-26
EM83-27
EM83-18
EM82-05
EM82-10
EM82-14
EM81-07
EM81-09
EM81-18
EM81-19
EM80-15
PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 EM23-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1
PI35 -2 -3 -1PI17 -2 -1 PI4 -2 -1 -4-5
PI15 -2 -1
EM81-03
U
01.1
O
BW
GW
WU
BG
O
B
O
Y
U
Y
BRD
N
BRD
BW
GW
BG
O
BW
BRD
B
O
BRD
Y
U
BRD
BW
BW
EM83-21
U
EM83-28
GW
UY
BG
υ
UY
Y
BRD
N
BRD
BRD
N
EM83-09
OY
EM81-01
EM81-17
WR
EM82-13
WR
EM83-20
NR
77
B+
B+
WU
R
BRD
RU
WG
G
BRD
UY
WG
BG
EM82-07
O
EM82-17
W
EM82-11
EM80-09
GW
EM82-06
GR
GW
GW
EM80-08
O
NG
WU
81
EM83-06
BG
U
EM81-10
BG
EM81-24
EM84-07
U
PPS/1
W
OY
R
BG
BRD
N
EM83-22
OY
EM83-05
G
EM83-19
EM82-08
OG
EM81-12
RU
EM81-22
OY
11
II
I
OG
OY
OG
WU
05.1
I
I
BA
CAS81
EMS36
EM8L
EMS38 EMS37
BBBK
EM16R EM16L
B+
B+
PI42
-4
PI33
-2 PI42
-2 PI42
-1 PI42
-3
PI33
-1
PIS10
EM66-2 EM66-1
CC40-4
CC40-1
LF3-1
EM53-11
CC11-1
CA19-16
EMS20
EM82-16
Y
03.1
EM82-15
W
03.1
EM82-02
GO
03.1
I
D
D
PI1 -54 -56 -52 -57-31
-25 PI1 -26 -24-22 PI1 -23 -21 -17 PI1 -18 -19 PI1 -20 -5 PI1
PIS9
BRD
PI1 -50 -49 -51 PI1
EM82-09
W
B+
45
II
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
IATS
υ
D
D
OG
–
+
–
+
-14
OY
PI16 -1 -2
G
N
BRD
G
N
BRD
-1 PI2 -3 -2
AB
PI38 -1 -2
YG
BG
υ
YG
-9 PI2
EM22 EM24-4 -3 -2-1 -4 -3 -2-1
U
BRD
U
WG
N
BRD
UY
WG
λ
B
λ
A
AB
WG
B
82
NG
WU
EM16L
B
EMS37
UY
EM80-01
OG
EM81-06
R
EM80-07
R
EM80-06
G
EM80-05
G
EM80-04
R
G
EM80-29
BK
EM81-21
B
EM80-03
B
EM80-21
B
EM80-31
B
EM85-07
B
EM81-08
B
EM84-01
B
EM84-16
B
EM84-22
B
EM85-06
EM82-01
OY
Y
W
EM39 -1-2
A B
RW
OG
RG
UY
OY
WU
PI31 -1 -2 PI32 -1 -2
PI2
-10
O
EM83-17
EM83-07
U
EM83-08
Y
EM83-14
Y
EM83-23
N
BG
BG
OY
EMS3
BG
PI2
-8
PPS/2
EM85-05
O
6
II EM82-12
GU
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
EMS9
EMS18
EMS19 EMS46
EMS8
EMS1
EMS2 PIS1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
BK
EM8L
WU
RU
BK
BK
EMS36
PI2-11
PI29
-3
PI2-13
G
PI1-6
BG
RU
EM83-03
O
PI29
-1 PI29
-2
PI2-7 PI2-6
UU
PI1
-27
PI1
-16
E
54
R
E
62
E
51
E
52
OGOGOG
LFS1 EMS21
EM1-1
EM49
3
1
5
2
E
58
E
56
E
53
E
61
EM75
3
1
5
2
O
TPS/1
U
OY
BG
G
BRD
-3 -4 -1
PI6 -3-4 -2 -1
TPS/2
I
O
AJ27 4.0 and 3.2 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1
AJ27 4.0 and 3.2 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1 Fig. 04.2
ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN EVAPP VVT
SOLENOID VALVES CKPS CMPS CMPS KS KS ECTS EOTS MAFS UPSTREAM HO2S DOWNSTREAM HO2S
BRAKE SWITCH
NOTE: EMS21: Adaptive Damping
vehicles only.
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
APPLIED ONLY WHEN THE
INERTIA SWITCH IS ACTIVATED
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ENGINE CRANK
O.K. TO START
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
ECM PROGRAMMING
ECM PROGRAMMING
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
(CONTINUED Fig. 04.3)
O2S HEATERS
RELAY
AIR ASSIST
CLOSE VALVE THROTTLE
MOTOR
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
AJ27 4.0 and 3.2 N/A ROW Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
YR
YU
RG
EM53-8
EM80-12
EM80-10
EM80-16
WU
W
YU
RW
YG
RW
YG
WU
YR
U
UY
UY
U
EM81-14
GO
GW
EM84-02
BW
BW
BG
EM84-04
EM84-05
EM84-03
BG
BR
BO
EM84-13
EM84-14
EM81-05
EM81-04
EM84-09
EM84-10
EM80-22
EM83-10
EM80-25
EM81-13
EM81-15
EM80-23
EM80-11
EM80-20
GU
GR
GO
GU
EM84-11
EM84-12
EM84-17
EM84-18
GB
GW
EM84-19
EM84-20
EM84-21
BW
BO
EM84-06
BR
PI7-2 -1
BG
WU
NW
BR
PI8-2 -1
BO
BR
PI9-2 -1
BG
BR
PI10-2 -1
BW
BR
PI11-2 -1
BW
BR
PI12-2 -1
BW
BR
PI13-2 -1
BO
BR
PI14-2 -1
BR
1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 2B 3B 4B
78
46
II
85
EM83-04 WR
#7 20A
3
1
5
2
1
32
II
WR
NG
270 Ω 510 Ω
11
II
WG
YU
WU
WUU
CC40-2 CC40-3
680 Ω
430 Ω
680 Ω
430 Ω
YR
YG
BO
BK
CC20
-10
CC20
-7
CC20
-9 CC20
-8
SW3-3
SW3-1
SW3-4
SW3-2 SWS1
SW1
-4
SW1
-3
SW1
-6
SW2-4
SW2-3
SW2-6
YR
YG
BO
BO
BO
YG
BO
FCS28
FC17R
SC3-4
SC3-3
SC3-12
LF31-9
LF31-2
LF31-3
LF31-8
LF31-7
CC31-07
RG
U
UY
UY
U
CC30-01
CC31-09
WU
NG 80
CC31-17
CC28-01
RG
RW
EM3-10
EM3-11
CCS21
WU 20 BAR
2–30 BAR
LF26-1
LF26-4
LF26-5
P
LF26-2
LF20L
BK
W
U
LF26-3
LF31-5
LF31-1
70
OY
NG
WUW
OG
WU
B
NG
B
LF10L
LF10R
W
WU
69
EM1-11
EM1-12
FC1
-42
BT4
-19
BT11-1
BT11-10
WR
WR
PI1-30 PI1-32 PI1-33 PI1-34 PI1-35 PI1-36 PI1-37 PI1-38
PI1-53
RW
EM53-3
EM53-12
EM53-10
RG
U
EMS26
PI36-1PI1-13
EM51-6
EM51-5
RG RG B
NW
WB
BR
PI2-5 PIS2
BR
B
EMS11
EM17
EM53-9
WU
RW
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
O
EM51-10
12 BAR
RW
CF1-1CF1-2
CF2-2CF2-1
EM26
5
2
3
1
B
7
II
BT9-2
BT9-1
B
BT20
NG
EM53-17
EM53-14
B
EMS38
EM16R
PI58 -3
4B
YG
EM83-11
I
I
GO
GO
GU
GW
GR
GW
GU
GW
YG
YG
PI53 -3
3A
PI52 -3
2A
PI55 -3
1B4A3B2B1A
-2-2-2-2 -4-4-4-4 -1-1-1-1PI54 -3PI57 -3PI56 -3PI51 -3 -2-2-2-2 -4-4-4-4 -1-1-1-1
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
EM3
-5
YG
WU
YR
10.2
PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39 PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43
B
B
B
PIS13
PI1-55
EMS4
EM8R
B
RW
YG
B
RW
YG
B
RW
YG
B
RW
YG
B
RW
YG
B
RW
YG
B
RW
YG
B
RW
YG
PI1-29
PI1-2 YG
YG
PIS12
PIS11
PIS5
RW
EM53-16
WU
E
59
E
57
E
60
WU
LF32-4
LF32-1
OY
OG
B
LF32-3
B
BTS21
LFS17
BK
EM25
3
1
5
2
EM52
5
2
3
1
AJ27 4.0 and 3.2 N/A Engine Management: Part 2
AJ27 4.0 and 3.2 N/A Engine Management: Part 2 Fig. 04.3
TRUNK FUSE BOX
FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4)
A/CCM
REFRIGERANT
4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH
LH RADIATOR FAN
RH RADIATOR FAN
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 and Fig. 07.2 for
complete A/C circuits.
BRAKE CANCEL
SWITCH
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
DECEL
SET / ACCEL
CANCEL
RESUME
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains
two logic ground circuits that must
remain separate. Do not connect or
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
FUEL
PUMP
FUEL TANK
NOTE: ECM power supplies, grounds and references
shown on Fig. 04.1 and Fig 04.2.
FUEL INJECTION
RELAY
FUEL INJECTORS IGNITION COILS
IGNITION COIL
RELAY
AJ27 4.0 and 3.2 N/A Vehicles
ON / OFF
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
BW
EM82-04
BW
BG
BR
UY
Y
G
R
G
RG
R
K
YG
UY
B
BW
EM85-01 UY
RU
EM85-02
WG
EM85-08
EM84-15
EM83-12
EM83-13
EM83-26
EM83-27
EM83-18
EM82-05
EM82-10
EM82-14
EM81-09
EM81-18
EM81-16
EM81-19
EM80-15
PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 EM23-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1
PI35 -2 -3 -1PI17 -2 -1 PI4 -2 -1 -4-5
TPS/1
PI15 -2 -1
BW
GW
WU
BG
O
B
O
Y
P
Y
BRD
N
BRD
BW
GW
BG
O
BW
BRD
B
O
BRD
Y
P
BRD
BW
BW
EM83-21 U
EM83-28 GW
UY
BG
υ
UY
S
BRD
N
BRD
BRD
N
EM83-09
R
BRD
RU
WG
G
BRD
UY
WG
BG
EM82-07
O
EM82-17
W
EM82-11
EM83-06 BG
U
EM81-10
BG
EM81-24
EM84-07 U
PPS/1
K
OY
R
BG
U
OY
BG
G
BRD
BRD
N
EM83-22
OY
EM83-05
G
EM83-19
BA
PI42
-4
PI33
-2 PI42
-2 PI42
-1 PI42
-3
PI33
-1
PIS10
PI1 -54 -56 -52 -57-31
-25 PI1 -26 -24-22 PI1 -23 -21 -17 PI1 -18 -19 PI1 -20 -5 PI1
PIS9
BRD
PI1 -50 -49 -51 PI1 -3 -4 -1
PI6 -3-4 -2 -1
IATS
υ
-14
FP1 -3-2CV1 -2 -1
WU
OY
BG
-1
OY
PI16 -1 -2
G
N
BRD
G
N
BRD
-1 PI2 -3 -2
AB
PI38 -1 -2
YG
BG
υ
YG
-9 PI2
EM22 EM24-4 -3 -2-1 -4 -3 -2-1
U
BRD
U
WG
N
BRD
UY
WG
λ
B
λ
A
AB
WG
B
NG
WU
EM16L
B
EMS37
GU
EM80-02
UY
EM80-01
R
EM80-07
R
EM80-06
G
EM80-05
G
EM80-04
R
G
EM82-01 OY
Y
W
EM39 -1-2
UY
WU
O
EM83-17
EM83-07 P
EM83-08 Y
EM83-14 S
EM83-23 N
EMS3
PPS/2
EMS9
EMS18
EMS19
EMS46
EMS8
EMS1
PIS1
RG
OY
BG
RG
BT5 -3-2-1
BT4 -35-48-34
GU GU
CV2-3FC1-45EM2-18
GU
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
TPS/2
PI1-6
BG
PI2-7 PI2-6
UU
E
55
E
53
E
56
O
EM80-28
I
O
EM81-23
I
E
49
E
50
EMS2
YU
EM85-03
OYG
EM85-04
O
YR
EM85-09
OYR
EM85-10
O
S1
S2
S3
S4
P134-4PI1-8
PI1-9
PI1-10
PI1-7
PI34-1
PI34-6
PI34-3
YU
YG
YR
YR
WU
WU
PI34-2
PI34-5
PI3 -2 -1
υ
EM3-8
EM3-12
BG
RG
R
G
BG
82 E
61
EM10 -3-2-1
OY
OY
BG
RG
EM3-9
FC1 -34-30-35
OY
BG
BW
O
BG
O
-15 PI1
OY
BG
OY
BK
EM83-25
Y
EM83-16
B+
EM80-18
EM83-24
EM80-17
EM83-15
G
Y
G
O
W
EM80-19
W
EM80-27
U
C
C
C
C
D
D
21.3
21.3
21.3
21.3
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
EM81-03
U
01.1 O
EM81-17
WR
EM82-13
WR
EM83-20
NR
77 B+
B+
WU
EM80-09
GW
EM82-06
GR
GW
GW
EM80-08
O
NG
WU
81
EM82-08
OG
EM81-12
RU
EM81-22
OY
11
II
I
OG
OY
OG
WU
05.2
I
I
CAS81
EMS36
EM8L
EMS38 EMS37
BBBK EM16R EM16L
B+
B+
EM66-2 EM66-1
CC40-4
CC40-1
LF3-1
EM53-11
CC11-1
CA19-16
EMS20
EM82-16
Y
03.2
EM82-15
W
03.2
EM82-02
GO
03.2 I
D
D
EM82-09
WB+
45
II
21.2
21.2
21.2
21.2
D
D
OG
–
+
–
+
EM80-29
BK
EM81-21
B
EM80-03
B
EM80-21
B
EM80-31
B
EM85-07
B
EM81-08
B
EM84-01
B
EM84-16
B
EM84-22
B
EM85-06
EM85-05
O
6
II EM82-12
GU I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
E
62
E
51
E
52
OGOGOG
LFS1 EMS21
EM1-1
EM49
3
1
5
2
E
58
EM75
31
52
AJ27 4.0 SC NAS Engine Management: Part 1
AJ27 4.0 SC NAS Engine Management: Part 1 Fig. 04.4
ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN EVAPP CKPS CMPS CMPS KS KS EOTS ECTS IATS 2 MAFS UPSTREAM HO2S DOWNSTREAM HO2S O2S HEATERS
RELAY
BRAKE SWITCH
NOTE: EMS21: Adaptive Damping
vehicles only.
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
APPLIED ONLY WHEN THE
INERTIA SWITCH IS ACTIVATED
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ENGINE CRANK
O.K. TO START
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
ECM PROGRAMMING
ECM PROGRAMMING
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
(CONTINUED Fig. 04.6)
STEPPER
MOTOR
EGR VALVE CCV FTPS MAPS
THROTTLE
MOTOR
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
AJ27 4.0 SC NAS Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
EM82-04
BW
BG
BR
UY
Y
G
R
G
R
K
YG
UY
B
BW
EM85-01 UY
RU
EM85-02 WG
EM85-08
EM84-15
EM83-12
EM83-13
EM83-26
EM83-27
EM83-18
EM82-05
EM82-10
EM82-14
EM81-09
EM81-18
EM81-19
EM80-15
PI26 -1 -2 PI27 -1 -2 EM21 EM23-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1
PI35 -2 -3 -1PI17 -2 -1 PI4 -2 -1 -4-5
TPS/1
PI15 -2 -1
BW
GW
WU
BG
O
B
O
Y
P
Y
BRD
N
BRD
BW
GW
BG
O
BW
BRD
B
O
BRD
Y
P
BRD
BW
BW
EM83-21 U
EM83-28 GW
UY
BG
υ
UY
S
BRD
N
BRD
BRD
N
EM83-09
R
BRD
RU
WG
G
BRD
UY
WG
BG
EM82-07
O
EM82-17
W
EM82-11
EM83-06 BG
U
EM81-10
BG
EM81-24
EM84-07 U
PPS/1
K
OY
R
BG
U
OY
BG
G
BRD
BRD
N
EM83-22
OY
EM83-05
G
EM83-19
BA
PI42
-4
PI33
-2 PI42
-2 PI42
-1 PI42
-3
PI33
-1
PIS10
PI1 -54 -56 -52 -57-31
-25 PI1 -26 -24-22 PI1 -23 -21 -17 PI1 -18 -19 PI1 -20 -5 PI1
PIS9
BRD
PI1 -50 -49 -51 PI1 -3 -4 -1
PI6 -3-4 -2 -1
IATS
υ
-14
OY
PI16 -1 -2
G
N
BRD
G
N
BRD
-1 PI2 -3 -2
AB
PI38 -1 -2
YG
BG
υ
YG
-9 PI2
EM22 EM24-4 -3 -2-1 -4 -3 -2-1
U
BRD
U
WG
N
BRD
UY
WG
λ
B
λ
A
AB
WG
B
NG
WU
EM16L
B
EMS37
UY
EM80-01
R
EM80-07
R
EM80-06
G
EM80-05
G
EM80-04
R
G
EM82-01 OY
Y
W
EM39 -1-2
UY
WU
O
EM83-17
EM83-07 P
EM83-08 Y
EM83-14 S
EM83-23 N
EMS3
PPS/2
EMS9
EMS18
EMS19
EMS46
EMS8
EMS1
PIS1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
TPS/2
PI1-6
BG
PI2-7 PI2-6
UU
E
53
E
56
O
O
EM81-23
I
EMS2
PI3 -2 -1
υ
R
G
82 E
61
O
BG
O
-15 PI1
BG
OY
BK
EM83-25
Y
EM83-16
B+
EM80-18
EM83-24
EM80-17
EM83-15
G
Y
G
O
W
EM80-19
W
EM80-27
U
C
C
C
C
D
D
21.3
21.3
21.3
21.3
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
EM81-03
U
01.1 O
EM81-17
WR
EM82-13
WR
EM83-20
NR
77 B+
B+
WU
EM80-09
GW
EM82-06
GR
GW
GW
EM80-08
O
NG
WU
81
EM82-08
OG
EM81-12
RU
EM81-22
OY
11
II
I
OG
OY
OG
WU
05.1
I
I
CAS81
EMS36
EM8L
EMS38 EMS37
BBBK EM16R EM16L
B+
B+
EM66-2 EM66-1
CC40-4
CC40-1
LF3-1
EM53-11
CC11-1
CA19-16
EMS20
EM82-16
Y
03.1
EM82-15
W
03.1
EM82-02
GO
03.1 I
D
D
EM82-09
WB+
45
II
21.2
21.2
21.2
21.2
D
D
OG
–
+
–
+
EM80-29
BK
EM81-21
B
EM80-03
B
EM80-21
B
EM80-31
B
EM85-07
B
EM81-08
B
EM84-01
B
EM84-16
B
EM84-22
B
EM85-06
EM85-05
O
6
II EM82-12
GU I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
E
62
E
51
E
52
OGOGOG
LFS1 EMS21
EM1-1
EM49
3
1
5
2
E
58
EM75
31
52
AJ27 4.0 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1
AJ27 4.0 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1 Fig. 04.5
ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN EVAPP CKPS CMPS CMPS KS KS EOTS ECTS IATS 2 MAFS UPSTREAM HO2S DOWNSTREAM HO2S O2S HEATERS
RELAY
BRAKE SWITCH
NOTE: EMS21: Adaptive Damping
vehicles only.
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
APPLIED ONLY WHEN THE
INERTIA SWITCH IS ACTIVATED
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ENGINE CRANK
O.K. TO START
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
ECM PROGRAMMING
ECM PROGRAMMING
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
(CONTINUED Fig. 04.6)
THROTTLE
MOTOR
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
AJ27 4.0 SC ROW Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
#7 20A
3
1
5
2
1
32
II
WR
NG
EM3
-5
FC1
-42
BT4
-19
BT11-1
BT11-10
BT9-2
BT9-1
B
BT20
NG
WR
WB
#15 20A
3
1
5
2
1
32
II
WB
O
BT12-2
BT10-5
WR
EM51
-8
LF3
-21
BT4
-9
WB
WB
BT9-4
BT9-3
B
O
BTS21
B
YG
GO
GW
EM84-02
BW
BW
BG
EM84-04
EM84-05
EM84-03
BG
BR
BO
EM84-13
EM84-14
EM84-09
EM84-10
EM83-10
GU
GR
GO
GU
EM84-11
EM84-12
EM84-17
EM84-18
GB
GW
EM84-19
EM84-20
EM84-21
BW
BO
EM84-06
BR
IJ3-2 -1
BG
WU
NW
BR
IJ4-2 -1
BO
BR
IJ5-2 -1
BG
BR
IJ6-2 -1
BW
BR
IJ7-2 -1
BW
BR
IJ8-2 -1
BW
BR
IJ9-2 -1
BO
BR
IJ10-2 -1
BR
1A 2A 3A 4A 1B 2B 3B 4B
78
46
II
85
EM83-04 WR
PI1-30 PI1-32 PI1-33 PI1-34 PI1-35 PI1-36 PI1-37
PI1-38
PI1-53
RW
NW
WB
BR
PI2-5 PIS2
BR
B
EMS11
EM17
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
EM26
5
2
3
1
BB
EMS38
EM16R
PI58 -3
4B
YG
EM83-11
I
I
GO
GO
GU
GW
GR
GW
GU
GW
YG
YG
PI53 -3
3A
PI52 -3
2A
PI55 -3
1B4A3B2B1A
-2-2-2-2 -4-4-4-4 -1-1-1-1PI54 -3PI57 -3PI56 -3PI51 -3 -2-2-2-2 -4-4-4-4 -1-1-1-1
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
YG
PI1-40 PI1-42 PI1-41 PI1-39 PI1-46 PI1-45 PI1-44 PI1-43
B
B
B
PIS13
PI1-55
EMS4
EM8R
B
RW
YG
B
RW
YG
B
RW
YG
B
RW
YG
B
RW
YG
B
RW
YG
B
RW
YG
B
RW
YG
PI1-29
PI1-2 YG
YG
PIS12
PIS11
PIS5
RW
E
59
EM82-03
O
IJ2-1
IJ1-1
BR
BR
BR
BR
IJS1
IJS2
IJ1-2 IJ1-3 IJ1-4 IJ1-5 IJ2-2 IJ2-3 IJ2-4 IJ2-5
BG
BO
BG
BW
BW
BW
BO
BR
YR
YU
RG
EM53-8
EM80-12
EM80-10
EM80-16
WU
W
YU
RW
RW
YG
WU
YR
U
UY
UY
U
EM81-14
EM81-05
EM81-04
EM80-22
EM80-25
EM81-13
EM81-15
EM80-23
EM80-11
EM80-20
270 Ω 510 Ω
11
II
WG
YU
WU
WUU
CC40-2 CC40-3
680 Ω
430 Ω
680 Ω
430 Ω
YR
YG
BO
BK
CC20
-10
CC20
-7
CC20
-9 CC20
-8
SW3-3
SW3-1
SW3-4
SW3-2 SWS1
SW1
-4
SW1
-3
SW1
-6
SW2-4
SW2-3
SW2-6
YR
YG
BO
BO
BO
YG
BO
FCS28
FC17R
SC3-4
SC3-3
SC3-12
LF31-9
LF31-2
LF31-3
LF31-8
LF31-7
CC31-07
RG
U
UY
UY
U
CC30-01
CC31-09
WU
NG 80
CC31-17
CC28-01
RG
RW
EM3-10
EM3-11
CCS21
WU 20 BAR
2–30 BAR
LF26-1
LF26-4
LF26-5
P
LF26-2
LF20L
BK
W
U
LF26-3
LF31-5
LF31-1
70
OY
NG
WUW
OG
WU
B
NG
B
LF10L
LF10R
W
WU
69
EM1-11
EM1-12
EM53-3
EM53-12
EM53-10
RG
U
EMS26
PI36-1PI1-13
EM51-6
EM51-5
RG RG B
EM53-9
WU
RW
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
O
EM51-10
12 BAR
RW
CF1-1CF1-2
CF2-2CF2-1
7
II
EM53-17
EM53-14
YG
WU
YR
10.2
EM53-16
WU
E
57
E
60
WU
LF32-4
LF32-1
OY
OG
B
LF32-3
LFS17
BK
EM80-14 RW
O
WB
B
NW 75
RW
EM17
B
LF30-1LF30-2
EMS11
B
EM25
10
6
8
7
WB
LF20R
EM52
5
2
3
1
EM1-9
EM25
3
1
5
2
AJ27 4.0 SC Engine Management: Part 2
AJ27 4.0 SC Engine Management: Part 2 Fig. 04.6
TRUNK FUSE BOX
FUEL PUMP 2 RELAY (#1)
FUEL PUMP 1 RELAY (#4)
A/CCM
REFRIGERANT
4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH
LH RADIATOR FAN
RH RADIATOR FAN
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 and
Fig. 07.2 for complete A/C circuits.
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
INTERCOOLER
PUMP
INTERCOOLER
PUMP RELAY
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH
ON / OFF
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
DECEL
SET / ACCEL
CANCEL
RESUME
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic
ground circuits that must remain separate. Do not
connect or cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
FUEL
PUMP 1
FUEL
PUMP 2
FUEL TANK
NOTE: ECM power supplies, grounds and
references shown on Fig. 04.4 and Fig 04.5.
FUEL INJECTION
RELAY
FUEL INJECTORS IGNITION COILS
IGNITION COIL
RELAY
AJ27 4.0 SC Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
BRD
EM7-85
G
EM7-1
EM7-4
EM7-82
B+
EM7-2
EM7-26
EM7-83
EM7-54
EM7-55
EM7-5
EM7-8
EM7-6
EM7-16
EM7-21
EM7-22
EM7-23
EM7-28
EM7-29
EM7-30
EM7-32
EM7-33
EM7-34
B
YU
YU
YB
O
BW
BRD
UY
BG
U
N
OG
RU
W
R
B
OG
O
RU
OY
EM7-9
EM7-12
EM7-14
EM7-15
EM7-13
Y
G
WB
WB
NR
OG OY O O O U R
UYBG
EM46
-13 EM46
-14 EM46
-2 EM46
-3 EM46
-7 EM46
-11 EM46
-15 EM46
-1 EM46
-10
NG
EM46
-6 EM46
-5
υ
RU
EM46
-16
12345 123
RW
EM46
-12
YB
EM46
-8
YU
EM46
-9
YU
EM46
-4
EM7-86
Y
79
33
II
C
C
C
C
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
EM7-37
EM7-42
EM7-44
R
G
Y
EM7-45
EM7-52
EM7-53
EM7-51
RW
RU
O
RG
EMS4
EM8R
B
BSRBYW NG
EM47
-E EM47
-A EM47
-B EM47
-C EM47
-D EM47
-J EM47
-K
BW Y R Y W BK RU
L1 L2 L3 L4 P, N
EM7-36
Y
RU
C
C
C
C
WG
G
Y
G
Y
B
14
II
B+ CC14
-1
CC14
-3
CC14
-4
CC14
-8
CC14
-9
CC14
-6
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
CCS15
B
CC2R
P
R
N
D
4
3
2
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
21.1
OG
CC7-1 CC7-3
BYUS
EM53-4
BW
EM53-1
OG
BW
EMS25
15
II
10.2
WG
CC4
-8
CC4
-10
CC4
-1
CC4
-7
CC4
-9
CC4
-2
RG
RU
RU
RG BK
EM53-5
EM53-13
EM53-2
RU
RU
RG
CCS4
BK
CC3L
B+
B+
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
04.1
560 Ω
560 Ω
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
I
I
O
WB
EMS42
04.203.1
I
EM8L
BK
EMS36
AJ27 N/A Automatic Transmission
AJ27 N/A Automatic Transmission Fig. 05.1
TRANSMISSION
TURBINE SPEED
SENSOR FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR PRESSURE
REGULATORS SOLENOID
VALVES OUTPUT SPEED
SENSOR
TRANSMISSION
ROTARY SWITCH GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module –
CAN “listen only” node for
gear selector position indicators.
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
D – 4
SWITCH
MODE
STATE
MODE SWITCH
AJ27 N/A Vehicles
DIMMER OVERRIDE
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
BR
EM61-2
EM61-25
EM62-L
EM61-3
EM62-H
EM61-29
EM61-26
EM61-28
EM61-27
EM62-17 BW
BG
BK
BW
BG
GR
GU
GU
GB
U
BW
EM62-12
EM62-13
EM62-15
EM62-16
EM62-14
Y
G
BBBB
GB1
-4 GB1
-2 GB1
-10
GB1
-1
BB
GB1
-7 GB1
-3
υ
MD SD1
1-2,4-5 2
2-3 3
3-4
B
GB1
-6
B
GB1
-13
B
GB1
-8
B
GB1
-9
33
II
C
C
CAN
CAN
EMS4
EM8R
C
C
C
C
WG
G
Y
G
Y
B
15
II
B+ CC14
-1
CC14
-3
CC14
-4
CC14
-8
CC14
-9
CC14
-6
CAN
CAN
CAN
CAN
CCS15
B
CC2R
P
R
N
D
4
3
2
21.2
21.2
21.2
21.2
BK
CC35 CC36
21.2
21.2
BW
EM53-15
10.2
WG
CC4
-10
CC4
-1
CC4
-9
RG
U
BK
EM63-8
CCS4
BK
CC3L
B+
1000 Ω
+
–
+
–
+
–
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
330 Ω
WB
B
GB1
-12
TCC
B
GB1
-11
EM62-33 B
EM62-34 BW
EM62-36 BO
EM62-37 BO
EM62-38 BR
EM61-30 B
GU
CC8
-8
GB
CC8
-7
GU
CC8
-6
RU
CC8
-11
RU
CC8
-4
WG
CC8
-3
B
CC8
-2
GR
CC8
-1
EM63
-12 EM63
-1 EM63
-2 EM63
-3 EM63
-4
EMS17
B
B
EM62-35 BG
RU
RU
EM63-11
04.5 04.4
03.2
17
II
CCS5
BK
CC3R
510 Ω
270 Ω
CC4
-8
16
II
WG
I
B+
O O O O O O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
03.2
B
O
I
EM4
-1
EM4
-3
EM4
-7 EM4
-12 EM4
-6
EM4
-4 EM4
-5 EM4
-8 EM4
-9 EM4
-11 EM4
-2 EM4
-10
AJ27 SC Automatic Transmission
AJ27 SC Automatic Transmission Fig. 05.2
PARK, NEUTRAL
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
NOTE: n2 and n3 are internal
gear ratio speed sensors.
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: Pressure regulators:
MD – modulation pressure
SD – shift pressure
TRANSMISSION
n2
SPEED
SENSOR
n3
SPEED
SENSOR
SWITCH
(NOT USED)
OPEN – P, N
FLUID
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR SOLENOID
VALVES PRESSURE
REGULATORS
NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module –
CAN “listen only” node for
gear selector position indicators.
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
KICKDOWN SWITCH
MODE STATE
MODE SWITCH
DIMMER OVERRIDE
AJ27 SC Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
FC15-48
FC15-58
O
I
FC15-80
N
13
OG B
OG
RW BK B
FCS10
FC29L
B
SC1-2SC1-1
CC12
-1 CC12
-2
FC15-51
O
RW
B
CCS15
CC2R
CC13-1
YBBK
CCS4
CC3L
CC13-3
YBBK
FC15-104
NW
17
FC15-32
WR
12
I
2
II
WU
FC15-15
EM82-8
OG
I
EM83-25
EM83-16
+
–
Y
EM2-7
G
EM2-6
C
C
Y
G
Y
G
C
C
C
C
CC14-9
CC14-8
+
–
CC14-4
CC14-3
+
–
SCP
SCP
G
Y
FC24-11
FC24-24
C
C
+
–
S
S
–
+
FC15-84
U
FC15-85
Y
S
S
–
+
FC24-14
U
FC24-13
Y
FCS3
FCS2
U
Y
I
I
11
II
OGOG
EM1-1 CA19-16 LF3-1
OG
LFS1
OG
EMS21
OGWU
CC40-4 CC40-1
FC7-8
FC7-2
FC11-12
FC11-15
21.1 21.2
Y
G
Y
G
FC7-18
FC7-17
SC5
-1 SC5
-2
CAS81
OG
21.1 21.2
Gearshift Interlock
Gearshift Interlock Fig. 05.3
BRAKE SWITCH
NOTE: EMS21: Adaptive Damping vehicles only.
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
INSTRUMENT PACK
NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH
B+ LOGIC
B+ SOLENOIDS
GEARSHIFT
INTERLOCK
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK
SOLENOID
KEYLOCK SOLENOID
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
All Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
LFS1
LF27-3
LF27-4
LF27-19
B+
LF27-9
LF27-20
LF27-25
LF27-17
LF27-18
LF27-21
LF27-1
LF27-13
LF27-22
LF27-8
LF27-24
B
B
U
UY
U
U
R
W
O
Y
G
Y
LF27-6
LF27-7
O
NW
WU
NR
RA2-2
RA2-1
LA2-2
LA2-1
FR1-2
FR1-1
FL1-2
FL1-1
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
LF2-1
LF2-2
LF1-1
LF1-2LF27-2
OG
LF27-5
Y
LF27-15
G
CAN
CAN
21.2 21.1
43
II
72
71
U
U
O
Y
CA9-2
CA9-1
CA29-1
CA29-2
LF3-8
LF3-7
LF3-9
LF3-10
EM1-4
EM1-5
U
UY
EM37-2 EM37-1
B+
B+
LF27-14
R
LF3-6
R
CC1-12CC1-2
LF27-16
RW
LF3-5
RW
CC1-11CC1-5
WG
BK
CCS4
BK
CC3L
LF29L
C
C
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
–
+
O
11
II CA19-16 LF3-1
OG OGOGWU
CC40-4 CC40-1
CA19-10
CA19-9
R
RW
18
II
560 Ω
LF29R
EM1-3
CAS81
OG
21.2 21.1
Anti-lock Braking; Traction Control
Anti-lock Braking; Traction Control Fig. 06.1
BRAKE SWITCH
STABILITY / TRACTION
STATE
STABILITY / TRACTION
CONTROL SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
NOT USED
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
BRAKE FLUID
RESERVOIR
RH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
RH REAR
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
LH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
LH REAR
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
All Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
WU
CA32-6 CA32-2
O
OI
CAS46
CA30L
BB
10
II
U
R
Y
CA32-4 CA32-5
CA32-8
LF3-30 LL3-1
LF3-33
LL2-1
LL2-2 LL3-2
R
Y
R
Y
08.1
B+
I
U
FC5-11
Power Assisted Steering
Power Assisted Steering Fig. 06.2
VEHICLE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
POWER ASSISTED STEERING
CONTROL MODULE
VARIABLE STEERING
CONVERTER
All Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
EM68-20
EM68-10
EM68-27
NW
74
B
EM17
B
EM68-11
W
EM68-28
21.3
21.3 W
O
47
II
D
D
EM68-18
OGOG
LFS1
OG
LF3-1
I
EM68-26EM1-1
OG
EMS21
OG
EM68-1
08.1 YR
EM68-24
08.1 OG
O
I
EM2-10
EM2-14
YR
O
EM64-A
EM64-B
EM65-A
EM65-B
LA1-A
LA1-B
RA1-A
RA1-B
EM68-34
OY
EM68-15
OOG
EM68-32
OY
EM68-13
OO
EM68-33
OY
EM68-14
OOG
EM68-31
OY
EM68-30
OY
O
O
O
O
OY
OG
OY
Y
OY
OG
OY
O
EM28-3
U
EM28-1
EM28-2
Y
B
B+
EM4-2
EM4-3
U
EM4-1
Y
B
BT7-2
BT7-3
BT7-1
EM68-21
B
EM68-3
Y
EM68-25
OU
EM68-22
R
EMS44
EMS45
U
Y
R
B+
B+
I
I
I
B+
B+
O
I
11
II
WU
CAS81
CC40-4
OG
CC40-1
OG
CA19-16
EMS11
B
FC5-41
FC5-40
EM2-20
EM2-1
CA29-4
CA29-3
OY
O
OY
O
FC1-20
FC1-19
EM2-12
EM2-11
CA9-4
CA9-3
OY
OG
OY
OG
EM2-9
Y
U
Y
U
Y
U
EM2-5
EM2-4
FC1-28
FC1-27
FC1-26
BT4-30
BT4-29
BT4-28
RR
Suspension Adaptive Damping
Suspension Adaptive Damping Fig. 06.3
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
INSTRUMENT PACK: FAULT WARNING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
INSTRUMENT PACK: VEHICLE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
BRAKE SWITCH
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
LH FRONT
DAMPER SOLENOID
RH FRONT
DAMPER SOLENOID
LH REAR
DAMPER SOLENOID
RH REAR
DAMPER SOLENOID
LATERAL
ACCELERATION
GROUND
VERTICAL
ACCELERATION
LATERAL ACCELEROMETER
(FRONT)
GROUND
FRONT VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER
VERTICAL
ACCELERATION
GROUND
REAR VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER
Adaptive Damping Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
BW
Y
RU
RW
UY
YR
RW
R
OY
UY
O
GWGW
GWGWNW
OG
OY
U
Y
YR
U
WU
YG
Y
S
B+
CC31-10
CC29-1
CC30-11
W
CC31-21
O
CC31-20
BK
B
CC31-13
CC3R
I
CC31-16
OY
08.1
CC31-3
WRWR
15
I
CC31-1
WUWU
6
II
CC31-5
NWNW
37
B+
I
CC29-6
YG
08.1
CC31-8
U
CC31-19
BW
CC31-18
GW
CC31-12
WR
CC31-4
WU
CC31-14
B
CC30-8
CC30-7
CC30-6
CC30-5
CC30-12
CC30-2
CC30-3
UY
CC29-13
YG
CC29-11
YB
CC29-5
Y
CC29-3
RG
CC29-2
CC29-10
CC28-6
CC28-7
CC28-8
CC28-9
CC28-12
CC28-13
CC28-19
CC28-20
CC28-21
CC28-22
NR
CC28-25
O
CC28-26
GU
CC34
-1 CC34
-10 CC34
-2 CC34
-9
CC34
-3 CC34
-5 CC34
-4 CC34
-6 CC34
-8 CC34
-7
CC31-2CA20-5
38
B+
CC31-15CA20-4
O
CAS37
CA31L
BB
CC32
-2
CC32
-1 CC32
-6 CC32
-12 CC32
-7 CC33
-2
CC33
-1 CC33
-6 CC33
-12 CC33
-7
FC44
-9
FC44
-3 FC44
-5 FC44
-4 FC44
-6 FC44
-8 FC44
-7
FC44
-2
FCS37
FC40
-2 FC40
-1 FC40
-3
FC7
-20
FC40
-4
FCS10
FC29L
FC52
-2
FC52
-1
FC11
-18
LF16
-2 LF16
-1
SGSYSRWUWRB
B+B+
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
O
O
O
O
I
KU UG BW PSU UO GU UY UW UR
BWUYGRWY BWUYRNR
BW PRG PR SR OR RY RUBWUB LGW
GW
B
B
OP
OG
BW
BW
OY
OY
UBW
υ υυ
υ
D
D
DD
O
O
IIII
I
CC31-6
RW
08.1
FC11-9
FC11-10
FC11-8
I
I
B
CCS13
U
I
FCS36
BWPYGPYY BWPYWRBNR
YYGYYRWUWRB
CA19
-7
OY
LF3
-3 LF3
-4
FC11
-6 FC11
-4 FC11
-5 FC11
-3 FC11
-1 FC11
-2
FC11
-7
U WU U UYB UY GU UY OY OBW RG UY YR O RW RU
GW OGOYU RG UY YR O RW RU
CC27
-1
CC27
-4
CC27
-3
CC27
-2
CC27
-6
CC27
-5
CC27
-7
D
D
R
I
R
CC27-8
RG
I
RG
CC27-9
OY
YG
RW
O
BW
O
CA50
3
2
5
1
4
21.3
21.3
BK
CA19
-8
BW
CCS5
U
FC7-6
FC7-7
BW
CCS14
U
BW
10.2
10.2
BW
Climate Control: Part 1
Climate Control: Part 1 Fig. 07.1
ASPIRATOR
ASSEMBLY
IN-CAR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR ASPIRATOR
MOTOR
AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR VENT ASSEMBLY
VENT
SERVO DEFROST
SERVO
SOLAR
SENSOR EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX
ASSEMBLY
EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
HEATER MATRIX
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
COOL AIR BYPASS
SERVO FOOT WELL
SERVO
LH BLOWER
AIR INTAKE
FRESH / RECIRCULATION
SERVO
RH BLOWER
AIR INTAKE
FRESH / RECIRCULATION
SERVO
NOTE: When the ignition switched ground input is interrupted
during engine cranking, the A/CCM will not drive high power
consuming components.
NOTE: The A/C Isolate Relay remains energized by the A/CCM
for 30 seconds after the ignition is switched off so that power is
supplied for the A/CCM to “park” the servos.
AIR CONDITIONING
ISOLATE RELAY
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ENGINE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
VEHICLE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
START
DATA
DATA
CLOCK
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
CONTROL PANEL
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
All Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
OG
UW
CC33-5
SH4-2
CC28-2
CC29-7
U
GU
CC29-16
U
CC29-15
GO
CC29-8
CC28-3
UY
CC28-4
UY
CC28-5
W
CC28-18
GU
CC28-17
RW
CC28-16
GR
1
4
2
3
1
4
2
3
22
44
9
II
8
II
U
B
G
UW
U
B
G
OY
OG
GO
CC33-13
CC33-8
CC33-10
B
WP
NG
UY
CC32-5
O
U
GU
CC32-13
CC32-8
CC32-10
CC2L
B
WU
NW
GR
I
I
O
O
O
O
WG
GW
UY
NG
WG
GO
YU
NR
NR
W
N
UY
GU
36
II
84
83
SH4-1
B
EM18R
SHS2
UY
UY
EM42-4
EM53-7
UY
BT4-D
SH5-2SH5-1
B
EM18L
IC18CA21
B
IC6
CA10-4
7
II
WU
CAS34
CA12-4
NR
NR
DD8-11DD8-9
B
CA30R
(CA33R)
BB
PD8-11PD8-9
B
CA33R
(CA30R)
BB
NR
NR
CA10-3
CA12-3
DDS1
PDS1
31
CA19-14
35
II
UB
U
EM53
-6
RW
LF3-32
EM36-2 EM36-1
O
O
O
O
O
EM8R
B
B
EMS4
U
UY
UY
U
WU
NG 80
RG
RW
RG
EM53-12
EM53
-8
EM53
-3
EMS26 PI36-1PI1-13
RG RG B
EM53
-9
O
I
I
I
#15 10A
3
1
5
2
5
48
II
RW
Y
LF7-2
LF5-5
EM1-8
Y
EM40-2 EM40-1
B
#17 25A
3
1
5
2
1
32
II
BT13-3
BT10-8
BT13-10
CA20-1 BT4-31
GU
CC28-1
CC30-1
O
CC31-7
CC31-9
CC31-17
EM80-23
EM80-11
EM80-12
EM80-22
EM80-10
RW
WU
UY
UY
U
EM80-25
RW
I
I
I
I
O
O
WU
20 BAR
2–30 BAR
LF26-1
LF26-4
LF26-5
P
LF26-2
LF20L
BK
WY
U
LF26-3
U
EM51-6
EM51-5
EM51-10
12 BAR
RW
OY
W
OG
WU
B
NG
B
LF10L
LF10R
W
WU
69
EM1-11
EM1-12
OY
OG
EM81-05
W
O
EM81-04
WU
O
CF2-1
CF1-2
CF2-2
CF1-1
LF31-9
LF31-2
LF31-3
LF31-8
LF31-7
LF31-5
LF31-1
70
NG
WU
LF32-1
LF32-4LF32-3
B
RG
CA19-15
SH3
3
2
5
1
SH2
3
2
5
1
CA18
3
2
5
1
CA58
3
2
5
1
CA20-6
CA20-7
CA20-2
CA19-12
OY
O
CA58
8
7
10
6
CAS40
(RHD)
CAS40
(LHD)
B
B
7
II
E
57
E
60
EM53-10
EM52
5
2
3
1
BK
LFS17
Climate Control: Part 2
Climate Control: Part 2 Fig. 07.2
LH RADIATOR FAN
RH RADIATOR FAN
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: A/CCM power supplies and grounds are shown on Fig. 07.1;
ECM power supplies and grounds are shown on Fig. 04.1, 04.2, 04.4 and 04.5.
HEATER VALVE HEATER PUMP
NOTE: Radiator cooling and air conditioning
compressor circuits are duplicated here for clarity.
Refer to Fig. 04.3 and Fig. 04.6.
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
RELAY
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
REFRIGERANT
4-WAY PRESSURE
SWITCH
HEATER PUMP RELAY (#1)
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
RELAY
LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
RELAY
DOOR MIRROR HEATER
RELAY
HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY (#2)
TRUNK FUSE BOX
RH BLOWER MOTOR
RELAY
LH BLOWER MOTOR
RELAY
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
DRIVER MIRROR
PASSENGER MIRROR
HEATED BACKLIGHT
RH BLOWER MOTOR
LH BLOWER MOTOR
All Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
I
FC24-15
NR
27
B
FC24-16
FC29R
BK
FC24-4
YR
S
S
21.121.2
U
Y
SCP
SCP
B+
FC24-13
FC24-14
FC24-3
FC24-1
WG B+
12
II
FC17L
FC24-8
UY
FC27-7
FC24-19
O
FC27-9
FC24-25
BR
FC27-2
FC24-18
Y
FC27-8
FC24-9
R
FC27-1
I
I
I
I
G
Y
CAN
CAN
FC24-10
FC24-23
G
Y
CAN
CAN
FC24-11
FC24-24
C
C
C
C
FCS7
BK
I
Y
FC25-22
RW
FC25-14
I
BW
FC25-13
I
OY
FC25-19
I
OG
FC25-23
O
U
FC25-6
O
RW
FC25-3
O
YG
FC25-4
O
OY
FC25-5
O
OY
FC25-20
O
O
FC25-7
06.2
07.1
07.1
07.1
16.1
06.3
06.3 FC24-7
YB
SC2-5
IYB BK
SC2-9
FC17R
BK
SCS1
BK
FCS28
BK
03.1
PI40-1
OY
BT14
BT15
RW
1 ΚΩ
F
E
P
BT4-26
RW
FC1-7
BW
BT4-25
BW
FC1-4
PI1-48 EM2-16
EM55-2EM55-1
BK
EM8L
EMS36
BK
EM2-17
OG
OY
I
Y
FC25-16
18.1
RG
FC25-21
10.2 RU
FC24-6
I
I
10.2
–
+
–
+
–
+
16.2
80Ω900Ω
O
I
I
FC38-6
NR
FC38-2
IR
FC38-5
IBK
B+ 15
10.2
03.2
21.121.2
21.121.2
21.121.2
21.121.2
21.121.2
Instrument Pack; Clock
Instrument Pack; Clock Fig. 08.1
CIRCUITS CONTINUED
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT
A/CCM
A/CCM
A/CCM
POWER ASSISTED STEERING
CONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
GENERATOR
AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
FUEL LEVEL
SENSOR
CLOSES WITH PRESSURE
OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH
ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY
DIMMER OVERRIDE
VEHICLE SPEED
ENGINE SPEED
ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
VEHICLE SPEED
VEHICLE SPEED
VEHICLE SPEED
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
WARNING
CHARGE WARNING
AIRBAG WARNING
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE
OIL PRESSURE (ON / OFF)
LOW COOLANT
WARNING
TRIP SELECT
RESET
MESSAGE
IMPERIAL;
METRIC;
U.S.A.
TRIP CYCLE
INSTRUMENT PACK
A / B
(TRIP SELECT)
000
(RESET)
CLEAR
MI / KM
TRIP COMPUTER
SWITCH PACK
ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY
CLOCK
TRIP CYCLE SWITCH
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
All Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
SCP
SCP
FC15-80
N
NW
FC15-104
B+
S
S
–
+
U
Y
B+
FC15-82
O
GR
FC15-83
O
GB
GR
O
SC1-10
SC1-11
FC15-84
FC15-85
21.2 21.1
FC15-32
WR
WU
FC15-15
FC15-41
I
RW
1
I
I
13
12
I
2
II
17
FC15-31
GB
I
SD8-2SD8-1 CA23-7 FC5-3
GBGB
CA23-8
CA25R
(CA26R)
BKBK
FC15-10
18.1
RW
BK
SDS4
D
21.2 21.1
SC7-1
SC7-2
Audible Warnings
Audible Warnings Fig. 08.2
AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR: AIRBAG WARNING BULB FAILURE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
SEAT BELT
SWITCH
NOTE: SDS4 not used – Manual Seat vehicles.
SCP SOURCES:
• DIRECTION INDICATORS; HAZARD WARNING; SIDE LAMPS – Fig. 09.1
• VALET SWITCH; TRUNK RELEASE – Fig. 13.1, Fig. 13.2
• MEMORY – Fig. 12.1
• KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR SWITCH – Fig. 13.1, Fig. 13.2
• NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH – Fig. 05.3
AUDIBLE
WARNING 1
AUDIBLE
WARNING 2
AUDIBLE
WARNING
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
SPEAKER
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
AUDIBLE WARNINGS:
• DIRECTION INDICATORS
• HAZARD WARNING
• SIDE LAMPS ON
• VALET MODE WARNING
• GEAR SELECTOR IN PARK
• MEMORY CHIME
• AIRBAG WARNING BULB FAILURE
• SECURITY ARM / DISARM / ERROR
• KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR AJAR (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)
• SEAT BELT DISCONNECTED (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)
All Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
FC15-38
I
FC15-84
FC15-80
N
O
FC15-79
NG
S
FC15-85
S
Y
U
SCP
SCP
FC15-41
RW
WU
FC15-15
#19 10A
3
1
5
2
5
U
OY
LF7-10
LF5-7
FC15-59
I
RW
FC15-30
I
U
FC15-14
I
U
FC15-88
I
YG
FC15-61
I
WG
FC15-81
GR
FC15-3
O
GO
FC15-1
O
W
FC15-27
Y
FC15-2
O
GW
FC15-53
O
R
FC15-45
O
U
B
B
LF38-3
O
LF38-4LF38-2
BL4-A BL4-B
U
UY
B
LF38-1
BL2-2BL2-1
R
GW
B
RG
BL5-1 BL5-2
B
B
LF40-3
OY
LF40-4LF40-2
BR4-A BR4-B
OY
U
B
LF40-1
BR2-2BR2-1
W
GO
B
RG
BR5-1 BR5-2
O
FC15-96
GU
FC15-42
UY
FC15-16
RW
FC15-68
O
OG
FC15-20
O
OG
#6 10A
3
1
5
2
OG
U
LF6-4
LF6-9
#17 15A
3
1
5
2
OG
OY
LF8-10
LF5-8
#21 10A
U
LF5-4
#8 10A
UY
LF6-8
O
LF8-3
LF3-16
FCS4
LF3-18
LF3-17
LF3-22
LF3-11
LF3-19
LF3-26
LF3-29
FC1-5
5
5
48
II
OG
FC5-17
FC5-18
LFS16
LF19R
B
GU
OG
FC3-7
FC3-5
O
FC3-6
FC3-10
FC3-3
BK
RW
FC17L
FCS7
BK
SC2-9
BK
SC2-2
FC17R
BK
SCS1FCS28
BK
SC2-6
SC2-7
SC2-8
L
R
U
U
YG
WG
U
U
YG
WG
SC2-4
UY
SC2-3
RW
UY
RW
FCS9
RW
Y
U
10.2
I
I
5
5
BK
1
FCS2
FCS3
S
S
–
+
FC24-14
U
FC24-13
Y
I
I
–
+
13
30
21.2
2
II
21.1
FC3-9
FC3-1
10.2
RG
FC7-12
FC7-11
560 Ω 560 Ω
560 Ω 560 Ω
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
SCS2
RW
SC2-1
YUYU
11.4
OG
OG
FC5-13
FC5-20
BL1-2
BR1-2
B
LF38-5
FC5-24
FC5-15
R
U
B
LF40-5
FC5-23
GW
BL1-4
FC5-21
Y
GW
BR1-4
GO
W
GO
BL1-3
BR1-3
BL1-1
LFS8
BLS1
B
B
B
LF18L
BRS1
B
BR1-1
B
LFS9
LFS7
B
B
LFS3
LFS4
B
CC1-3
CC1-16
BK
CCS5
BK
CC3R
CC1-1CC1-2
BK
CCS4
BK
CC3L
14
CC1-9
NR
RG
09.2
RG
LFS20
LF3-20
RG
B
RG
B
Y
LF17-1 LF17-2
BGR
CA80-1 CA80-2
CAS40
CA33R
B
21.2 21.1
Exterior Lighting: Front
Exterior Lighting: Front Fig. 09.1
LIGHTING
INDICATORS
INSTRUMENT PACK
DIMMER CONTROL:
DIMMER OVERRIDE
REAR FOG
STATE
FRONT FOG
STATE
REAR FOG
FRONT FOG
FOG LAMP SWITCHES
HAZARD STATE
HAZARD
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
REAR VIEW MIRRORS:
AUTO HEADLAMPS /
MIRROR TINT
HEADLAMP
FLASH
HEADLAMP
MAIN BEAM
DIRECTION
INDICATOR
SIDE
DIP
AUTO
DIP
SIDE
LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input used with
Daytime Running Lamps.
B+ LIGHTING 1
B+ LIGHTING 2
LIGHTING
CONTROL
BULB FAILURE
MONITORING
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
MAIN BEAM RELAY (#3)
NOTES:
DI bulb failure – BPM internal function.
Daytime running lamps – BPM programmed function.
DIP BEAM RELAY (#5)
FRONT FOG RELAY (#2)
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
LEFT HAND:
FRONT FOG LAMP
MAIN
DIP
SIDE LAMP
FRONT LAMP UNIT
DIRECTION INDICATOR
SIDE DI REPEATER
(ROW ONLY)
SIDE MARKER
(NAS ONLY)
RIGHT HAND:
FRONT FOG LAMP
MAIN
DIP
SIDE LAMP
FRONT LAMP UNIT
DIRECTION INDICATOR
SIDE DI REPEATER
(ROW ONLY)
SIDE MARKER
(NAS ONLY)
REAR SIDE LAMPS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
All Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Y
GO
FC15-84
FC15-80
N
13
FC15-79
NG
30
S
FC15-85
S
Y
U
2
II
WU
FC15-15
BT51-7
BT51-5
O
Y
B
BT51-3
BT51-6BT51-4
R
GW
BRW
BT27-1 BT27-2
BRG
BT29-1 BT29-2
FC15-76
OGO
3
1
5
2
3
1
5
2
FC15-104
NW
17
R
BT12-10
RW
BT10-4
RU
BT10-7
O
OG
BT11-9
#8 10A
#19 5A
#21 5A
1
1GB
BT11-5
BT1-16
S
BT1-8
S
21.2 21.1
Y
U
SCP
SCP Y
U
BT1-6
NR
50
BT1-3
OOY
BT1-13
BK
BT24*
BT1-9
OU
BT2-1
OG
I
BT51-2
U
BT50-4
BT50-5
OY
B
BT50-6
BT50-2BT50-1
G
O
BRW
BT26-1 BT26-2
BRG
BT31-1 BT31-2
BT50-3
BT32-8
GW
BT32-1
B
BT32-12
Y
BT32-2
RW
BT32-4
NR
BT32-5
R
BT32-3
GO
BT32-7
O
BT32-13
B
BT32-9
GR
FC15-28
OG
FC15-50
OGW
BTS16
BTS9
BTS15
BTS5
B
BTS21
WU
CC40-1 CC40-4
BT1-14
BK
BK
BTS18
Y
G
FC24-11
FC24-24
C
C
+
–
S
S
–
+
FC24-14
U
FC24-13
Y
1
1
–
+
1I
I
RW
CAN
CAN
–
+
FC15-41
I
I
FC15-16
RW
SC2-9
BK
FC17R
BK
SCS1FCS28
BK
SC2-4
UY
SC2-3
RW RW
FCS9
RW
10.2
I
BK
SCS2
RW
YU
FC15-12
I
OG
FC3-7
FC3-5
FC3-6FC3-3
BK
FC17L
FCS7
BK
FC3-9
FC3-1
RG
560 Ω 560 Ω
560 Ω 560 Ω
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
10Κ Ω 10Κ Ω
FC15-44
OY
10.2
41
II
WR
FCS2
FCS3
SCP
SCP Y
U
FC15-88
I
FC15-61
I
SC2-7
SC2-8
L
R
YG
WG
YG
WG
BT1-5
OY
BT1-7
ORU
BT1-4
OOG
BT2-6
GW
BT32-11
RU
BT32-6
OG
BT32-10
O
FC15-54
OR
FC15-95
ORU
FC15-75
OGR
FC15-49
OGO
BT11-8
BT21L
B
BTS1
BTS2
Y
FC1-39
FC1-38
BT4-21
BT4-20
FC1-21
FC1-36
BT4-27
BT4-11
FC1-12
FC1-13
BT4-23
BT4-24
FC1-37 BT4-10
BTS8
RW RG
RG
RG
RG RG
BT4-13
FC1-2
FC5-16
CAS59
BT4-12
BTS7
R
BT40-1 BT40-2
RW
56
BT40
GO
G
GW
R
RU
GR
GO
11.4
09.1
RG
11
II
CAS81
OG
CA19-16
OG
BTS10
OG
BT4-18
OG
CA35-1
CA35-2
BT4-40
GB
CA31L
BB
CAS37
BT28R
BT20
B
FC15-59
I
RW
O
FC15-96
GUGU
CC1-3
CC1-16
BK
CCS5
BK
CC3R
RW
CC1-1CC1-2
BK
CCS4
BK
CC3L
FC7-12
FC7-11
14 CC1-9
NR
I
O
Y17.2
Y19.1
21.2 21.1
21.2 21.1
21.2 21.1
21.2 21.1
21.2 21.1
Exterior Lighting: Rear
Exterior Lighting: Rear Fig. 09.2
*NOTE: BT22L,
Premium ICE vehicles.
REVERSE
GEAR
LIGHTING
INDICATORS
INSTRUMENT PACK
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input activates general bulb failure output.
DIMMER CONTROL:
DIMMER OVERRIDE
REAR FOG
STATE
FRONT FOG
STATE
REAR FOG
FOG LAMP SWITCHES
HAZARD STATE
HAZARD
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DIRECTION
INDICATOR
SIDE
DIP
AUTO
SIDE
LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON
B+ (REVERSE LAMPS)
LIGHTING
CONTROL
BULB FAILURE
MONITORING
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
B+ LIGHTING 1
B+ LIGHTING 2
B+ HIGH CURRENT
LOGIC
LIGHTING
CONTROL
BULB FAILURE
MONITORING
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
STOP LAMP RELAY (#5)
SIDE MARKER AND
NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY (#3)
TRUNK FUSE BOX
SPLIT CHARGE CONTROL
REAR FOG LAMPS
TRAILER CONNECTED
TRAILER REVERSE
LAMPS CONTROL
TRAILER REVERSE
LAMPS B+
TRAILER REVERSE
LAMPS RELAY GROUND
NUMBER PLATE LAMPS
SIDE MARKER LAMPS
TRAILER STOP LAMP
TRAILER LH DI
TRAILER RH DI
TRAILER CONNECTOR
BRAKE SWITCH
HIGH-MOUNTED
STOP LAMP LEFT HAND:
SIDE MARKER
(NAS ONLY)
FOG
REVERSE
STOP
DI
TAIL
TAIL LAMP UNIT
NUMBER PLATE LAMP
RIGHT HAND:
NUMBER PLATE LAMP
DI
STOP
TAIL
REVERSE
FOG
TAIL LAMP UNIT
SIDE MARKER
(NAS ONLY)
FRONT SIDE LAMPS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
REAR VIEW MIRROR: MIRROR TINT
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
All Vehicles
REVERSE PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
WR
LF41-3
LF41-2
WR
LF42-3
LF42-2
38
II
39
II
42
II
LF41-1
LF42-1
GW
GW
LFS11
GW
FC5-31
GW
LFS8
LF18L
B
B
LFS16
LF19R
B
B
0
BK
FCS7
FC17L
BK
FC14-3
FC14-2
FC14-4
1
2
3
WR
203 Ω 187 Ω
LF3-27
GW
Headlamp Leveling
Headlamp Leveling Fig. 09.3
LEVELING SWITCH
FASCIA SWITCH PACK
SERVO
AMPLIFIER
LH HEADLAMP
LEVELING ACTUATOR
SERVO
AMPLIFIER
RH HEADLAMP
LEVELING ACTUATOR
Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
FC15-24
O
FC15-80
N
13
RW
FC15-41
DD3-6
DD3-7
1
DD10-14
DD11-20
O
I
DD10-1
NR
24
BK
CA36L
(CA33L)
B
G
PD10-1
NR
46
BK BK
DD10-8
DDS3
BK
CA33L
(CA36L)
PD10-8
CA8-8
PD3-6
PD3-7 PD11-20
I
GBK
PDS3
CA11-8
BK
BK
BK
GW B
RD14-1 RD14-2
FC15-101
ORW
FC15-74
ORW
RDS2
B
CA36R
(CA33R)
B
B+
B+
FC29L
B
FC15-104
NW
17
DD11-4
I
DD11-12
I
OY
GU
8DD3-10
DD3-12
DD3-11
NW
I
WU
FC15-15
I
WR
FC15-32
I
12
I
2
II
FC4-4FC4-5
BK
FCS7
FC17L
BK
FC15-67
I
O
I
I
I
NW
WG
RW
IC4-2 IC4-1FC1-6
RW
IC4-3
26
IIC20
B
IC1-11
IC1-12
WG
RW
CA5-2 CA5-1
CA5-3
27
ICA31L
B
WG
B
CAS37
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
CA53-2
CA53-8
CA53-3
CA53-4
B
CAS46
CA30L
FC5-5
NW
FC15-57
GR
I
FC5-8
GR
FC5-2
RW RW
CAS36
RW
RD10-14
O
NR
BK
CA36L
(CA33L) RD10-8
RD3-5
RD3-6 RD11-20
I
GBK
RDS1
CA14-4
CA14-3
BK
BK
B+
I
I
S
S
DD10-16
DD10-9
–
+
S
S
PD10-16
PD10-9
–
+
CA33R
LHD
RHD
B
46
24
RHD LHD
RHD LHD
RD10-1
Y
U–
+
RP10-14
O
BK
RP10-8
RP3-5
RP3-6 RP11-20
I
GBK
RPS1
CA16-4
CA16-3
BK
B
BK I
I
CA33L
(CA36L)
GW B
RP14-1 RP14-2 RPS2
B
CA33R
(CA36R)
B
GW B
DD14-1 DD14-2 CA10-3
DDS1
BB
CAS40
B
RD10-17
B
RP10-17
CA30R
B
DD10-17
PD10-14
O
B
I
GW B
PD14-1 PD14-2 CA12-3
PDS1
BB
PD10-17
FCS13
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RD10-9
RD10-16
S
S
NR
B+
RP10-1
Y
U–
+
RP10-9
RP10-16
S
S
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
CA70-2CA70-1
BRW
CA69-2CA69-1
BRW
FC34FC33
BRW
FC5-D
FC1-3
BTS22 BT46-2 BT46-1
BT47-2 BT47-1
FC1-29
RW
RW
RW
RW 11.2
FCS10
CAS46
CAS40
CA30L
B
CA33R
B
BT24*
RW
BT4-4
RW
BTS23
RW
BT29-1 BT29-2
BT29
RW
BTS24
RWBK RW
BT41-2 BT41-1
BTS18
BK
RHDLHD 45
23 RHDLHD
S
S
FC15-85
FC15-84
Y
U
–
+
21.221.1 SCP
SCP
CA10-1
NR
NR
CA12-1
CA33R
RHD
LHD
B
CAS40
B
CA30R
B
45
23
CA16-1
NR
CA14-1
NR
B
Y
U
Y
U
21.2 21.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.2 21.1
21.2 21.1
21.2 21.1
Interior Lighting; Garage Door Opener
Interior Lighting; Garage Door Opener Fig. 10.1
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input is used to
switch off interior lamps during
engine cranking.
IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH)
ILLUMINATION
ENABLE
B+ LIGHTING 2
B+ HIGH CURRENT
INTERIOR LAMPS
ON / OFF
FADE 1
FADE 2
INTERIOR
LIGHTING
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
LOCK
UNLOCK
KEY BARREL
DRIVER DOOR LOCK
SWITCHES
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
DOOR
LAMP
CONTROL
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP
DOOR
LAMP
CONTROL
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP
COURTESY
LAMPS
MAP LAMPS RIBBON
CONNECTOR
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
ROOF CONSOLE
COURTESY
READING
LH E-POST LAMP
COURTESY
READING
RH E-POST LAMP
MIRROR MOVEMENT
B+ SUPPLY
GLOVE BOX LAMP
LH VANITY LAMP
RH VANITY LAMP
LH TRUNK LAMP
RH TRUNK LAMP
TRUNK SWITCH
*NOTE: BT22L, Premium ICE vehicles.
DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH
DOOR
LAMP
CONTROL
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER REAR DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH
DOOR
LAMP
CONTROL
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP
All Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
FC23-7
FC23-4
O
I
B
FC29R
R
RW
FC23-3
WR
13
I
FC23-6
NW
Y
GG
UYUY
Y
RG
SC11-4
SC11-5
SC11-6
SC11-2
RW
RG
SC11-3
RW
SC3-8
SC3-11
SC3-10
SC3-9
G
UY
Y
RG
FC23-5
FC23-12
I
O
FC23-11
NW
11 FC23-10
B+
B+
FC23-9
CC27
-8
CC1
-10 CC1
-4
IC11
-20
IC11
-21
CC27
-9
FC23-2
ORU
FC23-1
ORU
FC23-8
OR
R
R
IC1
-1
RG
IC1
-2 RG
RGRG
RG
R
B
CC27
-7
CC1
-16
BK
BRD
R
FC3-1
FC3-2FC3-4
RG
B
FCS10
B
FC29L
RB
CA74-3 CA74-1
R
B
FC27-3 FC27-4
R
B
CA76 CA75-1
R
BK
PD1-4 PD1-2
R
CA47R
CA33L
(CA36L)
CC3R
CCS5
BKB
IC8
BK
PDS3
CA11-8
BK
I
I
O
SC2-9
BK
FC17R
BK
SCS1FCS28
BK
SC2-4
UY
SC2-3
RW RW
FCS9
RW
09.1
BK
SCS2
RW
SC2-1
YU
09.2
NW
FCS5 FCS31
FCS25
RG
FC7-19
RG
CCS9
FC24
-6 FC25
-21
RU RG
FC24
-16
B
FC29R
07.1
R
CC4-10
CC4-1CC4-5
RG
BK
CCS4
BK
CC3L
R
CC20-10
CC20-1CC20-5
RG
B
RG
FCS19
R
RB
FC14-5 FCS10 B
FC29L
FC14-6
CA19
-1
FC7-1
R
CCS8
CA19
-18
R
B
CC14-5 CC14-10
R
CCS15
B
CC2R
R
CA19-3 CAS13
FC5-48
R
R
RB
CA53-7 CA53-4
R
CAS46
B
CA30L
BK
DD1-20 DD1-24
R
DDS3
BK
CA36L
(CA33L)
R
CA8-6
CA8-8
BKR
BK
RD1-4 RD1-2
CA36L
(CA33L)
BK
RDS1
CA14-4
BK
R
BK
RP1-4 RP1-2
CA33L
(CA36L)
BK
RPS1
CA16-4
BK
CA11-6
CA46-1
CA45-1
R
R
R
12.5 R
12.9 12.8 R
R
CA224 -11
-12
-13
-17
-18
-15 -14 -16
RR
SP25-4 CA27-10
RBK
FC38-2 FC38-5
FC17R
FCS28
BK
R
R
CA47L
12.7
IC10
-6
Dimmer Controlled Lighting
Dimmer Controlled Lighting Fig. 10.2
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
DIMMER CONTROL
SIDE SIDE
LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR DIMMER MODULE
BPM:
SIDE LAMPS CONTROL
REAR SEAT SWITCHES:
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
(CIRCUITS CONTINUED)
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
ROOF CONSOLE
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
INSTRUMENT
PACK
ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
RADIO
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL PANEL
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
CENTRAL
LOCKING VALET LH SEAT
HEATER RH SEAT
HEATER TRACTION /
STABILITY HAZARD
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
FOG LAMP
SWITCHES
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
MODE SWITCH
(TRANSMISSION)
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
CRUISE CONTROL
ON / OFF SWITCH
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
TRIP COMPUTER
SWITCH PACK
FASCIA SWITCH PACK
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
CLOCK
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
FRONT
CIGAR LIGHTER
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
REAR
CIGAR LIGHTER
All Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
FC15-40
FC15-87
IWU
YU
FC15-11
I
YB
18 NR
YU
270 Ω
100 Ω
470 Ω
820 Ω
SC3-5
SC3-6
SC2-9
BK BK
SCS1
YB
SC3-7
BK
FCS28
FC17R
BK
FC15-93
Y
FC15-99
OUY
FC15-100
OBR
FC15-66
RU
FC15-78
OU
FC15-52
OBW
BK WU Y UY BR
WGWU K N R
FC49
-5 FC49
-3 FC49
-1 FC49
-6
BK
WU RU UBW
WGWU U G S
FC50
-6
FC50
-3 FC50
-4 FC50
-1 FC50
-8
FC49
-2
FCS17
I
I
RD11-5
I
O
RD11-13
I
WU
RD11-22
I
UY
DD11-2
U
DD1-3
DD1-13
DD1-2
DD1-14
DD10-1
NR
24 B+
FC15-41
RW I
1
FC15-91
FC15-90
SC9-1
SC9-3
SC9-7 SC9-5
O
O
O
FC15-80
N
13
FC15-32
WR
12
I
2
II
WU
FC15-15
FC15-102
N
38
B
FC15-25
FC29L
FCS10
B
FC4-4FC4-5
BK
FCS7
FC17L
BK
FC15-67
I
O
FC15-58
I
CC13-1
YBBK
CCS4
CC3L
CC13-3
YBBK
FC7-18
NR
BK BK
46 LHDRHD
DD1-1
NW
RD11-15
I
OG
DD1-15
DD3-6
DD3-7 DD11-20
I
BK
CA36L
(CA33L)
GBK BK
DD10-8
DDS3
CA8-8
BK
I
WU
OG
UY
O
NR B+
RD10-1
Y
U
–
+
RD10-9
RD10-16
S
S
SCP
SCP
RHD LHD
45 23
Y
U
–
+
DD10-9
DD10-16
S
S
SCP
SCP
WU
OG
UY
O
CA8-9
CA8-10
CA8-11
CA8-15
CA13-2
CA13-3
CA13-4
CA13-1
9
BK
RD10-8
BK
RD10-19
BK
RD11-7
I
I
I
RDS1 CA14-4
CA36L
(CA33L)
BK BK
CA10-1
NR
CA14-1
NR
I
Y
U
–
+
FC15-84
FC15-85
S
S
SCP
SCP
I
I
O
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
**
**
Steering Column Movement
Steering Column Movement Fig. 11.1
COLUMN JOY STICK
AUTO TILT SWITCH
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH)
NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH
NOTE: Memory switches –
driver memory seat vehicles only.
SET MEMORY
STATUS
MEMORY 1
MEMORY 2
MEMORY 3
MEMORY SET
MEMORY SWITCHES
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
B+ LOGIC
B+ COLUMN
STEERING
COLUMN
MOVEMENT
CONTROL
POWER
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
MEMORY
POSITIONS
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
**NOTE: Module identification.
STEERING COLUMN MOTORS
Powered Column Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
DD10-20
O
CA30R
WU
PD10-20
O
WU
DD10-22
O
DD10-4
O
OG
DD10-21
O
OY
DD10-3
OG
DD10-2
O
Y
PD10-22
Y
PD10-4
O
UY
PD10-21
O
RU
PD10-3
U
PD10-2
O
Y
B
BKWU O OG OY OG Y
WGWU K N U G S
DD8
-2
BKWU Y UY RU UY
WGWU K N U G S
PD8
-2
DD8
-6 DD8
-8 DD8
-3 DD8
-5 DD8
-10 DD8
-4 PD8
-6 PD8
-8 PD8
-3 PD8
-5 PD8
-10 PD8
-4
I
I
CA33L
(CA36L)
BK
PDS3
BK
PD10-8
BK
PD10-17
CA11-8
I
I
I
I
FC15-41
RW
I
1
FC15-80
N
13
FC15-32
WR
12
I
2
II
WU
FC15-15
FC15-58
I
CC13-1
YBBK
CCS4
CC3L
CC13-3
YBBK
FC7-18
RD11-5
I
O
RD11-13
I
WU
RD11-22
I
UY
DD11-2
U
DD1-3
DD1-13
DD1-2
DD1-14
DD10-1
NR
24
B+
46
LHDRHD
DD1-1
NW
RD11-15
I
OG
DD1-15
DD3-6
DD3-7 DD11-20
I
BK
CA36L
(CA33L)
G
BK
BK
DD10-8
DDS3
CA8-8
BK
I
WU
OG
UY
O
NR
B+
RD10-1
–
+
RD10-9
RD10-16
S
S
SCP
SCP
RHD LHD
45 23
–
+
DD10-9
DD10-16
S
S
SCP
SCP
WU
OG
UY
O
CA8-9
CA8-10
CA8-11
CA8-15
CA13-2
CA13-3
CA13-4
CA13-1
Y
U
–
+
FC15-84
FC15-85
S
S
SCP
SCP
21.221.1
9
BK
DD11-1
I
DDS1
CA10-3
B
CA30R
B
PDS1 CA12-3
BB
S
S
SCP
SCP
PD10-9
PD10-16
–
+
PD10-1
NR
24
B+
46
LHDRHD
FC15-101
RW
O
B+
10.1
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
FCS13
RWRW
B
DD10-17
I
I
I
I
I
I
–
+
FC24-11
FC24-24
C
C
CAN
CAN
S
S
21.2 21.1
Y
U
SCP
SCP
FC24-14
FC24-13
–
+
DD11-9
RG
DD11-17
YR
DD11-3
O
DD11-10
YR
DD11-13
OY
DD11-5
GB
DD1-17
DD1-16
DD1-7
DD1-5
DD1-8
DD1-18
DD1-4CA8-1FC5-14 (LHD)
FC1-40 (RHD)
BK
RD10-19
BK
RD10-8
BK
RD11-7
I
I
I
RDS1 CA14-4
CA36L
(CA33L)
BK BK
CA14-1
NR
CA10-1
NR
I
RHD
LHD
B
CAS40
B
B
CA33R
NR
CA12-1
LHD
RHD
B
CA33R
CAS40
B
B
I
I
O
G
Y
Y
U
Y
U
Y
U
21.221.1 21.2 21.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.2 21.1
21.221.1
21.2 21.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
**
**
Mirror Movement: Memory
Mirror Movement: Memory Fig. 11.2
NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH
INTERIOR LIGHTING
B+ SUPPLY
B+ LOGIC
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
VEHICLE
SPEED
REVERSE
GEAR
INSTRUMENT PACK
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
MOTORS PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR
MOTORS
MEMORY 1
MEMORY 2
MEMORY 3
MEMORY SET
SET MEMORY STATUS
MEMORY SWITCHES
MIRROR JOY STICK
DRIVER
PASSENGER
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
MEMORY
POSITIONS
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
**NOTE: Module identification.
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
MIRROR
CONTROL
MIRROR
COMMON
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
MIRROR
CONTROL
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
Memory Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
DD10-20
WU
PD10-20
WU
DD10-22
O
DD10-4
OOG
DD10-21
O
OY
DD10-3
OG
DD10-2
OY
PD10-22
Y
PD10-4
OUY
PD10-21
O
RU
PD10-3
U
PD10-2
OY
B
BKWU O OG OY OG Y
NGS
DD8
-2
BKWU Y UY RU UY
NGS
PD8
-2
DD8
-6 DD8
-8 DD8
-3 DD8
-5 DD8
-10 DD8
-4 PD8
-6 PD8
-8 PD8
-3 PD8
-5 PD8
-10 PD8
-4
CA33L
(CA36L)
BK
PDS3
BK
PD10-8
BK
PD10-17
CA11-8
I
I
FC15-41
RW I
1
FC15-80
N
13
FC15-32
WR
12
I
2
II WU
FC15-15
RD11-5
O
RD11-13
WU
RD11-22
UY
DD1-3
DD1-13
DD1-2
DD10-1
NR
24 B+
46 LHDRHD
RD11-15
OG
DD1-15
BK
BK DD10-8
DDS3
CA8-8
BK I
WU
OG
UY
O
WU
OG
UY
O
CA8-9
CA8-10
CA8-11
CA8-15
CA13-2
CA13-3
CA13-4
CA13-1
BK
DD11-1
I
DDS1
CA10-3
B
B
PDS1 CA12-3
B
PD10-1
NR
24 B+
46
LHDRHD
FC15-101
RW OB+
10.1
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
FCS13
RWRW
B
DD10-17
I
I
I
I
I
I
DD11-9
RG
DD11-17
YR
DD11-3
O
DD11-10
YR
DD11-13
OY
DD11-5
GB
DD1-17
DD1-16
DD1-7
DD1-5
DD1-8
DD1-18
DD1-4CA8-1FC5-14 (LHD)
FC1-40 (RHD)
–
+
DD10-9
DD10-16
S
S
–
+
FC15-84
FC15-85
S
S
S
S
PD10-9
PD10-16
–
+
NR
CA10-1
NR
CA12-1
CA30R
CA36L
(CA33L)
B
RHD
LHD
B
CAS40
B
B
CA33R
CA30R
BLHD
RHD
B
CA33R
CAS40
B
B
I
I
I
SCP
SCP
Y
USCP
SCP
21.221.1
SCP
SCP
Y
U
21.2 21.1
Y
U
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.2 21.1
Mirror Movement: Non-Memory
Mirror Movement: Non-Memory Fig. 11.3
INTERIOR LIGHTING
B+ SUPPLY
NOT USED
MIRROR JOY STICK
DRIVER
PASSENGER
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
B+ LOGIC
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
NOT USED
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
MIRROR
CONTROL
MIRROR
COMMON
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
MOTORS PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR
MOTORS
NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
NOT USED
MIRROR
CONTROL
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
Non-Memory Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
R
FC5-42
CAS50
FC15-72
O
FC15-80
N
13
YU
FC15-32
WR
12
I
2
II
WU
FC15-15
–
+
FC24-11
Y
FC24-24
G
C
C
CAN
CAN
S
S
21.121.2 U
Y
FC24-13
FC24-14
–
+
21.221.1
FC15-77
ORG
B
DD10-1
NR
24 B+
46 LHDRHD
BK
CA36L
(CA33L)
BK DD10-8
DDS3
CA8-8
BK I
DD11-1
I
DDS1
CA10-3
B
FC15-101
RW OB+
10.1
RW
RW
RW
RW
RW
FCS13
RW
RW
B
DD10-17
I
I
I
I
I
I
DD11-9
RG
DD11-17
YR
DD11-3
O
DD11-10
YR
DD11-13
OY
DD11-5
GB
DD1-17
DD1-16
DD1-7
DD1-5
DD1-8
DD1-18
DD1-4
CA8-1 FC5-14 (LHD)
FC1-40 (RHD)
Y
U
–
+
DD10-9
DD10-16
S
S
SCP
SCP
Y
U
–
+
FC15-84
FC15-85
S
S
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
RW
SC2-9
BK
FC17R
BK
SCS1FCS28
BK
SC2-4
UY
SC2-3
RW
UY
RWBK
SCS2
RW
SC2-1
YUYU I
I
FC15-42
FC15-16
32
33
35
34
CA60
3
2
5
1
4
CA60
8
7
10
6
9
YU
YR
RG
N
N
N
N
B
B
B
FC5-43
DD8-1
DD8-7
DD8-12
R
YR
YG
CA8-13
CA8-14
CA8-12
R
YR
YG
PD8-1
PD8-7
PD8-12
R
YR
YG
CA11-13
CA11-14
CA11-12
R
YR
YG
CAS41
CA224
-1
-2
-3
CAS35
CA55-3
CA55-5
CA55-2
CA55-1
CA55-4
YG
CA33R
B
CAS40
B
YU
FC1-11
YU
19
II WU
Y
BT4-8
Y
YU
RG
BK
CA10-1
CA30R
RHD
LHD
B
CAS40
B
B
CA33R
RW
FCS9
CA38R
09.2
I
I
I
NR
21.121.2 21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors
Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors Fig. 11.4
NOTE: Position Select Switch to neutral
to operate Fold-Back Mirrors.
(FOLD-OUT)
(FOLD-BACK)
MIRROR JOY STICK
DRIVER
NEUTRAL
PASSENGER
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
INTERIOR LIGHTING
B+ SUPPLY
DIP
SIDE
DIP
AUTO
SIDE
LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 09.1 and Fig. 09.2 for Lighting Circuit.
MIRROR
CONTROL
MIRROR
COMMON
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
B+ LOGIC
MIRROR
FOLD-BACK
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
VEHICLE
SPEED
REVERSE
GEAR
INSTRUMENT PACK
FOLD-BACK
RELAY
FOLD-OUT
RELAY
FOLD-BACK
MOTOR
MIRROR
TINT
FOLD-BACK
MOTOR
MIRROR
TINT
DRIVER DOOR
MIRROR
PASSENGER DOOR
MIRROR
MIRROR
TINT
AUTO
HEADLAMPS
INTERIOR
REAR VIEW MIRROR
REVERSE LAMPS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
All Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
SD5-16
WG
BK
CCS4
BK
CC3L
SD5-15
SD5-12
SD5-14
SD5-4
SD5-5
SD5-7
SD5-8
SD5-6
SD5-13
GU
SD5-9
O B
SD10-3
SD10-1
SD7-1 SD7-3 SD9-1 SD9-3
R
B
U
OY
SD10-2 CA23-4
BB
SD6
-6 SD11
-6 SD12
-6
SD6
-5 SD11
-5 SD12
-5
SD6
-2 SD11
-2 SD12
-2
SD6
-3 SD11
-3 SD12
-3
SD6
-1 SD11
-1 SD12
-1
UY YG WU WR R RU N UY YBWB W WB W WB GR
CC1-7 (LHD)
CC1-13 (RHD)
CC1-2
CC1-8 (LHD)
CC1-14 (RHD)
CC1-5
SD5-1
RD11-5
I
O
RD11-13
I
WU
RD11-22
I
UY
DD11-2
U
DD1-3
DD1-13
DD1-2
DD1-14
DD10-1
24
B+
–
+
FC24-11
Y
FC24-24
G
C
C
CAN
CAN
46
LHDRHD
DD1-1
NW
RD11-15
I
OG
DD1-15
WU
OG
UY
O
NR
B+
RD10-1
–
+
RD10-9
RD10-16
S
S
RHD LHD
45 23
–
+
DD10-9
DD10-16
S
S
WU
OG
UY
O
CA8-9
CA8-10
CA8-11
CA8-15
CA13-2
CA13-3
CA13-4
CA13-1
S
S
U
Y
SCP
SCP
FC24-13
FC24-14
–
+
9
BK
CA36L
(CA33L)
BK
DD10-8
DDS3
CA8-8
BK
I
FC15-41
RW
I
1
FC15-80
N
13
FC15-32
WR
12
I
2
II
WU
FC15-15
Y
U
–
+
FC15-84
FC15-85
S
S
SCP
SCP
21.221.1
17
II
560 Ω
I
O
FCS12 (LHD)
FCS14 (RHD)
O (LHD)
OY (RHD)
OG (LHD)
OY (RHD)
FC7-5 (LHD)
FC7-14 (RHD)
FC7-4 (LHD)
FC7-13 (RHD)
19
SD5-11
SD5-3
GW
G
OY
WB
W
WG
N
OG
RW
YR
B
O
U
–
+
SD3-10
SD3-9
S
S
SD3-6
I
SD3-8
I
SD1-13
I
SD1-14
I
SD1-12
I
SD1-11
I
SD1-16
I
SD1-15
I
SD1-9
I
SD1-10
I
SD3-2
I
BBB
CA25L
(CA26L)
CA23-4 SDS3
U
SD3-5
NR
28
B+
SD2-11
SD1-1
SD1-7
SD2-12
SD2-2
SD2-18
SD1-8
SD2-19
SD2-8
SD1-5
SD2-14
SD1-3
SD2-6
SD1-6
SD2-9
WU
GB
OG
GO
NG
G
GB
GW
UY
WB
N
GR
YB
R
WR
RU
YG
WB
UY
W
SD2-5
SD2-10
SD3-4
SD1-2
SD2-1
SD2-15
SD1-4
UY
NR
CA25L
(CA26L)
SDS3
CA23-3
NW
NW
SDS5
48 NW
SD4
-6 SD4
-5 SD4
-2 SD4
-3 SD4
-1
WU UY OGNR GB
SD13
-6 SD13
-5 SD13
-2 SD13
-3 SD13
-1
GGOGWNG GB
WU
SD3-3
SDS2
SDS1
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
I
I
I
I
I
FC15-69 (LHD)
FC15-17 (RHD)
FC15-86 (LHD)
FC15-35 (RHD)
O (LHD)
OY (RHD)
OG (LHD)
OY (RHD)
O (LHD)
OY (RHD)
O (LHD)
OY (RHD)
O (LHD)
OY RHD)
FC5-44 (LHD)
FC1-8 (RHD)
O
BK
RD10-8
BK
RD10-19
BK
RD11-7
I
I
I
RDS1 CA14-4
CA36L
(CA33L)
BK BK
LHD
7
RHD
SD3-1
I
BK
CA23-8 SDS4
BK
CA25R
(CA26R)
BK
CA14-1
NR
NR
CA10-1
NR
I
I
O
O
O
O
O
Y
U
SCP
SCP
Y
U
SCP
SCP
Y
U
SCP
SCP
21.121.2
SD14
3
1
5
2
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.121.121.2
(LHD – LH; RHD – RH)
**
**
**
Driver Seat: Memory
Driver Seat: Memory Fig. 12.1
SEAT HEATER
STATE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
SET MEMORY
STATUS
MEMORY 1
MEMORY 2
MEMORY 3
MEMORY SET
MEMORY SWITCHES
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
B+ LOGIC
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
**NOTE: Module identification.
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
MEMORY
POSITIONS
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
**NOTE: Module identification.
DRIVER SEAT MOTORS
DRIVER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
THERMOSTAT INNER OUTER
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS DRIVER SQUAB
HEATER
PRESSURE SWITCH
SOLENOID VALVE
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
VEHICLE
SPEED
INSTRUMENT PACK
Driver Memory Seat Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
SD5-16
SD5-15
SD5-12
SD5-14
SD5-4
SD5-5
SD5-7
SD5-8
SD5-6
SD5-13
NP
SD5-9
OR B
SD10-3
SD10-1
SD7-1 SD7-3 SD9-1 SD9-3
R
B
U
OY
SD10-2 CA23-4
BB
SD6
-3 SD11
-3 SD12
-3
SD6
-1 SD11
-1 SD12
-1
YG WU R RU UY YB
SD5-1
RD11-5
O
RD11-13
WU
RD11-22
UY
DD11-2
U
DD1-3
DD1-13
DD1-2
DD1-14
RD11-15
OG
DD1-15
WU
OG
UY
O
WU
OG
UY
O
CA8-9
CA8-10
CA8-11
CA8-15
CA13-2
CA13-3
CA13-4
CA13-1
FC15-41
RW
I
1
FC15-80
N
13
FC15-32
WR
12
I
2
II
WU
FC15-15
Y
U
–
+
FC15-84
FC15-85
S
S
SCP
SCP
21.1 21.2
I
O
19
SD5-11
SD5-3
GW
G
OY
WB
W
WG
N
OG
RW
YR
B
O
U
Y
U
–
+
SD3-10
SD3-9
S
S
SCP
SCP
SD3-6
I
SD3-8
I
SD1-13
I
SD1-14
I
SD1-12
I
SD1-11
I
SD1-16
I
SD1-15
I
SD1-9
I
SD1-10
I
U
SD3-5
B+
SD1-1
SD1-7
SD1-8
SD1-5
SD1-3
SD1-6
OG
GO
GW
UY
YB
R
RU
YG
SD3-4
SD1-2
SD1-4
UY
CA25L
(CA26L)
SDS3
NW
NW
SDS5
48 NW
SD4
-3 SD4
-1
UY OG
SD13
-3 SD13
-1
GO GW
WU
SD3-3
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
WG
BK
CCS4
BK
CC3L
CC1-7 (LHD)
CC1-13 (RHD)
CC1-2
CC1-8 (LHD)
CC1-14 (RHD)
CC1-5
17
II
560 Ω
FCS12 (LHD)
FCS14 (RHD)
O (LHD)
OY (RHD)
OG (LHD)
OY (RHD)
FC7-5 (LHD)
FC7-14 (RHD)
FC7-4 (LHD)
FC7-13 (RHD)
FC15-69 (LHD)
FC15-17 (RHD)
FC15-86 (LHD)
FC15-35 (RHD)
O (LHD)
OY (RHD)
OG (LHD)
OY (RHD)
O (LHD)
OY (RHD)
CA23-3
O (LHD)
OY RHD)
O (LHD)
OY RHD)
FC5-44 (LHD)
FC1-8 (RHD)
O
SD3-2
I
BBB
CA25L
(CA26L)
CA23-4 SDS3
NR
28
LHD
7
RHD
SD3-1
I
BK
CA23-8 SDS4
BK
CA25R
(CA26R)
BK
I
I
SD14
3
1
5
2
21.1 21.2
21.1 21.2
21.1 21.2
(LHD – LH; RHD – RH)
**
Driver Seat: 5-Way Powered
Driver Seat: 5-Way Powered Fig. 12.2
SEAT HEATER
STATE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
NOT USED
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
B+ LOGIC
SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
**NOTE: Module identification.
NOT USED
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
NOT USED
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEAT MOTORS
DRIVER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
THERMOSTAT INNER OUTER
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS DRIVER SQUAB
HEATER
PRESSURE SWITCH
SOLENOID VALVE
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
Driver 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
SD17-4
SD17-5
GU
SD17-9
B
SD7-1 SD7-3 SD9-1 SD9-3
ROY
CA23-4
BB
RD11-5
O
RD11-13
WU
RD11-22
UY
DD11-2
U
DD1-3
DD1-13
DD1-2
DD1-14
RD11-15
OG
DD1-15
WU
OG
UY
O
WU
OG
UY
O
CA8-9
CA8-10
CA8-11
CA8-15
CA13-2
CA13-3
CA13-4
CA13-1
FC15-41
RW I
1
FC15-80
N
13
FC15-32
WR
12
I
2
II
WU
FC15-15
I
O
19
U
CA25L
(CA26L)
SDS3
NW
NW
SDS5
48 NW
SD16-1
SD16-3
OG
UY
WG
BK
CCS4
BK
CC3L
CC1-7 (LHD)
CC1-13 (RHD)
CC1-2
CC1-8 (LHD)
CC1-14 (RHD)
CC1-5
17
II
560 Ω
FCS12 (LHD)
FCS14 (RHD)
O (LHD)
OY RHD)
OG (LHD)
OY (RHD)
FC7-5 (LHD)
FC7-14 (RHD)
FC7-4 (LHD)
FC7-13 (RHD)
FC15-69 (LHD)
FC15-17 (RHD)
FC15-86 (LHD)
FC15-35 (RHD)
O (LHD)
OY RHD)
OG (LHD)
OY (RHD)
O (LHD)
OY RHD)
CA23-3
O (LHD)
OY RHD)
O (LHD)
OY RHD)
FC5-44 (LHD)
FC1-8 (RHD)
B
B
B
B
NR
NR
28 NR
SDS1
OY
UY
O
LHD
7
RHD
I
I
SD18
5
1
3
2
4
SD18
10
6
8
7
9
SD14
3
1
5
2
(LHD – LH; RHD – RH)
Driver Seat: Raise / Lower
Driver Seat: Raise / Lower Fig. 12.3
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
SEAT RAISE
RELAY
SEAT LOWER
RELAY
DRIVER SEAT MOTOR
SEAT HEATER
STATE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
B+ LOGIC
SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
DRIVER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
THERMOSTAT INNER OUTER
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS DRIVER SQUAB
HEATER
NOT USED
NOT USED
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
NOT USED
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
Driver Raise / Lower Seat Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
SP5-16
SP5-15
SP5-12
SP5-14
SP5-4
SP5-5
SP5-7
SP5-8
SP5-6
SP5-13
NG
SP5-9
OR B
SP10-3
SP10-1
SP7-1 SP7-3 SP9-1 SP9-3
RB
U
OY
SP10-2 CA27-4
BB
SP6
-3 SP11
-3 SP12
-3
SP6
-1 SP11
-1 SP12
-1
WR WU R RU WU YB
SP5-1
I
Y
U
–
+
FC15-84
FC15-85
S
S
SCP
SCP
21.221.1
I
O
36
SP5-11
SP5-3
GW
GO
OY
UY
W
WG
RW
G
Y
N
B
O
U
Y
U
–
+
SP3-10
SP3-9
S
S
SCP
SCP
SP3-6
I
SP3-8
I
SP1-13
I
SP1-14
I
SP1-12
I
SP1-11
I
SP1-16
I
SP1-15
I
SP1-9
I
SP1-10
I
SP3-2
I
B
SP3-5
NR
B+
SP1-1
SP1-7
SP1-8
SP1-5
SP1-3
SP1-6
OG
GO
GW
WU
YB
R
RU
WR
SP3-4
SP1-2
SP1-4
UY
CA26L
(CA25L)
SPS3
NW
NW
SPS5
48 NW
SP4
-3 SP4
-1
UY OG
SP13
-3 SP13
-1
GO GW
WU
SP3-3
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
FC15-41
RW
1
FC15-80
N
13
FC15-32
WR
12
I
2
II
WU
FC15-15
WG
BK
CCS4
BK
CC3L
CC1-13 (LHD)
CC1-7 (RHD)
CC1-2
CC1-14 (LHD)
CC1-8 (RHD)
CC1-5
17
II
560 Ω
FCS14 (LHD)
FCS12 (RHD)
OY (LHD)
O (RHD)
OY (LHD)
OG (RHD)
FC7-14 (LHD)
FC7-5 (RHD)
FC7-13 (LHD)
FC7-4 (RHD)
FC15-17 (LHD)
FC15-69 (RHD)
FC15-35 (LHD)
FC15-86 (RHD)
OY (LHD)
O (RHD)
OY (LHD)
OG (RHD)
OY (LHD)
O (RHD)
CA27-3
OY (LHD)
O RHD)
OY (LHD)
O RHD)
FC1-8 (LHD)
FC5-44 (RHD)
OY (LHD)
O RHD)
28
LHD
7
RHD
I
I
SP14
3
1
5
2
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
(LHD – LH; RHD – RH)
Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered
Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered Fig. 12.4
SEAT HEATER
STATE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK
B+ LOGIC
SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
THERMOSTAT INNER OUTER
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS PASSENGER SQUAB
HEATER
PRESSURE SWITCH
SOLENOID VALVE
PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
Passenger 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
SP5-16
SP5-15
SP5-12
SP5-14
SP5-4
SP5-5
SP5-7
SP5-8
SP5-6
SP5-13
NG
SP5-9
O B
SP10-3
SP10-1
SP7-1 SP7-3 SP9-1 SP9-3
RB
U
OY
SP10-2 CA27-4
BB
SP6
-3 SP11
-3 SP12
-3
SP6
-1 SP11
-1 SP12
-1
WR WU R RU WU YB
SP5-1
I
Y
U
–
+
FC15-84
FC15-85
S
S
SCP
SCP
21.221.1
I
O
36
SP5-11
SP5-3
GW
GO
OY
UY
W
WG
RW
G
Y
N
B
O
U
Y
U
–
+
SP3-10
SP3-9
S
S
SCP
SCP
SP3-6
I
SP3-8
I
SP1-13
I
SP1-14
I
SP1-12
I
SP1-11
I
SP1-16
I
SP1-15
I
SP1-9
I
SP1-10
I
SP3-2
I
B
SP3-5
NR
B+
SP1-1
SP1-7
SP1-8
SP1-5
SP1-3
SP1-6
OG
GO
GW
WU
YB
R
RU
WR
SP3-4
SP1-2
SP1-4
UY
CA26L
(CA25L)
SPS3
NW
NW
SPS5
49 NW
SP4
-3 SP4
-1
UY OG
SP13
-3 SP13
-1
GO GW
WU
SP3-3
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
FC15-41
RW
1
FC15-80
N
13
FC15-32
WR
12
I
2
II
WU
FC15-15
WG
BK
CCS4
BK
CC3L
CC1-13 (LHD)
CC1-7 (RHD)
CC1-2
CC1-14 (LHD)
CC1-8 (RHD)
CC1-5
17
II
560 Ω
FCS14 (LHD)
FCS12 (RHD)
OY (LHD)
O (RHD)
OY (LHD)
OG (RHD)
FC7-14 (LHD)
FC7-5 (RHD)
FC7-13 (LHD)
FC7-4 (RHD)
FC15-17 (LHD)
FC15-69 (RHD)
FC15-35 (LHD)
FC15-86 (RHD)
OY (LHD)
O (RHD)
OY (LHD)
OG (RHD)
OY (LHD)
O (RHD)
CA27-3
OY (LHD)
O RHD)
OY (LHD)
O RHD)
FC1-8 (LHD)
FC5-44 (RHD)
SP19-1
SP19-6
SP19-10
SP19-7SP19-9
RW
RW
NG
BR
SP20-1
SP20-6
SP20-10
SP20-7SP20-9
RW
RW
NG
BR
NG
SP25-5
SP25-9
NG
NG
SPS7
PPS1
R
10.2
RW
G
Y
N
SPS9
SPS11
SPS10
SPS8
SP25-1
SP25-2
SP25-7
SP25-6
N
Y
G
RW
OY (LHD)
O RHD)
28
LHD
7
RHD
SP25-3
SP25-8
B
B
I
I
SP14
3
1
5
2
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
(LHD – LH; RHD – RH)
Passengers Seat: 5-Way Powered / LWB
Passengers Seat: 5-Way Powered / LWB Fig. 12.5
SEAT HEATER
STATE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK
PASSENGER SEAT
FORE / AFT REAR SWITCH
PASSENGER SEAT
RECLINE REAR SWITCH
DIMMER
CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
B+ LOGIC
SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
THERMOSTAT INNER OUTER
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS PASSENGER SQUAB
HEATER
PRESSURE SWITCH
SOLENOID VALVE
PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
LWB Powered Rear Seat Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
FC15-41
RW I
1
FC15-80
N
13
FC15-32
WR
12
I
2
II
WU
FC15-15
I
O
WG
BK
CCS4
BK
CC3L
CC1-7
CC1-2
CC1-8
CC1-5
17
II
560 Ω
FCS12
O
OG
FC7-5
FC7-4
FC15-69
FC15-86
O
OG
O
O
FC5-44
O
SP7-1 SP7-3 SP9-1 SP9-3
ROY
CA27-4
BB
CA26L (LHD)
CA25L (RHD)
NW
NW
SPS5
49 NW
CA27-3
OYOY
FC1-8
CC1-13
CC1-14
560 Ω
I
O
FCS14
OY
OY
FC7-14
FC7-13
FC15-17
FC15-35
OY
OY
OY
I
I
(LHD)
(RHD)
SP14
3
1
5
2
O
Heaters Only Front Passenger Seat
Heaters Only Front Passenger Seat Fig. 12.6
SEAT HEATER
STATE
LH SEAT
SEAT HEATER
STATE
RH SEAT
SEAT HEATER SWITCHES
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
B+ LOGIC
SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
THERMOSTAT INNER OUTER
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS PASSENGER SQUAB
HEATER
Heaters Only Front Passenger Seat Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
BS6-3
BS1-11
O
I
BS2-6
NW
WU
Y
BS2-12
NW
BS2-4
NR
B+
B+
B
BS2-5
CA39L
OY
BX4-2
BS4-7
BS4-6
OY
UY
NW
BC3-1
BC3-6
BC3-10
Y
BS4-17
BS4-16
Y
Y
NW
BC8-1
BC8-6
BC8-10
BS4-8
BS4-9
YG
Y
NW
BC4-1
BC4-6
BC4-10
BS4-12
BS4-13
RW
RW
NW
BC6-1
BC6-6
BC6-10
BS4-11
BS4-10
RW
RW
NW
BC5-1
BC5-6
BC5-10
BS4-14
BS4-15
GW
GW
NW
BC7-1
BC7-6
BC7-10
BB4-2BB4-3
BB4-1
BB3-1 BB3-3BS22-1 BS22-3
OG
OY
WU UY GW GO
OY
OG
BS5-5
BS5-6
BS5-3 BS5-4
BS21-1 BS21-3 BX3-1 BX3-3
BX4-3
BX4-1
BS3-3 BS3-4
BS3-6
B
B
57
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
R
B
BC8-9
BC8-7
BS7-19
I
OY
R
B
BC3-9
BC3-7
R
B
BC4-9
BC4-7
R
B
BC6-9
BC6-7
R
B
BC5-9
BC5-7
R
B
BC7-9
BC7-7
BS7-18
I
UY
BS7-16
I
YG
BS7-17
I
Y
BS7-20
I
RW
BS7-8
I
RW
BS7-10
I
RW
BS7-9
I
RW
BS7-14
I
GW
BS7-15
I
GW
R
BCS2
10.2
R
R
CA109-12
BS4-18
BCS1
B
B
BS1-22
B
BS1-12
B
BS6-9
B
BS1-10
B
BS2-3
CA39R
B
B
CA109-8
CA109-9
I
I
RW UY GW GO
BS6-4
O
UY
BS6-5
O
GW
BS6-6
O
GO
BS6-8
O
RW
BS6-7
O
UY
BS6-11
O
GW
BS6-12
O
GR
58 OYNW
B
BS3-5
OY
OY
BS6-1
BS6-2
BS6-10
O
O
O
B
CA38L
CA109-3
B
BSS5
BS4-3
B
BXS1
BBS1
BS3-2BS5-2
B
B
BB
BS10
8
6
10
7
Rear Seats: Powered
Rear Seats: Powered Fig. 12.7
LOCATE
LH LUMBAR SWITCH
LOCATE
LH FORE / AFT SWITCH
LOCATE
LH HEADREST SWITCH
LOCATE
RH LUMBAR SWITCH
LOCATE
RH FORE / AFT SWITCH
LOCATE
RH HEADREST SWITCH
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
B+ LUMBAR
LH LUMBAR
INFLATE CIRCUIT
REAR SEAT CONTROL
MODULE
NOTE: Wires used only for
mechanical strength.
LH REAR SEAT RH REAR SEAT
LH LUMBAR
DEFLATE RELAY
SOLENOID VALVE
PRESSURE SWITCH
LH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
SOLENOID VALVE
PRESSURE SWITCH
RH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
LWB / Powered Rear Seat Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
RNR
R
BX1-1 BX1-3 BX5-1 BX5-3
RU B
U
WU B
RUNR
OG
WU B
R
BB1-1 BB1-3 BB5-1 BB5-3
RU BRU
BC1-7
BC1-10
BC1-1
B
U
BC2-7
BC2-10
BC2-1
B
OG
BS3-2
BSS5
B
B
BSS2
BSS4
R
RU
BS3-1
R
BS5-1 BS5-2
B
B
42
43
20
II
21
II
BCS2
R
R
R
10.2
CA109-12
R
BC1-9
BC2-9
CA109-3
CA38L
BS8-3 BS8-1
BS8-4 BS8-5
BS8-2
BS9-3 BS9-1
BS9-4 BS9-5
BS9-2
BS4-1
BS4-4
R
RU
BS4-2
BS4-5
BCS1
B
BS4-3
B
BXS1
B
B
BBS1
BS4-18
R
Rear Seat Heaters: Powered Rear Seats
Rear Seat Heaters: Powered Rear Seats Fig. 12.8
DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
TIMER
LH REAR SEAT
HEATER TIMER
TIMER
RH REAR SEAT
HEATER TIMER
STATE
LOCATE
LH REAR SEAT
HEATER SWITCH
STATE
LOCATE
RH REAR SEAT
HEATER SWITCH
LH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER LH REAR SEAT SQUAB
HEATER
RH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER RH REAR SEAT SQUAB
HEATER
Powered / Heated Rear Seat Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
RNR
R
BX1-1 BX1-3 BX5-1 BX5-3
RU B
U
WU B
RUNR
OG
WU B
R
BB1-1 BB1-3 BB5-1 BB5-3
RU BRU
BC1-5
BC1-10
BC1-4
B
U
BC2-5
BC2-10
BC2-4
B
OG
BS13-3
BSS5
B
B
BSS2
BSS4
R
RU
BS13-1
BC1-6
B
R
BS15-1
BC2-6
B
BS15-3
B
B
42
43
22
II
23
II
BSS6
R
R
R
10.2
CA109-12
R
BC1-9
BC2-9
CA109-3
CA38L
BS8-3 BS8-1
BS8-4 BS8-5
BS8-2
BS9-3 BS9-1
BS9-4 BS9-5
BS9-2
R
R
RU
R
BS11-5
BS11-6
BS12-5
BS12-6
BS11-10
BS11-9
BS12-10
BS12-9
BS11-4
BS12-4
B
B
B
B
Rear Seat Heaters
Rear Seat Heaters Fig. 12.9
DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
TIMER
LH REAR SEAT
HEATER TIMER
TIMER
RH REAR SEAT
HEATER TIMER
STATE
LOCATE
STATE
LOCATE
LH REAR SEAT
HEATER SWITCH
RH REAR SEAT
HEATER SWITCH
LH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER LH REAR SEAT SQUAB
HEATER
RH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER RH REAR SEAT SQUAB
HEATER
Heaters Only Rear Seat Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
B
YU
FC15-55
I
YR
YG
NW
CA31L
CAS37
BK
DD3-9DD3-8
DD3-3
DD3-1
Y
YB
YR
CA36L
(CA33L)
DDS3
CA8-8
BK
BK
29
B
FC15-71
O
FC15-80
N13
RW
FC15-41 1
DD10-1
NR
24
PD10-1
NR
46
B+
B+
B+
DD11-4
I
DD11-12
I
OY
GU
8DD3-10
DD3-12
DD3-11
NW
I
WU
FC15-15
I
WR
FC15-32
I12
I
2
II
FC4-4FC4-5
BK
FCS7
FC17L
BK
FC15-67
I
O
NR
BK
CA36L
(CA33L)
IRDS1 CA14-4
BKBK
B+
S
S
DD10-16
DD10-9
Y
U
–
+
S
S
PD10-16
PD10-9
–
+
46
24
RHD LHD
RHD LHD
RD10-1
Y
U–
+
PD10-5
O
RD10-9
RD10-16
S
S
B+
RP10-1
–
+
RP10-9
RP10-16
S
S
RHDLHD 45
23 RHDLHD
S
S
FC15-85
FC15-84
Y
U
–
+
21.221.1 SCP
SCP
10
II
W
FC15-33
I
YU
CC1-6CC1-2
BK
FC7-16
BI
CA33R
LHD
RHD
B
CA10-3 DDS1
BB
CAS40
B
CA30R
B
DD10-17
FC15-63
I
YG
CC1-15CC1-16
BK
CCS5
BK
CC3R
FC7-15
FC15-58
I
CC13-1
YBBK
CCS4
CC3L
CC13-3
YB
BK
FC7-18
DD10-5
O
DD10-6
PD10-6
FC15-5
I
YR
FC14-1FC14-4
BK
FCS7
BK
FC17L
BI
CA12-3 PDS1
BB
PD10-17
RD10-8
IBK
RD10-19
IBK
RD11-7
NW 53
BT24*
IBTS18
BK
B+
BT1-15
Y
U–
+
BT1-16
BT1-8
S
S
SCP
SCP
BT1-14
IBK
BT1-13
BTS24
RW
BT41-1 BT41-2
I
BT2-5
RW BK
RG
BT42-1 BT42-2
I
BT2-3
BK
YR
BT2-19
YU
BT2-7
OY
BT1-2
O
BT1-10
O
BT1-1
RD10-6
RD10-5
O
O
RP10-6
RP10-5
O
O
BT6-2
BRD
BT6-1
W
I
B
BT34
BT33
-1 BT33
-2
BK
PD3-9PD3-8
PD3-3
PD3-1
Y
YB
YU
CA33L
(CA36L)
PDS3
CA11-8
BK
BK
YG
DD3-2
YG
PD3-2
O
O
YR
FC1-47
CAS16
NW
NW
RD3-2
Y
RD3-3
YB
RD3-1
RP3-2
Y
RP3-3
YB
RP3-1
CA223
-12
-13
-14
-15
YG
CA8-4
YG
CA11-4
YG
CA45-4
YG
CA46-4
YG
YG
CA11-5
CA8-5
BT4-38
BT4-39
YR
YU
O
O
NG
NG
51
NG
BTS27
BT23
3
2
5
1
4
BT23
8
7
10
6
9
OY
O
B
B
YR
BW
B
B
O
I
I
BT28L
BTS19 B
B
BT43-1
BT16-1
BT16-2
BT43-2
-11
DD3-6
DD3-7 DD11-20
I
BK
CA36L
(CA33L)
GBK BK
DD10-8
DDS3
CA8-8
BK
I
BK
CA33L
(CA36L)
PD10-8
PD3-6
PD3-7 PD11-20
I
GBK
PDS3
CA11-8
BK
BK I
RD3-5 RD3-6
BK
IG
RD11-20
RDS2
B
CA36R
(CA33R)
B
CA14-3
I
RD10-17
B
BK
CA33L
(CA36L)
IRPS1 CA16-4
BKBK
RP10-8
RP3-5 RP3-6
BK
IG
RP11-20
CA16-3
B
IRPS2
B
CA33R
(CA36R)
B
RP10-17
YG
NR
NR
CA10-1
CA12-1
CA33R
RHD
LHD
B
B
CAS40
B
CA30R
B
CA14-1 23
NR
NR
CA16-1
NR 45
BK
CA50
8
7
10
6
9
SCP
SCP
Y
USCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
Y
U
SCP
SCP 21.121.2
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.121.2
21.121.2
21.121.2
21.121.2
21.121.2
**
**
Central Door Locking: ROW
Central Door Locking: ROW Fig. 13.1
IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH)
CENTRAL LOCKING
SWITCH
VALET SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH
TRUNK RELEASE
SWITCH
FASCIA SWITCH PACK
(INERTIA
SWITCH)
CENTRAL
LOCKING
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
LOCK
UNLOCK
KEY BARREL
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DOOR LOCKING
RELAY
LOCK STATUS
DRIVER DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
LOCK STATUS
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
FUEL FILLER FLAP
LOCK ACTUATOR FUEL FILLER FLAP
LOCK RELAY
FUEL FILLER FLAP
UNLOCK RELAY
TRUNK RELEASE
ACTUATOR
DRIVER REAR DOOR
LOCK ACTUATOR
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
LOCK ACTUATOR
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
KEY FOB
ANTENNA
TRUNK SWITCH
TRUNK RELEASE
SWITCH
*NOTE: BT22L,
Premium ICE vehicles.
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
**NOTE: Module identification.
DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH
ROW Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
B
YU
FC15-55
I
YR
YG
NW
CA31L
CAS37
BK
DD3-9DD3-8
DD3-3
Y
YR
CA36L
DDS3
CA8-8
BK
BK
29
B
FC15-71
O
FC15-80
N13
RW
FC15-41 1
DD10-1
NR
24
PD10-1
NR
46
B+
B+
B+
DD11-4
I
DD11-12
I
OY
GU
8DD3-10
DD3-12
DD3-11
NW
I
WU
FC15-15
I
WR
FC15-32
I12
I
2
II
FC4-4FC4-5
BK
FCS7
FC17L
BK
FC15-67
I
O
NR
BK
CA36L
IRDS1 CA14-4
BKBK
B+
S
S
DD10-16
DD10-9
–
+
S
S
PD10-16
PD10-9
–
+
RD10-1
–
+
PD10-5
O
RD10-9
RD10-16
S
S
NR
B+
RP10-1
Y
U–
+
RP10-9
RP10-16
S
S
SCP
SCP
S
S
FC15-85
FC15-84
Y
U
–
+
21.221.1 SCP
SCP
10
II
W
FC15-33
I
YU
CC1-6CC1-2
BK
FC7-16
BI
CA10-3 DDS1
BB
CA30R
DD10-17
FC15-63
I
YG
CC1-15CC1-16
BK
CCS5
BK
CC3R
FC7-15
FC15-58
I
CC13-1
YBBK
CCS4
CC3L
CC13-3
YB
BK
FC7-18
DD10-5
O
FC15-5
I
YR
FC14-1FC14-4
BK
FCS7
BK
FC17L
BI
CA12-3 PDS1
BB
CA33R
PD10-17
RD10-8
IBK
RD10-19
IBK
RD11-7
NW 53
IBTS18
BK
B+
BT1-15
Y
U–
+
BT1-16
BT1-8
S
S
BT1-14
IBK
BT1-13
BTS24
RW
BT41-1 BT41-2
I
BT2-5
RW BK
RG
BT42-1 BT42-2
I
BT2-3
BK
YR
BT2-19
YU
BT2-7
OY
BT1-2
O
BT1-10
O
BT1-1
RD10-5
O
RP10-5
O
BT6-2
BRD
BT6-1
W
I
B
BT34
BT33
-1 BT33
-2
BK
PD3-9PD3-8
PD3-3
Y
YU
CA33L
PDS3
CA11-8
BK
BK
YG
DD3-2
YG
PD3-2
YR
FC1-47
CAS16
NW
NW
RD3-2
Y
RD3-3
RP3-2
Y
RP3-3
CA223
-12
-13
-14
-15
YG
CA8-4
YG
CA11-4
YG
CA45-4
YG
CA46-4
YG
YG
CA11-5
CA8-5
BT4-38
BT4-39
YR
YU
O
O
NG
NG
51
NG
BTS27
BT23
3
2
5
1
4
BT23
8
7
10
6
9
OY
O
B
B
YR
BW
B
B
O
I
I
BT28L
BTS19 B
B
BT43-1
BT16-1
BT16-2
BT43-2
-11
DD3-6
DD3-7 DD11-20
I
BK
CA36L
GBK BK
DD10-8
DDS3
CA8-8
BK
I
BK
CA33L
PD10-8
PD3-6
PD3-7 PD11-20
I
G
BK
PDS3
CA11-8
BK
BK I
RD3-5 RD3-6
BK
IG
RD11-20
RDS2
B
CA36R
B
CA14-3
I
RD10-17
B
BK
CA33L
IRPS1 CA16-4
BKBK
RP10-8
RP3-5 RP3-6
BK
IG
RP11-20
CA16-3
B
IRPS2
B
CA33R
B
RP10-17
YG
CA10-1
CA12-1
NR
NR
23
45
CA14-1
NR
CA16-1
NR
BK
CA50
8
7
10
6
9
BT24*
CAS40
B
Y
USCP
SCP
Y
USCP
SCP
Y
U
SCP
SCP
21.2 21.1
SCP
SCP
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.2 21.1
21.2 21.1
21.2 21.1
21.2 21.1
21.2 21.1
**
**
Central Door Locking: NAS
Central Door Locking: NAS Fig. 13.2
IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH)
CENTRAL LOCKING
SWITCH
VALET SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK
NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH
TRUNK RELEASE
SWITCH
FASCIA
SWITCH PACK
(INERTIA
SWITCH)
CENTRAL
LOCKING
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
LOCK
UNLOCK
KEY BARREL
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DOOR LOCKING
RELAY
LOCK STATUS
DRIVER DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
LOCK STATUS
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
FUEL FILLER FLAP
LOCK ACTUATOR FUEL FILLER FLAP
LOCK RELAY
FUEL FILLER FLAP
UNLOCK RELAY
TRUNK RELEASE
ACTUATOR
DRIVER REAR DOOR
LOCK ACTUATOR
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
LOCK ACTUATOR
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
KEY FOB
ANTENNA
TRUNK SWITCH
TRUNK RELEASE
SWITCH
*NOTE: BT22L,
Premium ICE vehicles.
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
**NOTE: Module identification.
DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH
NAS Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
FC15-43
O
FC15-80
N
13
WG
FC15-104
NW
17
NG
#7 30A
3
1
5
2
5YR
LF6-1
LF6-10
FC15-9
I
GU
FC15-37
I
GR
FC15-15
WU
2
II
WU
5
II
WU
GU
GO
GO
GR
FC15-34
I
GO
FC15-94
I
GW
FC15-26
OYG
FC15-6
Y
FC15-18
OYB YB
LF3-23
SC1-7
SC1-5
SC1-6
SC1-8SC1-9
LF43-1LF43-2
B
LF19L
LF44-1LF44-2
B
LFS15
B
LF44-3
LF3-31
LF3-D
YG
Y
EM33-4
B
RW
EM33-2
EM33-3
EM33-1
N
WG
WG
NG
WG
NG
B
BG
U
R
R
U
B
LF18
LFS10
RW
EM51-4
EM51-3
EM3-4
R
U
NLG
BW
BR
B
EM17
EMS11
LF3-24
WG
FC15-19
OBG
LF3-25
BG
FC15-60
RW
I
5
560 Ω
1.3 ΚΩ
2.7 ΚΩ
5.1 ΚΩ
11 ΚΩ
51 ΚΩ
I
I
FC15-16
RW
SC2-9
BK
FC17R
BK
SCS1FCS28
BK
SC2-4
UY
SC2-3
RW RW
FCS9
RW
10.2
I
BK
SCS2
RW
SC2-1
YU
YB
FC5-25
FC5-47
FC5-F
YG
Y
71
NG
LFS2
FC5-26
FC5-27
FCS43
FCS42
FCS41
FCS40
EMS50
GU
GR
GO
GW
EM72-4
EM72-3
EM72-9
EM72-5 EM2-2
EM3-14
EM3-6
EM3-13
RW
EM72-1
R
EM72-7
G
EM72-2
W
EM72-12
BK
R
G
W
R
G
W
EM3-15FC1-1
EM3-16FC1-41
EM3-17FC1-43
CA55-7
CA55-8
CA55-6
GU
GR
GO
GW
BK
EMS36
EM72-6
WG
34
II
EM8L
EM72-11
GU
GR
GO
GW
LF11
3
1
5
2
4
LF12
3
1
5
2
4
Wash / Wipe System
Wash / Wipe System Fig. 14.1
RAIN SENSOR
NO CODES
INTERIOR
REAR VIEW MIRROR
RAIN SENSING MODULE
WASH
FAST WIPE
SLOW WIPE
FLICK WIPE
INTERMITTENT
WIPE
DELAY
WASH / WIPE STALK
DIP
SIDE
DIP
AUTO
SIDE
LIGHTING STALK
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON
B+ LOGIC
B+ MOTORS
WASH / WIPE
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
POWERWASH RELAY (#4)
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
POWERWASH
PUMP
FLUID LEVEL
WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP
AND
FLUID LEVEL SENSOR
WIPER RUN / STOP
RELAY
WIPER FAST / SLOW
RELAY
FAST
SLOW
PARK SWITCH
WIPER MOTOR
All Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
2
II
WU
FC15-15
10
II
W
FC15-33
S
S
FC24-14
FC24-13
+
-
DD10-1
NR
24
PD10-1
46
B+
B+
DD11-4
I
DD11-12
I
OY
GU
8
DD3-10
DD3-12
DD3-11
NW
B+
S
S
DD10-16
DD10-9
Y
U
–
+
S
S
PD10-16
PD10-9
–
+
21.221.1 RD10-1
–
+
RD10-9
RD10-16
S
S
B+
RP10-1
–
+
RP10-9
RP10-16
S
S
SCP
NR
NR
I
BK
CA36L
(CA33L)
BK
DD10-8
DDS3
BK
CA33L
(CA36L)
PD10-8
CA8-8
BK
PDS3
CA11-8
BK
BK
I
BK
CA36L
(CA33L)
IRDS1 CA14-4
BKBK
BK
IRPS1 CA16-4
BKBK
CA33L
(CA36L)
RD10-8
I
BK
RD10-19
I
BK
RD11-7
RP10-8
O
O
RP10-15
RP10-7
RP16-1
RP16-2
O
O
RD10-15
RD10-7
RD16-1
RD16-2
O
O
PD10-7
PD10-15 PD16-2
PD16-1
O
O
DD10-7
DD10-15 DD16-2
DD16-1
RDS2
B
CA36R
(CA33R)
B
CA14-3
I
CA16-3
B
IRPS2
B
CA33R
(CA36R)
B
RD10-17
B
RP10-17
B
I
CA10-3 DDS1
BB
CA30R
(CA33R)
DD10-17
B
I
CA12-3 PDS1
BB
CA33R
(CA30R)
PD10-17
NW 53
BT24*
I
BTS18
BK
B+
BT1-15
–
+
BT1-16
BT1-8
S
S
BT1-14
I
BK
BT1-13
BT6-2
BRD
BT6-1
W
I
B
BT34
BT33
-1 BT33
-2
FC15-80
N13
RW
FC15-41
1
B+
I
CA8-16 FC5-1
FC15-47
O
YG
FC5-29
I
I
FC15-46
O
YB
FC5-30FC15-89
I
YYY
DD11-22
BO
I
DD11-15
YG
I
DD11-6
BW
I
DD11-21
BW
I
DD10-18
BO
I
DD10-10
BG
I
DD10-19
N
I
DD11-7
BR
I
DD1-1
NW
DD1-24
9
BK
DDS3
CA36L
BK
CA8-8
BK
DD1-9
DD1-10
DD1-21
DD1-22
DD1-11
DD1-6
DD1-23
DD1-19
1Κ Ω
DD1-12
FC15-84
S
FC15-85
S
Y
U
SCP –
+
PD1-3
NG
40
PD1-1
PD1-5
PD11-6
I
I
PD11-21
BG
BO
RP1-1
NG 41
RP1-3
I
I
BO
RP1-5
BG
RP11-6
RP11-21
RP11-8
U
RP11-15
U
RD1-1
NW 10
RD1-3
I
I
BO
RD1-5
BG
RD11-6
RD11-21
OY
R
OY
R
OY
R
OY
R
OUU
UU
O
OO
BK
YG
YB
CA64-4
O
O
SR2-3
SR2-1
CA64-2
I
I
O
U
47
B+
CA64-1
NR
I
I
CA64-6
CA64-5
OY
OG
CA53-6
CA53-5
CA53-1
WR 19
I
–
+
FC24-11
Y
FC24-24
G
C
C
CAN
21.221.1
YG
FC15-63
I
YG
CC1-15CC1-16
BK
CCS5
BK
CC3R
FC7-15
CA10-1
NR
NR
CA12-1
NR
CAS40
B
23
45
CA14-1
NR
CA16-1
NR
I
CA64-3
CAS46
B
B
CA30L
SCP
Y
U
SCP
SCP
Y
U
SCP
SCP
Y
U
SCP
SCPSCP
Y
U
SCP
SCP
Y
U
SCP
21.1
SCP 21.2
U
U
PD11-15
PD11-8
CAN
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.221.1
21.121.2
21.121.2
21.121.2
21.121.2
21.121.2
21.121.2
21.121.2
21.121.2
21.121.2
**
**
Window Lifts, Sliding Roof
Window Lifts, Sliding Roof Fig. 15.1
REAR WINDOW INHIBIT SWITCH
DRIVER SIDE UP
DRIVER SIDE DOWN
PASSENGER SIDE UP
PASSENGER SIDE DOWN
REAR WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES
DRIVER UP
DRIVER DOWN
PASSENGER UP
PASSENGER DOWN
FRONT WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
LOCK
UNLOCK
KEY BARREL
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
WINDOW UP
WINDOW DOWN
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
CENTRAL LOCKING
SWITCH
CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK
WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR
NOT USED
WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR
WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR
WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR
NOT USED
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
(INERTIA
SWITCH)
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
REMOTE
ALL
CLOSE
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
*NOTE: BT22L, Premium ICE vehicles.
VEHICLE
SPEED
INSTRUMENT PACK
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
**NOTE: Module identification.
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
KEY FOB
ANTENNA
SLIDING
ROOF
CONTROL
SLIDING ROOF
CONTROL MODULE
SLIDING ROOF
MOTOR
OPEN
CLOSE
SLIDING ROOF
SWITCH
ROOF CONSOLE
WINDOW UP
WINDOW DOWN
DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
WINDOW UP
WINDOW DOWN
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
All Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
IC11-18 PD5
-1
(LHD)
DD5
-1
(RHD)
IC10-9
Y
IC10-10
YR
IC10-5
WG
IC10-12
BO
IC10-11
BW
IC10-4
WU
IC10-8
OY
IC10-3
YU
IC3-9
IC3-10
IC3-1
IC3-2
IC3-3
IC3-4
IC3-8
IC3-7
IC3-6
IC3-5
IC3-12
IC3-11
PDS4 (LHD)
DDS4 (RHD)
PDS5 (LHD)
DDS5 (RHD)
CA12-5 (LHD)
CA10-5 (RHD)
CA12-6 (LHD)
CA10-6 (RHD)
OY
YU
CA16-6 (LHD)
CA14-6 (RHD)
CA16-5 (LHD)
CA14-5 (RHD)
PD5
-2
(LHD)
DD5
-2
(RHD)
PD6
-1
(LHD)
DD6
-1
(RHD)
PD6
-2
(LHD)
DD6
-2
(RHD)
Y
YR
Y
YR
WG
BO
Y
YR
WU
BO
BW
WU
OY
YU
YR
YU
BO
WU
GB
IC8
B
52
CA3
IC1-14 BT4-6 BT19-4
BT19-3
GB GB
NG
BT19-6
B
BTS19
B
BT28L
20 B+
NG
IC10-1
B+
W
IC10-7
25
I
CA7
R
IC11-20
RG
IC11-21
UY
IC11-19
GW
IC11-7
OY
IC11-1
RW
IC11-2
10.2
10.2
17.1
17.1
Y
G
FC24-11
FC24-24
C
C
CAN
FC25-20
OY
O
21.121.2
I
IC1-5
R
RG
UY
GW
3.3 Κ Ω
BO BK
SW4-1
PY
BO BO
FCS28
FC17R
SC3-12
6.8 Κ Ω
20 Κ Ω
SW4-2
SW1-2
SW1-6
SC3-2 IC1-3
I
RWRW
O
+
–
YYR
FC5-6
OY
U
IC11-4
UY
IC11-17
UY
IC11-5
17.1
17.1
17.1
U
UY
UY
RT2-7
RT2-9
RT2-2
RT2-1
RT2-3
IC1-4
IC1-10
IC1-6
IC1-7
IC1-8
UY
GW
U
GO
UY
FC5-36
RW
IC19-2 IC5-2
IC19-5 IC5-5
IC19-3 IC5-3
IC19-4 IC5-4
IC19-6 IC5-6
IC19-7 IC5-7
IC19-1 IC5-1
IC19-8 IC5-8
B
O
Y
U
G
R
B
W
CA54
-1 CA54
-2
Y
YR
RP6
-1
(LHD)
RD6
-1
(RHD)
RPS4 (LHD)
RDS4 (RHD)
RPS5 (LHD)
RDS5 (RHD)
RP6
-2
(LHD)
RDP
-1
(RHD)
WU BO
WU
BO
RP5
-1
(LHD)
RD5
-1
(RHD)
RP5
-2
(LHD)
RD5
-2
(RHD)
CA14-6 (LHD)
CA16-6 (RHD)
CA14-5 (LHD)
CA16-5 (RHD)
CA10-5 (LHD)
CA12-5 (RHD)
CA10-6 (LHD)
CA12-6 (RHD) DDS4 (LHD)
PDS4 (RHD)
DDS5 (LHD)
PDS5 (RHD)
RDS4 (LHD)
RPS4 (RHD)
RDS5 (LHD)
RPS5 (RHD)
DD5
-1
(LHD)
PD5
-1
(RHD)
DD5
-2
(LHD)
PD5
-2
(RHD)
DD6
-1
(LHD)
PD6
-1
(RHD)
DD6
-2
(LHD)
PD6
-2
(RHD)
RD6
-1
(LHD)
RP6
-1
(RHD)
RD6
-2
(LHD)
RP6
-2
(RHD)
RD5
-1
(LHD)
RP5
-1
(RHD)
RD5
-2
(LHD)
RP5
-2
(RHD)
CA56
-1 CA56
-2
BO
WU
YU OY WU BO
SW2-2
SW2-6
OY
YU
21 B+
NG
IC10-2
CAN 21.121.2
IC10.6
Standard In-Car Entertainment
Standard In-Car Entertainment Fig. 16.1
VEHICLE
SPEED
INSTRUMENT PACK
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
DIMMER OVERRIDE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
MODE
SEEK
VOLUME +
VOLUME –
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
AUDIO
NETWORK
RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT
CD AUTO-CHANGER
NOTE: Vehicles with Navigation – refer to Fig. 17.2 for CD Auto-Changer circuit.
NO CODE
RADIO
ANTENNA
ANTENNA
MOTOR
NOT USED
RIGHT SIDE SPEAKERS
FRONT DOOR
TWEETER FRONT DOOR
MID-BASS REAR DOOR
MID-BASS REAR DOOR
TWEETER
NOT USED
FRONT DOOR
TWEETER FRONT DOOR
MID-BASS REAR DOOR
MID-BASS REAR DOOR
TWEETER
LEFT SIDE SPEAKERS
Standard ICE Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
IC11-18 PD5
-1
(LHD)
DD5
-1
(RHD)
IC31-18
Y
IC31-8
YR
IC31-16
Y
IC31-6
YR
IC31-14
WG
IC31-13
BO
IC31-2
R
IC31-10
U
IC31-11
Y
IC31-3
W
IC31-12
BW
IC31-4
WU
IC31-15
OY
IC31-5
YU
IC31-17
YR
IC31-7
YU
IC3-9
IC3-10
IC3-1
IC3-2
IC3-3
IC3-4
IC2-5
IC2-6
IC2-7
IC2-8
IC3-8
IC3-7
IC3-6
IC3-5
IC3-12
IC3-11
PDS4 (LHD)
DDS4 (RHD)
PDS5 (LHD)
DDS5 (RHD)
CA12-5 (LHD)
CA10-5 (RHD)
CA12-6 (LHD)
CA10-6 (RHD)
OY
YU
CA16-6 (LHD)
CA14-6 (RHD)
CA16-5 (LHD)
CA14-5 (RHD)
PD5
-2
(LHD)
DD5
-2
(RHD)
PD6
-1
(LHD)
DD6
-1
(RHD)
PD6
-2
(LHD)
DD6
-2
(RHD)
BT52-1
BT52-2
BT53-1
BT53-2
Y
YR
Y
YR
WG
BO
R
U
Y
W
Y
YR
WU
BO
BW
WU
OY
YU
YR
YU
BO
WU
54
B+
B+
NR
NR
B
BT22R
B
ICS8
IC2-4
B
B
IC30-2
IC30-8
IC30-3
IC30-9
GB
52
CA3
IC1-14 BT4-6 BT19-4
BT19-3
GB GB
NG
BT19-6
B
BTS19
B
BT28L
CA7
O
YYR
ICS1
NR
CA54
-1 CA54
-2
Y
YR
RP6
-1
(LHD)
RD6
-1
(RHD)
RPS4 (LHD)
RDS4 (RHD)
RPS5 (LHD)
RDS5 (RHD)
RP6
-2
(LHD)
RD6
-2
(RHD)
WU BO
WU
BO
RP5
-1
(LHD)
RD5
-1
(RHD)
RP5
-2
(LHD)
RD5
-2
(RHD)
CA14-6 (LHD)
CA16-6 (RHD)
CA14-5 (LHD)
CA16-5 (RHD)
CA10-5 (LHD)
CA12-5 (RHD)
CA10-6 (LHD)
CA12-6 (RHD) DDS4 (LHD)
PDS4 (RHD)
DDS5 (LHD)
PDS5 (RHD)
RDS4 (LHD)
RPS4 (RHD)
RDS5 (LHD)
RPS5 (RHD)
DD5
-1
(LHD)
PD5
-1
(RHD)
DD5
-2
(LHD)
PD5
-2
(RHD)
DD6
-1
(LHD)
PD6
-1
(RHD)
DD6
-2
(LHD)
PD6
-2
(RHD)
RD6
-1
(LHD)
RP6
-1
(RHD)
RD6
-2
(LHD)
RP6
-2
(RHD)
RD5
-1
(LHD)
RP5
-1
(RHD)
RD5
-2
(LHD)
RP5
-2
(RHD)
CA56
-1 CA56
-2
BO
WU
YU OY WU BO
OY
YU
IC19-2 IC5-2
IC19-5 IC5-5
IC19-3 IC5-3
IC19-4 IC5-4
IC19-6 IC5-6
IC19-7 IC5-7
IC19-1 IC5-1
IC19-8 IC5-8
B
O
Y
U
G
R
B
W
20
B+
NG
IC10-1
B+
W
IC10-7
25
I
R
IC11-20
RG
IC11-21
UY
IC11-19
GW
IC11-7
OY
IC11-1
RW
IC11-2
10.2
10.2
17.1
17.1
Y
G
FC24-11
FC24-24
C
C
CAN
FC25-20
OY
O
21.121.2
I
IC1-5
R
RG
UY
GW
3.3 Κ Ω
BO BK
SW4-1
PY
BO BO
FCS28
FC17R
SC3-12
6.8 Κ Ω
20 Κ Ω
SW4-2
SW1-2
SW1-6
SC3-2 IC1-3
I
RWRW
+
–
FC5-6
OY
U
IC11-4
UY
IC11-17
UY
IC11-5
17.1
17.1
17.1
U
UY
UY
RT2-7
RT2-9
RT2-2
RT2-1
RT2-3
IC1-4
IC1-10
IC1-6
IC1-7
IC1-8
UY
GW
U
GO
UY
FC5-36
RW
SW2-2
SW2-6
21
B+
NG
IC10-2
CAN
21.121.2
IC11-6 IC30-7
Y
IC8
B
IC10-6
B
IC20
B
ICS10
B
IC30-11
IC30-12
B
Y
U
B
G
R
W
O
IC21-1
IC21-2
IC21-3
IC21-4
IC21-5
IC21-6
IC21-7
IC21-8
Premium In-Car Entertainment
Premium In-Car Entertainment Fig. 16.2
VEHICLE
SPEED
INSTRUMENT PACK
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
DIMMER OVERRIDE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE
RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
MODE
SEEK
VOLUME+
VOLUME –
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
AUDIO
NETWORK
RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT
CD AUTO-CHANGER
NOTE: Vehicles with Navigation –
refer to Fig. 17.2 for CD Auto-Changer circuit.
NOTE: CD Auto-Changer –
no connector codes are assigned.
NO CODE
RADIO
ANTENNA
ANTENNA
MOTOR
TELEPHONE
MUTE
AUDIO
NETWORK
POWER AMPLIFIER
RIGHT SIDE SPEAKERS
‘A’ POST
TWEETER
NOT USED
FRONT DOOR
MID-BASS REAR DOOR
MID-BASS REAR DOOR
TWEETER
SUB-WOOFER
‘A’ POST
TWEETER
NOT USED
FRONT DOOR
MID-BASS REAR DOOR
MID-BASS REAR DOOR
TWEETER
Premium ICE Vehicles
LEFT SIDE SPEAKERS
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
67
B+
NR
RT3-16
B+
G
RT3-5
28
I
B+
NR
RT3-4
RT3-19
RT3-25
RT3-10
RT3-3
RT3-17
RT2-6
RTS3
CA38R
B
B
B
B
CAS50
B
RT3-14
RT3-15
RT5-8
O
B
RT5-4
G
RT5-6
B
RT5-5
W
RT5-8
YR
RT5-3
YR
RT5-1
W
RT5-9
Y
RT5-10
U
CA67-1
CA67-2
RT2-4
RT2-5
YY
BRDBRD
RT1-9
RT1-8
RT1-2
RT1-6
RT1-5
RT1-4
RT1-7
RT1-10
RT1-1
RT3-6
RT3-1
RT3-23
RT3-18
RT3-12
RT3-11
RT3-24
RT3-21
RT3-7
BRD
RT65
RT5-2
BRD
RT64-1
RT64-2
BRD
W
BRD
W
UY
GW
U
UY
UY
RT2-7
RT2-9
RT2-2
RT2-1
RT2-3
UY
GW
U
GO
UY
16.1 16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
16.2
RT3-20
RT3-22
RTS2
NR
RT2-8
NR
WG
RT2-10
BRD
RT3-8
W
RT1-3
RT66-1
RT66-2
RT5-11
RT5-12
BRD
W
16.1
16.1
16.1
16.1
RT10-6
RT10-3
RT10-7
RT10-5
RT10-4
RT3-9
RT3-2
Y
R
U
W
G
R
Y
Y
N
B
O
Y
RTS8
RTS7
RTS6
BRD
YR
W
G
R
Y
G
W
YR
RT5-7
G
RT5-5
W
RT5-4
YR
RT1-8
RT1-6
RT1-5
RT3-6
RT3-8
RT3-12
O
N
U
RT5-8
O
B
RT5-6
B
RT5-3
YR
RT5-1
W
RT5-9
Y
RT5-10
U
RT1-9
RT1-2
RT1-4
RT1-7
RT1-10
RT1-1
RT3-1
RT3-23
RT3-11
RT3-24
RT3-21
RT3-7
BRD
BRD
U
W
G
Y
B
Y
Radio Telephone
Radio Telephone Fig. 17.1
TELEPHONE
ANTENNA
MICROPHONE
HANDSET
REAR HANDSET
CELLULAR TELEPHONE
CONTROL MODULE
RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
(FRONT AND REAR HANDSETS)
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
HANDSET
HANDSET TO TELEPHONE CONTROL MODULE CIRCUIT
(FRONT HANDSET ONLY VEHICLES)
CELLULAR TELEPHONE
CONTROL MODULE
All Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
IC12-8
NR
IC19-1 IC5-1
O
R
B
55
Y
B
IC19-7
IC19-8
IC5-7
IC5-8
IC19-2 IC5-2
IC19-3 IC5-3
IC19-4 IC5-4
IC19-5 IC5-5
IC19-6 IC5-6
IC12-7
WG
BT24*
IC12-1
BK
B+
B+ IC40-1
IC40-2
IC41-1
W
BRD
IC41-2
U
G
W
BK
IC2-9
G
Y
O
IC30-10
IC30-6
IC30-4
IC12-10
IC12-9
IC12-4
NV1-15
NV1-16 NV1-17
+
–
C
C
G
Y
21.121.2
21.2 21.1
CAN
CAN
NV1-3
WG B+
29
I
13
II
FC17L
NV1-4
BK
FCS7
BK
OYOY
NV2-1 IC12-15
Y
IC12-16 IC2-3
Y
BK
BTS18
09.2
B
Y
U
B
G
R
W
O
B
Y
U
B
G
R
W
O
B
Y
U
B
G
R
W
O
BRD
U
O
IC11-23
IC11-10
IC11-22
IC12-12
IC12-11
IC12-13
IC17-1
IC17-2
IC17-3
IC17-4
IC17-5
IC17-6
IC17-7
IC17-8
IC21-1
IC21-2
IC21-3
IC21-4
IC21-5
IC21-6
IC21-7
IC21-8
Navigation System
Navigation System Fig. 17.2
VEHICLE SPEED
CD AUTO-CHANGER
(PREMIUM ICE)
NOTE: CD Auto-Changer – no
connector codes are assigned.
VEHICLE SPEED
INTERFACE MODULE
PREMIIUM ICE
AUDIO
PREMIUM ICE
AUDIO
NETWORK
POWER AMPLIFIER
(PREMIUM ICE)
AUDIO
NETWORK
STANDARD ICE
AUDIO
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT
(NAVIGATION DISPLAY)
VEHICLE SPEED
REVERSE
AUDIO –
AUDIO +
PREMIUM ICE
AUDIO
NETWORK
STANDARD ICE
AUDIO
NETWORK
AUDIO –
AUDIO +
NAVIGATION
CONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA
REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
CD AUTO-CHANGER
(STANDARD ICE)
NOTE: Navigation Control Module to CD
Auto-Changer flying lead. No connector
codes are assigned.
*NOTE: BT22L, Premium ICE Vehicles.
Navigation Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
CA61-5
CA61-7
CA61-10
SW10-3
CA81-1
CA81-3
SW10-1
YR
Y
Y
YU
RG
KP
Y
YR
B+
W
CA61-9
OY
21.3
CA22-2
CA61-13
CA61-11
CA61-14
CA22-3
CA22-1
CA61-6
BK
CA48
YR
08.1
D
I
O
I
I
5
II
O
FC5-10
Y
CA61-40
Y
08.2 O
FC5-35
RW
CA61-23
Y
CA61-21
U
CA61-25
R
CA61-22
Y
CA61-20
U
CA61-24
R
CA15-2
CA15-3
CA15-1
O
SW11-3
SW11-1
BW
RW
CA61-1
CA61-2
O
CA62-1
CA62-2
BW
RW
CA61-3
CA61-4
O
CA65-1
CA65-2
Y
YU
CA61-16
CA61-17
O
CA66-1
CA66-3
Y
YR
SD15-1 (LHD)
SP15-1 (RHD)
SD15-2 (LHD)
SP15-2 (RHD)
Y
YR
CA61-18
CA61-19
O
CA72-1
CA72-3
Y
YR
SP15-1 (LHD)
SD15-1 (RHD)
SP15-2 (LHD)
SD15-2 (RHD)
O
O
Airbags / Seat Belt Pretensioners
Airbags / Seat Belt Pretensioners Fig. 18.1
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
INSTRUMENT PACK: AIRBAG FAILURE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
INSTRUMENT PACK: AIRBAG WARNING BULB FAILURE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
LH IMPACT SENSOR
RH IMPACT SENSOR
POWER
GROUND
POWER
GROUND
AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
DRIVER SIDE
AIRBAG
STEERING WHEEL
PASSENGER SIDE
AIRBAG
LH SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER
RH SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER
LH SIDE AIRBAG
RH SIDE AIRBAG
WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO MEASURE THE
RESISTANCE THROUGH THE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY.
DOING SO MAY TRIGGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND POSSIBLY RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY.
All Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Reverse Parking Aid System
Reverse Parking Aid System Fig. 19.1
All Vehicles
W
BT71-1 B+
BT21L
BT71-16
B
BT71-2
U
BT71-10
R
RB4-1
GW
RB4-2
GO
RB4-3
GU
RB1-8
I
BT70-1
BT70-2
RB5-1
WR
RB5-2
W
RB5-3
WU
RB3-1
BG
RB3-2
BO
RB3-3
BW
RB2-1
NR
RB2-2
NG
RB2-3
NW
I
O
I
O
I
O
I
O
RB1-4
RB1-11
RB1-1
RB1-2
RB1-6
RB1-7
RB1-3
RB1-10
RB1-9
RB1-5
RB1-12
Y
BT71-6
09.2 I
BTS1
B
24
I
REVERSE LAMP: ACTIVATED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
REVERSE PARKING AID
CONTROL MODULE
PARKING AID
SOUNDER
RH SENSOR
CENTER RH SENSOR
CENTER LH SENSOR
LH SENSOR
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
YBYB
FC15-4
BK BK
SW2-1
BK
FCS28
FC17R
SC2-9
SW1-1
SW2-5 SW1-5
SC3-1
I
GUGU
CA74-2 CA74-1
B
30
I
WU
CA47L
#13
3
2
5
1
1
BT12-5
BT11-6
#11 10A BT12-1
118
I
WR
UY
B
UY
NG
26
B
UY
NG
25
BT4-C
UY
BTS6
BT25-1
BT25-3
BT25-2
CA71-1
CA71-3
CA71-2
CA31R
BT21R
BK
SCS1
FC15-80
N
13
B+
FC15-70
O
GW
LF20R
#13 10A
3
1
5
2
5
LF7-5
LF6-6
#11 10A LF7-1
LF49
B
LF48
LF47
B
LF46
Y
Y
GW
B
LFS10
LF18R
5
GW
EM3-1 EM1-10
CA75-2 CA75-1
B
31
I
WU
CA47R
B
GU
HP1
EP1-4
B
FC29R
R
RW
EP1-3
WR
EP1-6
NW
G
UY
Y
EP1-2
EP1-12
EP1-11
NW
11
EP1-10
EP1-9
RU
RU
R
NW
FCS5
EP1-1
EP1-7
EP1-8
EP1-5
EPS2
EPS1
B
NW
FC23-4
FC23-3
FC23-6
FC23-2
FC23-12
FC23-11
FC23-10
FC23-9
FC23-1
FC23-7
FC23-8
FC23-5
B
NW
10.2
10.2
10.2
10.2
10.2
10.2
10.2
10.2
10.2
5A
EP2-2 EP2-1
B
NWNW
EP4
EP3
NW
HP3
R
RW
WR
G
UY
Y
RU
RU
R
Ancillaries
Ancillaries Fig. 20.1
HORNS
HORN SWITCHES
CASSETTE
CASSETTE
STEERING WHEEL
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
HORN
CONTROL
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
HORN RELAY (#6)
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
RH HORN
LH HORN
ACCESSORY CONNECTORS
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY (#6)
TRUNK FUSE BOX
TRUNK
ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR
PASSENGER
COMPARTMENT
ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR
CIGAR LIGHTERS
FRONT CIGAR LIGHTER
REAR CIGAR LIGHTER
ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING
DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING
ELECTRONIC
ROAD PRICING MODULE
DIMMER MODULE
All Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
CC6-10
U
CC6-2
Y
CC6-4
BK
CC6-5
BK
12
18
II
16
I
3
II
CC3L
CCS4
SP3-10
S
SP3-9
S
Y
U–
+
EM7-83
EM7-82
G
Y
EM7-86
EM7-85
+
–
+
–
C
C
C
C
S
SY
U
FC15-84
FC15-85
–
+
G
Y
LF27-5
LF27-15
+
–
C
C
EM83-24
EM83-15
G
Y
EM83-25
EM83-16
+
–
+
–
C
C
C
C
CC14-4
CC14-3
G
Y
G
Y
CC14-9
CC14-8
+
–
+
–
C
C
C
C
FC24-11
FC24-24
G
Y
FC24-10
FC24-23
+
–
+
–
C
C
C
C
G
Y
G
Y
EM2-7
EM2-6
NGU
W
WR
WU
G
Y
CC6-16
CC6-9
CC6-8
CC6-1
CC6-6
CC6-14
C
C
+
–
FC24-14
S
FC24-13
S
Y
U–
+
S
SY
U
BT1-16
BT1-8
–
+
S
SY
U
PD10-9
PD10-16
–
+
S
SY
U
DD10-9
DD10-16
–
+
SD3-10
S
SD3-9
S
Y
U–
+
CA27-5
CA27-6
CA23-5
CA23-6
Y
U
Y
U
BT4-15
BT4-16
CA11-2
CA11-3
CA8-2
CA8-3
Y
U
Y
U
Y
U
S
S
–
+
B+
B+
EM1-6
EM1-7
G
Y
G
Y
G
Y
FC7-8
FC7-2
G
Y
FC11-12
FC11-15
RD10-9
S
RD10-16
S
Y
U–
+
RP10-9
S
RP10-16
S
Y
U–
+
CA46-2
CA46-3
CA45-2
CA45-3
Y
U
Y
U
CA19-4
CA19-5
Y
U
Y
U
Y
U
Y
U
Y
U
Y
U
Y
U
Y
U
Y
U
Y
U
Y
U
Y
U
CA223
-10
-9
-8
-18
-19
-20
FCS2
FCS3
FC1
-32 FC1
-48
UY
BK
G
Y
G
Y
FC7-10
FC7-9
CA222
-2
-4
-5
-6
-7
-3
-1
-12
-14
-11
-16
-17
-13
-15
-8
-18
G
Y
NV1-15
NV1-16
+
–
C
CG
Y
FCS23
FCS24
CAN and SCP Networks: AJ27 N/A
CAN and SCP Networks: AJ27 N/A Fig. 21.1
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE TRANSMISSION CONTROL
MODULE ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
VEHICLE SPEED
INTERFACE MODULE
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
INSTRUMENT PACK
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN)
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP)
AJ27 N/A Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
CC6-10
U
CC6-2
Y
CC6-4
BK
CC6-5
BK
12
18
II
16
I
3
II
CC3L
CCS4
SP3-10
S
SP3-9
S
Y
U–
+
S
SY
U
FC15-84
FC15-85
–
+
EM83-24
EM83-15
G
Y
EM83-25
EM83-16
+
–
+
–
C
C
C
C
CC14-4
CC14-3
G
Y
G
Y
CC14-9
CC14-8
+
–
+
–
C
C
C
C
FC24-11
FC24-24
G
Y
FC24-10
FC24-23
+
–
+
–
C
C
C
C
G
Y
G
Y
EM2-7
EM2-6
NG
W
WR
WU
G
Y
CC6-16
CC6-9
CC6-8
CC6-1
CC6-6
CC6-14
C
C
+
–
FC24-14
S
FC24-13
S
Y
U–
+
S
SY
U
BT1-16
BT1-8
–
+
S
SY
U
PD10-9
PD10-16
–
+
S
SY
U
DD10-9
DD10-16
–
+
SD3-10
S
SD3-9
S
Y
U–
+
CA27-5
CA27-6
CA23-5
CA23-6
Y
U
Y
U
BT4-15
BT4-16
CA11-2
CA11-3
CA8-2
CA8-3
Y
U
Y
U
Y
U
S
S
–
+
B+
B+
G
Y
FC7-8
FC7-2
G
Y
FC11-12
FC11-15
RD10-9
S
RD10-16
S
Y
U–
+
RP10-9
S
RP10-16
S
Y
U–
+
CA46-2
CA46-3
CA45-2
CA45-3
Y
U
Y
U
CA19-4
CA19-5
Y
U
Y
U
Y
U
Y
U
Y
U
Y
U
Y
U
Y
U
Y
U
Y
U
Y
U
Y
U
CA223
-10
-9
-8
-18
-19
-20
FCS2
FCS3
FC1
-32 FC1
-48
UY
BK
G
Y
EM62-H
EM62-L
+
–
C
C
G
Y
LF27-5
LF27-15
+
–
C
C
EM1-6
EM1-7
G
Y
G
Y
G
Y
EMS31
EMS32
G
Y
G
Y
FC7-10
FC7-9
CA222
-2
-4
-5
-6
-7
-3
-1
-12
-14
-11
-16
-17
-13
-15
-8
-18
NV1-15
NV1-16
+
–
C
C
G
Y
G
Y
G
Y
FCS23
FCS24
CAN and SCP Networks: AJ27 SC
CAN and SCP Networks: AJ27 SC Fig. 21.2
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL
MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
VEHICLE SPEED
INTERFACE MODULE
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
INSTRUMENT PACK
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN)
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP)
AJ27 SC Vehicles
VARIANT:
VIN RANGE:
DATE OF ISSUE: F00103 ➞
October 1999
16
50 85
749 548
49 62
II II
EE
14
II II
Fig. 01.1 Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
I
OS
D
C
119
I
Fig. 02.1
XJ Series 2000
Input
Output
Signal Ground (SG)
Serial and Encoded Communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
CC6-12
U
CC6-13
W
CC6-15
W
CC6-7
O
CC6-4
BK
CC6-5
BK
12
18
II
16
I
3
II
CC3L
CCS4
YR
YB
FC15-92
FC15-21
NG
W
WR
WU
CC6-16
CC6-9
CC6-8
CC6-1
O
W
EM68-28
EM68-10
O
W
EM80-18
EM80-17
CA61-9
OY
D
D
D
D
D
CC31-10
CC31-21
O
W
D
D
EM3-3
EM3-2
O
W
D
D
EM80-27
EM80-19
FC22-11
D
D
D
W
U
EM53-18
EM53-19
D
D
FCCP
VFP
B+
B+
YR
EMS39
EMS40
O
W
FCS16
O
FC11-17
FC11-16
O
W
CCS11
CCS10
O
W
CA19-2
OY BK
D
D
Y
FC15-39
D
FC22-9
D
YB
FC22-17
D
Y
FC22-16
D
W
FCS30
FC22-6
D
O
EM82-15
EM82-16
D
D
Y
W
EM2-15
EM2-13
Y
W
FC15-13
G
LF21-4
G
FC5-7 LF3-13
G
D
Serial Data Links
Serial Data Links Fig. 21.3
ACTIVE SECURITY
SOUNDER
(ROW ONLY)
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
KEY TRANSPONDER
MODULE
NOTE: FCCP – Flash Communication Control Port
VFP – Voltage, Flash Programming
O.K. TO START
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: EMS39, EMS40 – Adaptive Damping vehicles only.
SECURITY SYSTEM
SERIAL LINK
AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: Serial Data Link
W wire – serial input
O wire – serial output
O wire only – bi-directional serial communication
ECM PROGRAMMING LINK
SERIAL DATA LINK
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
All Vehicles
i
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
This Appendix contains a listing of CAN and SCP Network messages.
Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Appendix:
ABS/TCCM Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control Control Module
BPM Body Processor Module
DIAG Diagnostics
DDCM Driver Door Control Module
DRDCM Driver Rear Door Control Module
DSCM Driver Seat Control Module
ECM Engine Control Module
INST Instrument Pack
J-GATE Gear Selector Illumination Module
PDCM Passenger Door Control Module
PRDCM Passenger Rear Door Control Module
PSCM Passenger Seat Control Module
R Receive
T Transmit
TCM Transmission Control Module
SLCM Security and Locking Control Module
Appendix
ii
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Receivers
Message / Function Source
ECM
TCM
ABS/TCCM
INST
J-GATE
DIAG
Appendix
CAN Message Matrix
CAN traction acknowledge ECM X
CAN traction control estimated engine torque ECM X
CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque ECM X X
CAN throttle position ECM X X
CAN pedal position ECM X X
CAN torque reduction acknowledge ECM X
CAN engine speed ECM X X X
CAN brake pedal pressed ECM X X
CAN speed control status ECM X
CAN parking brake status ECM X
CAN OBDII clear fault codes ECM X X
CAN engine coolant temperature ECM X X
CAN engine OBDII MIL ECM X X
CAN throttle malfunction red ECM X X
CAN throttle malfunction amber ECM X X
CAN ECM fault code MIL status ECM X
CAN ECM PECUS flag ECM X
CAN engine fault codes ECM X
CAN fuel used ECM X
CAN barometric pressure ECM X
CAN torque reduction request TCM X
CAN transmission overload TCM X
CAN transmission input speed TCM X X
CAN transmission output speed TCM X X
CAN torque converter slip TCM X X
CAN kickdown TCM X X
CAN gear position actual TCM X X
CAN torque converter status TCM X X
CAN gear position selected TCM X X X
CAN gear selection fault TCM X X X
CAN transmission shift map TCM X X
iii
XJ Series 2000
Receivers
Message / Function Source
ECM
TCM
ABS/TCCM
INST
J-GATE
DIAG
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Appendix
CAN transmission oil temperature TCM X X
CAN transmission malfunction TCM X X X
CAN TCM PECUS flag TCM X
CAN gear position target (not used) TCM X
CAN torque transfer in progress (not used) TCM X
CAN TCM fault code MIL status TCM X
CAN OBDII TCM clear acknowledge TCM X
CAN transmission fault codes TCM X X
CAN torque reduction throttle ABS/TCCM X
CAN fast torque reduction ignition ABS/TCCM X
CAN fast torque reduction cylinder ABS/TCCM X
CAN traction status ABS/TCCM X X
CAN traction shift map ABS/TCCM X
CAN ABS PECUS flag ABS/TCCM X
CAN vehicle reference speed ABS/TCCM X X
CAN reference distance traveled ABS/TCCM X
CAN ABS fault codes ABS/TCCM X
CAN OBDII ABS clear acknowledge ABS/TCCM X
CAN ABS fault code MIL status ABS/TCCM X
CAN ABS malfunction ABS/TCCM X X
CAN front left wheel speed ABS/TCCM X X
CAN front right wheel speed ABS/TCCM X X
CAN rear left wheel speed ABS/TCCM X X
CAN rear right wheel speed ABS/TCCM X X X
CAN sidelight status INST X
CAN dipped beam status INST X
CAN main beam status INST X
CAN oil pressure low INST X
CAN trip units INST X
CAN fuel level damped INST X
CAN fuel level raw INST X
iv
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Receivers
Message / Function Source
ECM
TCM
ABS/TCCM
INST
J-GATE
DIAG
Appendix
CAN Message Matrix
CAN NWM token ECM ECM X X X
CAN NWM token TCM TCM X X X
CAN NWM token INST INST X X X
CAN NWM token ABS ABS/TCCM X X X
CAN diagnostic data in ECM DIAG X
CAN diagnostic data in TCM DIAG X
CAN diagnostic data in INST DIAG X
CAN diagnostic data in ABS DIAG X
CAN diagnostic data out ECM ECM X
CAN diagnostic data out TCM TCM X
CAN diagnostic data out INST INST X
CAN diagnostic data out ABS ABS/TCCM X
v
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Appendix
SCP Message Matrix
# Message Name INST BPM DDCM PDCM DSCM PSCM DRDCM PRDCM SLCM
1 Vehicle speed T..............R ............. R ..............................................................................................................
2 Brake pedal pressed T..............R .......................................................................................................................R .....
3 Module not programmed R ............. T ..............T.............. T ..............T ............. T ..............T ............. T .............. T .....
4 Left hand drive vehicle ............... T ............. R .....................................................................................................R .....
5 Valet mode OFF ............... T .......................................................................................................................R .....
6 Non-superlocking vehicle ............... T ............. R ..............................................................................................................
7 Trailer disconnected ...............R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
8 Right hand drive vehicle ............... T ............. R .....................................................................................................R .....
9 Valet mode ON ............... T .......................................................................................................................R .....
10 Superlocking ON ............... T ............. R ..............................................................................................................
11 Trailer connected ...............R .......................................................................................................................T .....
12 Reverse gear selected T.................................................R ....................................................................................R .....
13 Not-in-park switch – inactive ............... T ............. R ............. R ............. R .............................. R ........................................
14 Not-in-park switch – active ............... T ............. R ............. R ............. R .............................. R ........................................
15 Engine running T.............. R ................................................................................................................................
16 Charging OK T.........................................................................................................................................R .....
17 Inertia switch – inactive ............... T ............. R ............. R .............................................................................................
18 Inertia switch – active ............... T ............. R ............. R.............................................................................................
19 Ignition switch status R ............. T ............. R ............. R............. R ............. R............. R ............. R..............R .....
20 Key not-in-ignition ............... T ............. R ............. R............. R ............. R............. R ...............................R .....
21 Key in-ignition ............... T ............. R ............. R............. R ............. R............. R ...............................R .....
22 Seatbelt telltale OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
23 Low washer fluid warning OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
24 Seatbelt telltale ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
25 Low washer fluid warning ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
26 Security audible indication ...............R ..............T.............. T ....................................................................................T .....
27 Remote panic enabled ...............R ............. R ............. R ....................................................................................T .....
28 Intrusion sensing disabled ...................................................................................................................................................
29 Security disarm ............... R ............. R ............. R ....................................................................................T .....
30 Ignition key invalid ............... T .......................................................................................................................R .....
31 Intrusion breach ............... T .......................................................................................................................R .....
32 Intrusion self-check failure ............... T .......................................................................................................................R .....
33 Intrusion sensing enabled ...................................................................................................................................................
34 Security armed ............... R ............. R ............. R ....................................................................................T .....
35 Ignition key valid ............... T .......................................................................................................................R .....
36 Memory set chime ...............R ....................................................................................T ........................................
37 Recall memory 1 ...............R ............. R ............. R............. R ...............................T ........................................
38 Recall memory 2 ...............R ............. R ............. R............. R ...............................T ........................................
39 Recall memory 3 ...............R ............. R ............. R............. R ...............................T ........................................
40 Set memory 1 ...............R ............. R ............. R ............. R ...............................T ........................................
41 Set memory 2 ...............R ............. R ............. R ............. R ...............................T ........................................
42 Set memory 3 ...............R ............. R ............. R ............. R ...............................T ........................................
43 Stop memory recall ............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ...............................T ........................................
44 Memory LED OFF ................................ R ..................................................................T ........................................
45 Memory recall cancelled ............... T ..............T.............. T ..............T .............................. R ........................................
46 Memory LED ON ................................ R ..................................................................T ........................................
47 Mirror fold-flat ............... R ..............T...............................................................................................................
48 Mirror fold-out ...............R ..............T...............................................................................................................
49 Stop mirror .................................T.............. R .............................................................................................
50 Driver mirror up .................................T.............. R.............................................................................................
51 Passenger mirror up .................................T.............. R .............................................................................................
52 Driver mirror down .................................T.............. R .............................................................................................
53 Passenger mirror down .................................T.............. R .............................................................................................
54 Passenger mirror right .................................T.............. R .............................................................................................
55 Passenger mirror left .................................T.............. R .............................................................................................
56 Unlock all doors .............................. T / R ........ T / R ..............................................R ............. R .......................
continued…
vi
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Appendix
SCP Message Matrix
# Message Name INST BPM DDCM PDCM DSCM PSCM DRDCM PRDCM SLCM
57 Unlock fuel filler flap .................................T......................................................................................................R .....
58 Remote unlock ............... R ............. R ............. R ................................................ R ...............................T .....
59 Remote trunk release ............... R .......................................................................................................................T .....
60 Lock all doors ...............R ..............T.............. T .............................................................................................
61 Lock fuel filler flap .................................T......................................................................................................R .....
62 Superlock all doors .............................. T / R ........ T / R ..............................................R ............. R.......................
63 Remote superlock ................................ R ............. R....................................................................................T .....
64 Remote lock ................................ R ............. R ....................................................................................T .....
65 Vehicle unlocked ............... R ..............T......................................................................................................R .....
66 Driver front door unlocked ................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
67 Passenger front door unlocked ................................ R ............. R....................................................................................T .....
68 Exterior trunk release disabled ............... R ..............T...............................................................................................................
69 Driver door lock cylinder status ............... R ..............T.............. R................................................ R ............. R..............R .....
70 Passenger door lock cylinder status ............... R ............. R ............. T ................................................ R ............. R..............R .....
71 Remote transmitter ID .......................................................................................................R ...............................T .....
72 Vehicle locked ...............R ..............T......................................................................................................R .....
73 Driver front door locked ................................ R ............. R....................................................................................T .....
74 Passenger front door locked ................................ R ............. R....................................................................................T .....
75 Exterior trunk release enabled ............... R ..............T...............................................................................................................
76 Central locking switch active ............... T ............. R ............. R ....................................................................................R .....
77 Open trunk ............... T .......................................................................................................................R .....
78 Hood closed R ............. T ............. R ............. R....................................................................................R .....
79 Driver front door closed R ............. R ..............T.............. R............. R .............................. R ...............................R .....
80 Passenger front door closed R .............R ............. R ............. T ............................... R.................................................R .....
81 Driver rear door closed R .............R ............. R ............. R .................................................T ...............................R .....
82 Passenger rear door closed R .............R ............. R ............. R .................................................................. T ..............R .....
83 Trunk closed R ............. R ............. R ............. R ....................................................................................T .....
84 Hood ajar R ............. T ............. R ............. R ....................................................................................R .....
85 Driver front door ajar R .............R ..............T.............. R ............. R .............................. R ...............................R .....
86 Passenger front door ajar R .............R ............. R ............. T ............................... R.................................................R .....
87 Driver rear door ajar R ............. R ............. R ............. R .................................................T ...............................R .....
88 Passenger rear door ajar R .............R ............. R ............. R.................................................................. T ..............R .....
89 Trunk ajar R ............. R ............. R ............. R ....................................................................................T .....
90 Exterior trunk release active ............... R .......................................................................................................................T .....
91 Driver seat exit position ............... T ................................................ R ...........................................................................
92 Driver seat entry / exit mode initiated ............... T ................................................ R ...........................................................................
93 Sunroof position status ...............R ..............T...............................................................................................................
94 Stop global window close ............... T ............. R ............. R ................................................ R ............. R.......................
95 Stop sunroof close ............... R ..............T...............................................................................................................
96 Stop passenger front window .................................T.............. R .............................................................................................
97 Stop driver rear window .................................T.................................................................. R ........................................
98 Stop passenger rear window .................................T.................................................................................... R.......................
99 Rear window switches – enable ............... T ................................................................................... R ............. R.......................
100 Open passenger front window .................................T.............. R.............................................................................................
101 Open driver rear window .................................T.................................................................. R ........................................
102 Open passenger rear window .................................T.................................................................................... R.......................
103 Global close windows ............... T ............. R ............. R................................................ R ............. R.......................
104 Close driver front window ................................ R ..............................................................................................................
105 Close sunroof ...............R ..............T...............................................................................................................
106 Close passenger front window .................................T.............. R .............................................................................................
107 Close driver rear window .................................T.................................................................. R ........................................
108 Close passenger rear window .................................T.................................................................................... R.......................
109 Inhibit rear window switches ............... T ................................................................................... R ............. R.......................
110 Tail lamp failure R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
111 Stop lamp failure R ........................................................................................................................................T .....
112 Tail lamps OK R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
113 Stop lamps OK R ........................................................................................................................................T .....
114 Rear fog lamps OFF ............... T .......................................................................................................................R .....
vii
XJ Series 2000
DATE OF ISSUE: October 1999
Appendix
# Message Name INST BPM DDCM PDCM DSCM PSCM DRDCM PRDCM SLCM
115 Remote headlamps OFF ............... R .......................................................................................................................T .....
116 Rear fog lamps ON ............... T .......................................................................................................................R .....
117 Remote headlamps ON ............... R .......................................................................................................................T .....
118 Dip beam OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
119 Side lamps OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
120 Hazard lamps OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
121 Left DI lamps OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
122 Right DI lamps OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
123 Main beam OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
124 Rear fog lamps OFF ...............R .......................................................................................................................T .....
125 Main beam flash disabled ............... T .......................................................................................................................R .....
126 Dip beam ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
127 Side lamps ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
128 Hazard lamps ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
129 Left DI lamps ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
130 Right DI lamps ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
131 Main beam ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
132 Rear fogs status – ON ............... R .......................................................................................................................T .....
133 Main beam flash enabled ............... T .......................................................................................................................R .....
134 Interior lights OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
135 Interior lights ON R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
136 Valet mode message OFF R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
137 Valet mode message R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
138 Wake-up network T.............. T ..............T.............. T ..............T ............. T ..............T ............. T .............. T .....
139 Network status – awake T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R .........T / R ........ T / R .........T / R ........ T / R...
140 Entering sleep mode T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R .........T / R ........ T / R .........T / R ........ T / R...

Navigation menu